Owner's Manual
Owner's Manual
2020
2019 KIA MOTORS AMERICA. INC.
LS95-EU92A
25
22
25
22
2019-01-31 5:33:09
“Operating, servicing and maintaining
a passenger vehicle or off-road
vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which
are known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do
not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated
area and wear gloves or wash your
hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-
vehicle.”
WARNING
– California
Proposition 65
FOREWORD
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting your new Kia
vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with excep
-
tional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experi
-
ence that exceeds your expectations.
If technical assistance is needed on your vehicle, authorized Kia dealerships can pro
-
vide you with factory-trained technicians, recommended special tools, and genuine
Kia replacement parts.
This Owner's Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment
that are either standard or optional on this vehicle, along with the maintenance
needs of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find some descriptions and illustrations not
applicable to your vehicle. You are advised to read this publication carefully and follow
the instructions and recommendations. Please always keep this manual in the vehicle
for your, and any subsequent owner's, reference.
All information contained in this Ow
ner's Manual was accurate at the time of publica
-
tion. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company
reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligations.
Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!
2019 KIA MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in whole
or in part without the written consent of Kia
Motors America, Inc.
Printed in U.S.A.
How to use this manual
We want to help you get the great
-
est possible driving pleasure from
your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual
can assist you in many ways.
We strongly recommend that you
r
e
ad the entire manual. In order to
minimize the chance of death or
injury, you must read the WARNING
and CAUTION sections in the man
-
ual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to bes
t explain how
to enjoy your vehicle. By reading
your manual, you learn about fea
-
tures, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
pr
ovid
ed in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject. The index
has an alphabetical listing of all
information in your manual.
Chapters: This manual has nine
ch
apte
rs plus an index. Each chapter
begins with a brief list of contents
so you can tell at a glance if that
chapter has the information you
want.
You will find various WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs,
and NOTICEs in this man
-
ual. These were prepared to
enhance your personal safety. You
should carefully read and follow ALL
procedures and recommendations
provided in these WARNINGs, CAU
-
TIONs and NOTICEs.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which harm, serious bodily injury or
death could result if the warning is
ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being pro
-
vided.
1Introduction
Introduction
Fuel requirements....................................................................1-2
Vehicle break-in process.........................................................1-4
Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle..................1-5
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders..............1-5
Introduction
21
Fuel requirements
INTRODUCTION
Fuel requirements
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having a pump
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. (Do not use methanol blend-
ed fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain m
aximum
performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-
mize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
age
n
ts to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified. (Consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.)
T
ighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the
Check Engine
light will illuminate.
WARNING
Refueling
Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off. Attempts
to force more fuel into the tank
can cause fuel overflow onto you
and the ground causing a risk of
fire.
Alw
ays check that the fuel cap is
in
stalled securely to prevent fuel
spillage, especially in the event of
an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alco
-
hol), and gasoline or gasohol con
-
taining methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
Pursuant to Environmental Protec
-
tion Agency (EPA) regulations, etha
-
nol may be used in your vehicle.
Do not use gasohol containing mor
e
than 15% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Ethanol provides less
energy than gasoline and it attracts
water, and it is thus likely to reduce
your fuel efficiency and could lower
your MPG results.
Methanol may cause drivability
pr
oble
ms and damage to the fuel
system, engine control system and
emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
k
ind
if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability prob
-
lems may not be covered by the
manufacturer's warranty if they
result from the use of:
1.Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
2.Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
3.Gasohol containing more than
15% ethanol.
3
1
1
IntroductionFuel requirements
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel
comprised of 85% ethanol and 15%
gasoline, and is manufactured
exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel
Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible
with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may
result in poor engine performance
and damage to your vehicle's engine
and fuel system. Kia recommends
that customers do not use fuel with
an ethanol content exceeding 15%.
NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel
system or any performance prob
-
lems caused by the use of "E85"
fuel.
NOTICE
Never use any fuel containing meth
-
anol. Discontinue use of any metha
-
nol containing product which may
inhibit proper drivability.
Other fuels
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene
(Fe), and Other metalic additives,
may cause vehicle and engine dam
-
age or cause misfiring, poor acceler
-
ation, engine stalling, catalyst
melting, clogging, abnormal corro
-
sion, life cycle reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL)
may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or per
-
formance problem caused by the
use of these fuels may not be cov
-
ered by your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful
manganese- based fuel additives
Such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadi
-
eny l Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia
does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing MMT. This type
of fuel can reduce vehicle perfor
-
mance and affect your emission
control system. The Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on the cluster
may come on.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
Introduction
41
Vehicle break-in process
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with
detergent additives such as TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help
prevent deposit formation in the
engine. These gasolines will help the
engine run cleaner and enhance
performance of the emission control
system.
For more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com) For
customers who do not use TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline regularly, and
have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, addi
-
tives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not avai
lable, one bottle of additive
should be added to the fuel tank at
every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
every engine oil change is recom
-
mended. Additives are available
from your authorized Kia dealer
along with information on how to
use them. Do not mix other addi
-
tives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
Obser
ve all regulations regarding
r
egistration and insurance.
Determine that acceptable fuel is
ava
ilable.
Vehicle break-in process
No special break-in period is needed.
By following a few simple precau
-
tions for the first 600 miles (1,000
km) you may add to the perfor
-
mance, economy and life of your
vehicle.
D
o not race the engine.
While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or r
evolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
Do
not maintain a single speed for
long
periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
A
void hard stops, except in emer
-
gencies, to allow the brakes to
seat properly.
Don't tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera
-
tion.
5
1
1
IntroductionRisk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle
Risk of burns when parking or
stopping vehicle
Do not park or stop the vehicle
near flammable items such as
leaves, paper, oil, and tire. Such
items placed near the exhaust
system can become a fire hazard.
Wh
en an engine idles at a high
rpm wi
th the rear side of the
vehicle in close proximity of the
wall, heat of the exhaust gas can
cause discoloration or fire. Keep
enough space between the rear
part of the vehicle and the wall.
B
e sure not to touch the exhaust/
catalytic systems
while the
engine is running or right after
the engine is turned off. There is
a risk of burns since the systems
are extremely hot.
Vehicle data collection and Event
Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
Event Data Recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to record,
in certain crash or near crash-like
situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obsta
-
cle, data that will assist in under
-
standing how a vehicle's systems
performed. The EDR is designed to
record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a
short period of time, typically 30
seconds or less. The EDR in this
vehicle is designed to record such
data as:
How various systems
in your
ve
hicle were operating;
Whether or not the drive
r and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/ fastened;
H
ow far (if at all) the driver was
dep
ressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal; and,
How f
ast the vehicle was travel
-
ing.
These data can help provide a bet
-
ter understanding of the circum
-
stances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs;
no data are recorded by the EDR
under normal driving conditions and
no personal data (e.g., name, gen
-
Introduction
61
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders
der, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties,
such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the type
of personally identifying data rou
-
tinely acquired during a crash inves
-
tigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is requir
ed, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
2Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview......................................................................2-2
Interior overview.......................................................................2-5
Instrument panel overview.....................................................2-7
Engine compartment...............................................................2-9
Your vehicle at a glance
22
Exterior overview
YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE
Exterior overview
Front view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Hood4-40
2.Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-109
Head lamp (Maintenance) 7-62
3.Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-113
Front fog lamp (Maintenance) 7-64
4.Wheel and tire (Maintenance) 7-32
Wheel and tire (Specification) 8-5
5.Outside rearview mirror 4-61
6.Dual Sunroof4-46
OON018001L
Your vehicle at a glance
42
Exterior overview
Rear view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Door locks 4-15
2.Fuel filler lid4-42
3.Rear combination lamp (Maintenance) 7-65, 7-65
4.High Mounted Stop Lamp (Maintenance)7-66
5.Rear window wiper blade4-119, 7-28
6.Liftgate 4-23, 4-26
7.Antenna 4-171
8.Liftgate open switch4-23, 4-27
9.Rear view monitor4-106
10.Parking distance warning system (reverse)4-98, 4-101
OON018002L
5
2
2
Your vehicle at a glanceInterior overview
Interior overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Inside door handle4-16
2.Driver position memory button3-12
3.Outside rearview mirror folding4-62
4.Outside rearview mirror selection4-61
5.Outside rearview mirror control4-61
6.Central Door lock/unlock switch4-17
7.Power window switch4-38
8.Power window lock switch4-39
Electronic Child Safety Lock switch4-19
9.Instrument panel illumination control switch4-65
10.BCW/BCA On/Off button5-112
11.LKA system On/Off button5-101
12.ESC Off button5-38
OON018005NR
7
2
2
Your vehicle at a glanceInstrument panel overview
Instrument panel overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Driver's front air bag3-65
2.Horn4-54
3.Instrument cluster4-64
4.Wiper and washer control lever4-116
5.ENGINE START/STOP button5-9
6.Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go5-72
7.Hazard warning flasher6-3
8.Climate control system4-129, 4-138
9.Shift lever5-13
10.Front seat warmer switch4-157
11.Front seat air ventilation switch4-158
12.Power outlet4-160
13.USB port4-172
OON018006NR
Your vehicle at a glance
82
Instrument panel overview
14.USB charger4-161
15.AWD mode dial5-19
Drive mode dial5-49, 5-53
16.AUTO HOLD button5-33
17.EPB switch5-28
18.Parking distance warning system On/Off button4-102
19.Surround View Monitoring system On/Off button4-107
20.ISG system Off button 5-45
21.AC inverter4-163
22.Center console storage box4-154
23.Cup holder4-156
24.Glove box4-154
25.Passenger's front air bag3-65
26.Lighting control lever4-110
9
2
2
Your vehicle at a glanceEngine compartment
Engine compartment
Gasoline Engine (Lambda II 3.8L - GDI))
* The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1.Engine coolant reservoir7-18
2.Engine oil filler cap7-16
3.Brake fluid reservoir7-20
4.Air cleaner7-23
5.Fuse box7-48
6.Negative battery terminal6-7, 7-29
7.Positive battery terminal6-7, 7-29
8.Engine oil dipstick7-16
9.Radiator cap6-8, 7-18
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir7-21
OON078001L
3Safety features of your vehicle
Safety features of your vehicle
Important safety precautions................................................3-3
Seat.............................................................................................3-5
Feature of Seat Leather........................................................3-9
Front seat adjustment for manual seat ............................3-9
Front seat adj
ustment for power seat............................3-
10
Driver position memory system for power seat............3-12
Headrest for front seat...............................................
........3-15
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
...........................................3-18
Seatback hook........................................................
...............3-18
Headrest for rear seat ................................................
........3-19
Armrest.............................................................
.....................3-21
Folding the rear seat................................................
............3-21
Seat belts............................................................
.....................3-27
Seat belt restraint system.................................................3-27
Driver's seat belt warning...........................................
........3-28
Front passenger's seat belt wa
rning................................3-29
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point syst
em with emergency
locking retractor....................................................
...............3-30
Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat 3-point
s
ystem with combination locking
retractor.....................3-31
Rear center seat belt (3rd row)....................................
.....3-35
Pre-tensioner seat belt...............................................
........3-37
Seat belt precautions...............................................
............3-39
Care of seat belts..................................................
...............3-41
Child Restraint System (CRS)..........................................
.....3-42
Children always in the rear.................................................3-42
Selecting a CRS......................................................
...............3-44
Installing a CRS....................................................
..................3-46
3Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System.......3-53
How does the air bag system operate?...........................3-54
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger's
seat...............................................................
..........................3-55
Air bag warning light...............................................
.............3-56
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components and
functions.............................................................
...................3-56
Occupant Detection System (ODS)....................................3-59
Dr
iver's and passenger's front air bag..............................
3-65
Side air bag.........................................................
...................3-68
Curtain air bag.......................................................
................3-69
Air bag collision sensors............................................
..........3-71
Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision?
(Inflat
ion and non-inflation conditi
ons of the air bag)...3-72
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) care....................3-75
Adding equipment to or modi
fying your air bag-
equipped vehicle....................................................
................3-76
Air bag warning label..............................................
.............3-76
3
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleImportant safety precautions
SAFETY FEATURES OF YOUR
VEHICLE
For the safety of the driver and
vehicle passengers, you should
become familiar with the vehicle's
safety features.
Important safety precautions
You will find many safety precau
-
tions and recommendations
throughout this section, and
throughout this manual.
The safety precautions in this sec
-
tion are among the most important.
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air
bags, ALWAYS make sure you and
your passengers wear your seat
belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain all children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat.
Infants and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
Air bag hazards
While air bags can save lives, they
can also cause serious or fatal inju
-
ries to occupants who sit too close
to them, or who are not properly
restrained. Infants, young children,
and shorter adults are at the great
-
est risk of being injured by an inflat
-
ing air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
Driver distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, espe
-
cially for inexperienced drivers.
Safety should be the first concern
when behind the wheel and drivers
need to be aware of the wide array
of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects,
eating, personal grooming, other
passengers, and using cellular
phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
the
y
take their eyes and attention
off the road or their hands off the
wheel to focus on activities other
than driving. To reduce your risk of
distraction or getting into an acci
-
dent:
ALWAYS set up your mobile
de
vices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,
navigation units, etc.) when your
vehicle is parked or safely
stopped.
Safety features of your vehicle
43
Important safety precautions
ONLY use your mobile device
when allowed by laws and when
conditions permit safe use.
NEVER text or email while driving.
Most states have laws prohibiting
drivers from texting. Some states
and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
NEVER let the use of a mobile
de
vi
ce distract you from driving.
You have a responsibility to your
passengers and others on the
road to always drive safely, with
your hands on the wheel as well
as your eyes and attention on the
road.
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater
the risk, but serious injuries can also
occur at lower speeds. Never drive
faster than is safe for current con
-
ditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechani
-
cal failure can be extremely hazard
-
ous. To reduce the possibility of
such problems, check your tire pres
-
sures and condition frequently, and
perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
5
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Seat
8 Seats
Front seat
1.Forward and backward
2.Seatback angle
3.Seat cushion height*
4.Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*
5.Cushion extension (Driver's seat)*
6.Driver position memory system*
7.Headrest
2nd row seat
8.Forward and backward
9.Walk-in switch
10.Seatback angle
11.Headrest
12.Walk-in strap for emergency
3rd row seat
13.Seatback angle strap
14.2nd row seat remote folding
button
15.Headrest
*: if equipped
OON038038NR
Safety features of your vehicle
63
Seat
7 Seats
Front seat
1.Forward and backward
2.Seatback angle
3.Seat cushion height*
4.Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*
5.Cushion extension (Driver's seat)*
6.Driver position memory system*
7.Headrest
2nd row seat
8.Forward and backward
9.Walk-in switch
10.Seatback angle
11.Headrest
12.Walk-in strap for emergency
3rd row seat
13.Seatback angle strap
14.2nd row seat remote folding
button
15.Headrest
* : if equipped
OON038039NR
7
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
WARNING
Loose objects
Do not place anything in the driver's
footwell or under the front seats.
Loose objects in the driver's foot
area could interfere with the opera
-
tion of the foot pedals.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
Do not press the release lever on a
manual seatback without holding
and controlling the seatback. The
seatback will spring upright possibly
impacting you or other passengers.
WARNING
Driver responsibility for passengers
The driver must advise the passen
-
gers to keep the seatback in an
upright position whenever the vehi
-
cle is in motion. If a seat is reclined
during an accident, the restraint
system's ability to restrain will be
greatly reduced.
WARNING
Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on after
-
market seat cushions or sitting
cushions. The passenger Occupant
Detection System may not operate
properly, or passenger's hips may
slide under the lap portion of the
seat belt during an accident or a
sudden stop.
WARNING
Driver's seat
Never attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control of
your vehicle.
Do
not allow anything to interfere
with the norm
al position of the
seatback. Storing items against
the seatback could result in seri
-
ous or fatal injury in a sudden
stop or collision.
Sit as far back as possible from
th
e steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable control
of the your vehicle. A distance of
at least 10 in (25 cm) from your
chest to the steering wheel is rec
-
ommended. Failure to do so can
result in air bag inflation injuries
to the driver.
ODEEV058002NR
Safety features of your vehicle
83
Seat
WARNING
Rear seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback
before driving. Failure to do so could
result in passengers or objects being
thrown forward injuring vehicle
occupants.
WARNING
Unexpected Seat Movement
After adjusting a manual seat,
always check that it is locked by
shifting your weight to the front
and back. Sudden or unexpected
movement of the driver's seat could
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
WARNING
Seat adjustment
Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat forward will cause strong
pressure on the abdomen.
D
o not place your hand near the
se
at bottom or seat track while
adjusting the seat. Your hand
could get caught in the seat
mechanism.
WARNING
Luggage and Cargo
Do not stack pile or stack luggage or
cargo higher than the seatback in
the cargo area. In an accident the
cargo could strike and injure a pas
-
senger. If objects are large, heavy or
must be piled, they must be secured
in the cargo area.
WARNING
Cargo Area
Do not allow passengers to ride in
the cargo area under any circum
-
stance. The cargo area is solely for
the purpose of transporting luggage
or cargo.
WARNING
Small Objects
Use extreme caution when picking
up small objects trapped under the
seats or between the seat and the
center console. Your hands might be
cut or injured by the sharp edges of
the seats mechanism.
9
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Feature of Seat Leather
Leather is made from the outer skin
of an animal, which goes through a
special process to be available for
use. Since it is a natural substance,
each part differs in thickness or
density.
Wr
inkles may appear as a natural
r
esult of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature
and humidity.
The seat is made of str
e
tchable
fabric to improve comfort.
The parts contacting the body are
cu
rved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
CAUTION
Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat fab
-
ric.
Make sure not to wet the seat. It
ma
y change the nature of natural
leather.
J
eans or clothes which could
bl
each may contaminate the sur
-
face of the seat covering fabric.
NOTICE
Wrinkles or abrasions may appear
naturally from usage. It is not a
fault of product. Wrinkles or abra
-
sions are not covered by warranty.
Front seat adjustment for manual
seat
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control levers located on
the outside of the seat cushion.
Moving forward and backward
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked
securely by trying to move forward
and backward without using the
lever. If the seat moves, it is not
locked properly.
To move the seat forward or back
-
ward:
1.Pull the seat slide adjustment
lev
er up and hold it.
2.Slide the seat to the posi
tion you
desire.
3.Release the lever and make sure
the se
at is locked in place.
OON038001NR
Safety features of your vehicle
103
Seat
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1.Lean forward slightly and lift up
the seatba
ck recline lever.
2.Carefully lean back on the seat
an
d adjust the seatback of the
seat to the position you desire.
3.Release the lever and make sure
the s
eatba
ck is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its
original position for the seatback
to lock.)
WARNING
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dan
-
gerous. Even when buckled up, the
protections of your restraint sys
-
tem (seat belts and/or air bags) is
greatly reduced by reclining your
seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against
yo
ur hips and chest to work prop
-
erly. When the seatback is reclined,
the shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, caus
-
ing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the gr
eater chance the passenger's
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger's neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
Changing seat cushion height (if
equipped)
To change the height of the seat
cushion, push the lever upwards or
downwards.
T
o lower the seat cushion, push
down
the lever several times.
To raise the seat cushion, pull up
t
he lever several times.
Front seat adjustment for power
seat (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located
on the outside of the seat cushion.
OON038002NR
OON038003NR
11
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Before driving, adjust the seat to
the proper position so you can easily
control the steering wheel, pedals
and switches on the instrument
panel.
CAUTION
Power seating adjustments
The power seating controls func
-
tion by electronic motor. Exces
-
sive operation may cause damage
to the electrical equipment.
Do not operate two or more
power seat c
ontrol switches at
the same time. Doing so may
damage the power seat motor or
electrical components.
Moving forward and backward
To move the seat forward or back
-
ward:
1.Push the control switch forward
or bac
kward to move the seat to
the desired position.
2.Release the switch once the seat
r
e
aches the desired position.
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1.Push the control switch forward
or
backward to move the seat
-
back to the desired angle
2.Release the switch once the seat
re
aches the desired position.
Changing seat cushion tilt and
height
To change the height of the seat:
1.Pull the front portion (1) of the
contro
l switch up to raise or press
down to lower the front part of
the seat cushion.
OON038004NR
OON038006NR
OON038007NR
Safety features of your vehicle
123
Seat
2.Pull the rear portion (2) of the
control switch up to raise or press
down to lower the seat cushion.
3.Release the switch once the seat
r
e
aches the desired position.
Adjusting lumbar support for
driver's seat (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch on the side of the seat.
1.Press the front por
t
ion of the
switch to increase support, or the
rear portion of the switch, to
decrease support.
2.Release the switch once it
r
e
aches the desired position.
Adjusting cushion extension for
driver's seat (if equipped)
1.Press the front portion of the
switch to raise the cushion exten
-
sion, or the rear portion of the
switch to lower it.
2.Release the switch once the cush
-
ion extension reaches the desired
position.
Driver position memory system for
power seat (if equipped)
A driver position memory system is
provided to store and recall the
driver seat and outside rearview
mirror position with a simple button
operation.
OON038008NR
OON038005NR
OON038009NR
13
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
By saving the desired position into
the system memory, different driv
-
ers can reposition the driver seat
based upon their driving prefer
-
ence. If the battery is disconnected,
the desired seat position memory
will need to be re-saved.
WARNING
Driver position memory system
Never attempt to operate the driver
position memory system while the
vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control,
an
d an accident causing death or
serious injury.
CAUTION
The driver position memory system
requires a large amount of electric
power.
Refrain from using the system
when the engine is stopped to pre
-
vent battery discharge.
Storing driver's seat positions
1.Place the Engine Strat/Stop but
-
ton is ON while the vehicle stop.
2.Adjust the driver's seat and out
-
side rearview mirror comfortable
for the driver.
3.Press SET button on the control
pa
nel. The system will beep once.
4.Press one of the memory buttons
(1
or 2) within 4 seconds after
pressing the SET button. The sys
-
tem will beep twice when mem
-
ory has been successfully stored.
When recalling an adjustment mem
-
ory button while sitting in the vehi
-
cle, you can be surprised by the
setting chosen if the memory has
been adjusted by someone else. If
that occurs, immediately push the
seat position control switch in the
direction of the desired position to
stop further undesired movement.
Recalling positions from memory
Operate the following steps while
the vehicle is stopped:
T
o recall a position already stored
in the m
emory, press the desired
memory button (1 or 2). The sys
-
tem will beep once, then the
driver's seat will automatically
adjust to the stored position.
If you adjust the contr
o
l switch for
the driver's seat while the system is
recalling the stored position, the
seat will stop and then move in the
direction that the control switch is
moved.
Setting the easy access function (if
equipped)
The driver position memory system
will move the driver's seat automat
-
ically as follows:
Safety features of your vehicle
143
Seat
The driver can turn off or set the
driver's seat settings in the user
settings mode in the instrument
cluster.
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Convenience → Seat Easy
Access
→ OFF/Normal/Extend'
and 'Convenience → Seat upward/
downward' with the MOVE switch
( / ) and the OK button on
the steering wheel.
It
will move the driver's seat rear
-
ward when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is changed to the
OFF position.
It
will move the driver's seat for
-
ward when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is changed to the
ACC or START position and front
driver's door is opened.
It
will move the driver's seat for
-
ward and upward when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
ON. It will move the driver's seat
backward and downward when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in OFF.
You can activate or dea
c
tivate this
feature. Refer to "User Settings
mode" on page 4-71.
NOTICE
Upward/downward movement of
the seat may not work when pas
-
sengers get on/off the vehicle in
order to prevent foot injuries in cer
-
tain places.
Resetting the driver position mem
-
ory system
If the driver position memory sys
-
tem reset fails to work, initialize the
system as follows.
How to initialize:
1.Stop the car and open the driver's
door with the ENGINE S
T
ART/
STOP button in ON and the auto
-
matic shift lever in P (parking)
position.
2.Pull the driver's seat forward as
far a
s possible and have the seat
-
back upright as much as possible
using driver's seat forward/back
-
ward adjustment and seatback
angle (recline) movement
switches.
3.Push SET button and seat for
-
ward movement switch button
for 2 seconds simultaneously.
Initialization in the process:
1.Initialization begins as the alarm
sounds.
2.The seat and seatback will auto
-
matically move backwards. The
alarm sound will continue while
the system is in operation.
15
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
3.Initialization will be all set after
the seat and seatback move to
the center with alarm sound being
raised.
However, the initialization process
will come to a stop and the alarm
sound will stop as well.
Wh
en pushing driving position
memory sys
tem button
When pushing driver's seat
he
ight adjustment switch
When the driving speed exceeds
2 mph
(3 km/h)
When the drive
r's door is closed
NOTICE
When the operation of the driver's
seat and alarm sound stop during
the initialization process, start the
process again.
Make sure that there are no
obstacles around the driver's seat
before starting initialization.
Wh
en the initialization is finished,
a
djust the seat to a position com
-
fortable for the driver and save it
to the driver position memory
system.
Headrest for front seat
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and com
-
fort.
The headrest not only provides
comfort
for the driver and front
passenger, but also helps protect
the head and neck in the event of a
rear collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case
of
a
n accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is as high as the center of
gravity of an occupant's head. Gen
-
erally, the center of gravity of most
people's head is similar with the
height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your hea
d as
possible. For this rea
-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
OON038108NR
Safety features of your vehicle
163
Seat
WARNING
Headrest removal/adjustment
Do not operate the vehicle with
the headrests removed. Head
-
rests can provide critical neck and
head support in a crash.
Do not adjust the headrest height
wh
ile the vehicle is in motion.
Driver may lose control of the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing may
damage the headrest.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest:
1.Pull it up to the desir
ed position
(1).
2.To lower the headrest, push and
hold t
he release button (2) on the
headrest support.
3.Lower the headrest to the desired
posi
tion
(3).
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and
seat cushion raised, the headrest
may come in contact with the sun
visor or other parts of the vehicle.
Removing headrest
Type A
OON038090NR
ODEEV058008NR
OON038011NR
17
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Type B
To remove the headrest:
1.Recline the seatback (2) with the
rec
line lever or switch (1).
2.Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3.Press the headrest release button
(
3
) while pulling the headrest up
(4).
WARNING
Headrest Removal
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed or
reversed. Headrests can provide
critical neck and head support in a
crash.
Reinstalling headrest
Type A
Type B
To reinstall the headrest:
1.Put the headrest poles (2) into
the holes while pre
ssing the
release button (1).
2.Recline the seatback (4) with the
r
e
cline lever or switch (3).
3.Adjust the headrest to the appro
-
priate height.
OON038012NR
OON038013NR
OON038014NR
Safety features of your vehicle
183
Seat
WARNING
Headrest Reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to the
head or neck, always make sure the
headrest is locked into position and
adjusted properly after reinstalling.
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front passenger's
and driver's seatbacks.
WARNING
Seatback pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in
the seatback pockets. In an accident
they could come loose from the
pocket and injure vehicle occupants.
Seatback hook
1st row
3rd row
Use it when hanging light shopping
-
bags.
CAUTION
Hanging heavy clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since
they may damage the hook.
OON038015NR
OON038100NR
OON038101NR
19
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Headrest for rear seat
The rear seat is equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions
for the occupant's safety and com
-
fort.
The headrest not only provides
comfort
for passengers, but also
helps protect the head and neck in
the event of a collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case
of a
n ac
cident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is as high as the center of
gravity of an occupant's head. Gen
-
erally, the center of gravity of most
people's heads is similar with the
height as the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head
a
s possible. For this rea
-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and down
(2nd row seat and 3rd row center
seat)
2nd row
3rd row center
To raise the headrest, pull it up to
the desired position (1).
To lower the headrest, push and
h
old the release button (2) on the
headrest support and lower the
headrest to the desired position
(3).
OON038018NR
OON038019NR
OON038103NR
Safety features of your vehicle
203
Seat
Removing/reinstalling headrest
(2nd row seat and 3rd row center
seat)
2nd row
3rd row center
To remove the headrest, raise it
as far as it can go then press the
release button (1) While pulling
the headrest upward (2).
T
o reinstall the headrest, put the
hea
drest poles (3) into the holes
while pressing the release button
(1).
The
n adjust it to the appropriate
he
ight and ensure that it locks in
position.
Folding 3rd row headrest (except
for center)
The headrest will fold down auto
-
matically when folding the seatback.
To fold the headrest manually:
Pu
ll the strap.
T
o fold the headrest manually:
Raise the headrest manually.
Al
ways be sure the headrest has
locked i
nto position after you return
the seatback.
OON038020NR
OON038020NR
OON038105NR
OON038106NR
21
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
WARNING
If the liftgate is pushed down to
close it when a passenger's head is
not against a properly adjusted
headrest or a tall person is seated,
the liftgate may hit the occupant's
head, which could cause injury.
Armrest
For 7 seats
The 2nd row seats have the armrest
located on the side of seatback.
T
o use the armrest, swing down
the
armrest to the lowest posi
-
tion.
Then, adjust the armrest to the
desire
d position while raising it.
When adjusting the position, the
oper
ati
ng sound will be heard. This
indicates normal operation, not mal
-
function.
For 8 seats
To use the armrest, pull it forward
from the seatback.
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks may be folded
to facilitate carrying long items or
to increase the luggage capacity of
the vehicle.
OON038109NR
OON038021NR
OON038055NR
Safety features of your vehicle
223
Seat
WARNING
Folded Seatback
The purpose of the fold-down rear
seatbacks is to allow you to carry
longer objects that could not other
-
wise be accommodated.
Never allow a passenger to sit on
top of the folde
d down seatback
while the car is moving. This is not
a proper seating position since no
seat belts are available for use.
This could result in serious injury
or death in case of an accident or
sudden stop.
WARNING
When folding the seatback, be sure
to hold the seatback or headrest
with your hands.
CAUTION
When folding or unfolding a rear
seat, make sure to lower the seat's
headrest as much as possible and
put the seatback of the seat in front
of the rear seat in the upright posi
-
tion.
If there is any interference when
fold
ing or unfolding the seat, the
interfered area of the seat may be
damaged.
Folding down the rear seatback
1.Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
2.Lower the rear headrests to the
lowe
st positi
on.
WARNING
Objects
Objects carried on the folded down
seatback should not extend higher
than the top of the front seatbacks.
This could allow cargo to slide for
-
ward and cause injury or damage
during sudden stops.
CAUTION
When the seats in the 2nd-row are
folded to use the area as a cargo
compartment, be sure to turn off
the seat heater. (if equipped)
3.When folding the seatback, insert
the rear seat belt buckle in the
pocket between the rear seatback
and cushion. Make sure both seat
belts do not interfere with stowed
luggage and cargo. Then, the seat
belt webbing should be placed in
the webbing guide to prevent the
seat belt from being damaged by
loaded cargo, etc. If the seat belt
is loose, it may cause damage or
noise. In that case, return the
seatback to the upright position
and put the webbing out from the
guide to realign it.
23
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
4.Pull on the seatback folding lever
(for 2nd row) or strap (for 3rd
row), then fold the seat toward
the front of the vehicle. When you
return the seatback to its upright
position, always be sure it has
locked into position by pushing on
the top of the seatback.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward by pulling
on the folding lever (for 2nd row)
or strap (for 3rd row). Pull the
seatback firmly until it clicks into
place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place.
6.Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position
.
Unfolding the rear seat
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
1.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward. Pull the
seatback firmly until it clicks into
place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place. When you return
the seatback to its upright posi
-
tion, always be sure it has locked
into position by pushing on the
top of the seatback.
If you cannot see the red line at
the bottom of folding le
v
er, it
OON038028NR
OON038029NR
OON038030NR
OON038031NR
Safety features of your vehicle
243
Seat
means the seatback is locked
completely.
2.Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
3.
When the seatback is completely
instal
led, check the seatback fold
-
ing lever again.
Folding 2nd row seat
This feature allows you to fold seats
in the 2nd row while the liftgate is
open.
1.Press the folding switch of the
se
atbac
k located on the left and
right sides of the liftgate.
L:
Folding the left seat in the
2nd-row
R: Folding the right seat in the
2ndrow
Y
ou can use additional space by
foldin
g the seatback forward.
2.If the seatback is not fully folded,
try
folding againto make it com
-
pletely folded.
WARNING
Rear seat folding
Do not fold the rear seats (2nd &
3rd row seats), if passengers, pets
or luggage are in the rear seats.
It may cause injury or damage to
passengers, pets, luggage.
OON038032NR
OON038025NR
OON038026NR
25
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
7 seat
8 seat
If the folding switch (1 or 2) in the
2nd row (in the upper part of the
2nd row seatback or the outer
part of the seat) does not work,
pull the strap (3) on the bottom
left of the seat in the 2nd row. It
works just like the folding switch
and you can move the seat for
-
ward along with the seatback.
WARNING
Do not pull the strap (3) when the
2nd-row seat(s) is/are occupied.
Sudden movement of the seat(s)
may result in injury. Use the strap
only when the folding switch in the
2nd row (in the upper part of the
second-row seatback or the outer
part of the seat) does not work.
This strap (3) is for 3rd row pas
-
sengers to exit the vehicle even if
when the vehicle's battery power
is in run-out emergency condition
in an accident.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback
and return it slowly. If the seatback
is returned without holding it, the
back of the seat could spring for
-
ward, resulting in injury caused by
being struck by the seatback.
WARNING
Rear seatback
To ensure maximum protection in
the event of an accident or sudden
stop, when returning the rear seat
to the upright position:
Be careful not to damage the seat
be
lt webbing or buckle.
OON038027NR
OON038086NR
Safety features of your vehicle
263
Seat
Do not allow the seat belt web
-
bing or buckle to become pinched
or caught in the rear seat.
Ensure the seatback is completely
l
ocked into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seat
-
back.
Failure to adhere to any of these
instructions
could result in serious
injury or death in the event of a
crash.
CAUTION
Damaging rear seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear seatback,
insert the buckle between the rear
seatback and cushion. Doing so can
prevent the buckle from being dam
-
aged by the rear seatback.
CAUTION
Rear seat belts
When returning the rear seatbacks
to the upright position, remember
to return the rear shoulder belts to
their proper position.
WARNING
Unless the driver's position is prop
-
erly set according to the driver's
physical figure, do not fold the rear
seat. It may increase bodily injuries
in a sudden stop or collision.
CAUTION
Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger seats to
prevent damage to the vehicle inte
-
rior.
WARNING
Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about
the vehicle in a collision and causing
injury to the vehicle occupants. Do
not place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly
secured and may hit the front seat
occupants in a collision.
Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
tr
ansmission is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is securely applied
whenever loading or unloading
cargo. Failure to take these steps
may allow the vehicle to move if the
shift lever is inadvertently moved to
another position.
27
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
Seat belts
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis, chest and shoulders.
Seat belt restraint system
For maximum restraint system pro
-
tection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the vehicle is
moving.
A
properly positioned shoulder
belt should be positioned mid
way
over your shoulder across your
collarbone.
Ne
ver allow children to ride in the
fron
t passenger seat. See "Child
Restraint System (CRS)" on page
3-42 for further discussion.
WARNING
Twisted seat belt
Make sure your seat belt is not
twisted when worn. A twisted seat
belt may not properly protect you in
an accident and could even cut into
your body.
WARNING
Shoulder Belt
Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back. An improperly positioned
shoulder belt cannot protect the
occupant in a crash.
Always wear
both the shoulder
portion and lap portion of the lap/
shoulder belt.
WARNING
Damaged seat belt
Replace the entire seat belt assem
-
bly if any part of the webbing or
hardware is damaged as you can no
longer be sure that a damaged seat
belt will provide protection in a
crash.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
as applicable; wearing the lap sec
-
tion of the belt across the abdomi
-
nal area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly a
s possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection
for which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to th
e
wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid con
-
tamination of the webbing with pol
-
ishes, oils and chemicals, and
particularly battery acid. Cleaning
may safely be carried out using mild
soap and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
contaminated or damaged.
Safety features of your vehicle
283
Seat belts
No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
would either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating
to remove slack, or prevent the
seat belt assembly from being
adjusted to remove slack.
When
you fasten the seat belt, be
c
areful not to latch the seat belt
in buckles of other seats. It is very
dangerous and you may not be
protected by the seat belt prop
-
erly.
Do not unfasten the seat belt and
do not faste
n and unfasten the
seat belt repeatedly while driving.
This could result in loss of control,
and an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property dam
-
age.
When fastening the seat belt,
m
ake sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are
hard or can break easily.
WARNING
Seat belt buckle
Do not allow foreign material (gum,
crumbs, coins, liquids, etc.) to
obstruct the seat belt buckle. This
may prevent the seat belt from fas
-
tening securely.
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the
driver's seat belt warning lights will
illuminate for approximately 6 sec
-
onds each time you turn the ENGINE
START/STOP button ON regardless
of belt fastening. If the seatbelt is
not fastened, the warning chime will
sound for about 6 seconds.
If you start to drive without the
se
at
belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive over 5
mph (9 km/h) and less than 12 mph
(20 km/h), the corresponding warn
-
ing light will illuminate. The warning
light will turn off when the vehicle
speed drops below 5 mph (9 km/h).
If you start to drive without the
se
at
belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive 12
mph (20 km/h) and faster, the
warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately
100 seconds. When the seat belt is
unfastened during driving, the
warning light will illuminate when
OON038091NR
29
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
the speed is under 12 mph (20 km/
h). When the speed is 12 mph (20
km/h) and faster, the warning light
will blink and warning chime will
sound for approximately 100 sec
-
onds.
Front passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing
As a reminder to the front passen
-
ger, the front passenger's seat belt
warning lights will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button ON regardless of belt fas
-
tening. If you start to drive without
the passenger seat belt fastened or
the passenger unfastens the seat
belt when you drive over 5 mph (9
km/h) and less than 12 mph (20 km/
h), the corresponding warning light
will illuminate. The warning light will
turn off when the vehicle speed
drops below 5 mph (9 km/h).
If you start to driv
e without the
p
assenger seat belt fastened or you
unfasten the seat belt when you
drive 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster,
the warning light will blink and
warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds. When
the passenger seat belt is unfas
-
tened during driving, the warning
light will illuminate when the speed
is under 12 mph (20 km/h). When
the speed is 12 mph (20 km/h) and
faster, the warning light will blink
and warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds.
NOTICE
Even if the front passenger seat
is not occupied, the seat belt
warning light will illuminate for 6
seconds.
The front passenger's seat belt
warning may operate when lug
-
gage is placed on the front pas
-
senger seat.
OON038091NR
Safety features of your vehicle
303
Seat belts
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
The following explains how to fas
-
ten and adjust the driver's seat belt.
Fastening the your seat belt:
Pull it out of the retractor and
insert the metal tab (1) into the
buckle (2).
There will be an audible "click"
wh
en
the tab locks into the
buckle.
WARNING
You should place the lap belt portion
as low as possible and snugly across
your hips. If the lap belt is located
too high on your waist, it may
increase the chance of injury in the
event of a collision.
The arm closest to the seat belt
buckle should be over the belt while
the other arm should be under the
belt as shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under the
arm closest to the door.
The seat belt automatically adjusts
to the proper length only after the
lap belt portion is adjusted manually
so that it fits snugly around your
hips. If you lean forward in a slow,
easy motion, the belt will extend
and let you move around. If there is
a sudden stop or impact, however,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward
too quickly.
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
pull the belt out and release it. Then
you will be able to pull the belt out
smoothly.
ODEEV058025NR
ODEEV058026NR
31
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
Adjusting the height of shoulder
belt
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should
n
ot be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoul
-
der near the door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor
, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate posi
-
tion.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it
up
(1).
To lower it, push it down (3) while
pr
essing the height adjuster but
-
ton (2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Tr
y sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
ca
use
serious injuries in an accident.
WARNING
Shoulder belt positioning
Verify the shoulder belt anchor is
locked into position at the appropri
-
ate height. Never position the shoul
-
der belt across your neck or face.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
WARNING
Seat belt replacement
Replace your seat belts after being
in an accident. Failure to replace
seat belts after an accident could
leave you with damaged seat belts
that will not provide protection in
the event of another collision.
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
The following explains how to fas
-
ten the passenger's and rear seat
belt.
Fastening your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat
belts are installed in the rear seat
positions to help accommodate the
installation of Child Restraint Sys
-
tem. Although a combination
ODEEV058027NR
Safety features of your vehicle
323
Seat belts
retractor is also installed in the
front passenger seat position, it is
strongly recommended that children
always be seated in the rear seat.
NEVER place any infant restraint
system in the front seat of the
vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
fe
atu
res of both an emergency
locking retractor seat belt and an
automatic locking retractor seat
belt.
Pull it out of the r
etractor and
i
nsert the metal tab into the
buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates
in the same way as the driver's
seat belt (emergency locking
retractor type).
It automatically adjusts to the
p
r
oper length only after the lap belt
portion of the seat belt is adjusted
manually so that it fits snugly
around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the r
etractor to allow the
in
stallation of a Child Restraint Sys
-
tem, the seat belt operation
changes to allow the belt to retract,
but not to extend (automatic locking
retractor type). Refer to "Securing a
child restraint with a lap/shoulder
belt" on page 3-50.
NOTICE
Although the combination retractor
provides the same level of protec
-
tion for seated passengers in either
emergency or automatic locking
modes, have the seated passengers
use the emergency locking feature
for improved convenience. The
automatic locking function is
intended to facilitate child restraint
installation. To convert from the
automatic locking feature to the
emergency locking operation mode,
allow the unbuckled seat belt to
fully retract.
CAUTION
Do NOT fold down the left portion of
the rear seatback when the rear
center seat belt is buckled. ALWAYS
UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt
before folding down the left portion
of the rear seatback. If the rear cen
-
ter seat belt is buckled when the
left portion of the rear seatback is
folded down, distortion and damage
to the top portion of the seatback
and seat belt garnish may result,
causing the seatback to lock into the
folded down position.
The seat belt should be locked into
the buckle on each seat cushion to
be properly fastened.
33
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
1.Rear right seat belt fastening
buckle
2.Rear center seat belt fastening
buckle
3.Rear left seat belt fastening
buckle
WARNING
Prior to fastening the rear seat
belts, ensure the latch matches the
seat belt buckle. Forcefully fasten
-
ing the left or right seat belt to the
center buckle can result in an
improper fastening scenario that
will not protect you in an accident.
When using the rear center seat
belt, the buckle with the "CENTER"
mark must be used.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
OON038051NR
OON038052NR
OON039053NR
OON039041NR
Safety features of your vehicle
343
Seat belts
Stowing the rear seat belt
The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when not
in use.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
1.Route the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides.
It will help keep the belts from
being trapped behind or under the
seats.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
2.After inserting the seat belt,
tighten the belt webbing by pull
-
ing it up.
CAUTION
When pulling out to wear the seat
belt, the tongue should be slowly
pulled out of the seat belt guide so
that the seat belt guide does not
come off the trim.
OON039115NR
OON039036NR
OON039116NR
OON039037NR
35
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
WARNING
3rd center seat belt
Do not separate the mini tongue (1)
and mini buckle (2) even if there is
not an occupant.
If it is separated, It may hit the rear
seat
occupants in a collision or sud
-
den stops.
Releasing the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by
pressing the release button (1) on
the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt
shou
ld
automatically draw back
into the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
b
e
lt to make sure it is not twisted,
then try again.
Rear center seat belt (3rd row)
To fasten your seatbelt:
1.Extract the tongue plate (A) from
the hol
e on the belt assembly
cover.
2.Insert the tongue plate (A) into
the bu
ckle (A') until an audible
"click" is heard, indicating the latch
is locked. Make sure the belt is not
twisted.
OON038054NR
ODEEV058078NR
OON039042NR
OON039122NR
Safety features of your vehicle
363
Seat belts
3.Pull out the tongue plate (B) from
the pocket. Pull the tongue plate
(B) and insert it into the buckle
(B') until an audible "click" is heard,
indicating the latch is locked.
Make sure the belt is not twisted.
When using the rear center seat
be
lt, the
buckle with the "CEN
-
TER" mark must be used.
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the
safety belt from the retractor,
firmly pull the belt out and release
it. After release, you will be able to
pull the belt out smoothly.
To release your seatbelt:
1.Press the release button on the
buckle (
B') and remove the tongue
plate (B).
2.To retract the rear center seat
-
belt, insert the tongue plate into
the web release hole (A' ). Pull up
on the seat belt web and allow
the web- bing to retract auto
-
matically. Insert the tongue plate
(A) into the hole on the belt
assembly cover.
OON039117NR
OON039118NR
OON039119NR
37
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with pre-
tensioner seat belts at the front
outboard seating positions.
The purpose of the pr
e
-tensioner is
to make sure that the seat belts fit
tightly against the occupant's body
in certain collisions.
The pre-tensioner seat belts may
be
ac
tivated in a collision when the
collision is severe enough.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if
the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor
will lock into position. In certain
frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner
will activate and pull the seat belt
into tighter contact against the
occupant's body
If the system senses excessive ten
-
sion on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner
activates, the load limiter inside the
pre-tensioner will release some of
the pressure on the affected seat
belt. (if equipped)
WARNING
For your safety, be sure that the
belt webbing is not loose or twisted
and always sit properly on your
seat.
NOTICE
The pre-tensioner may activate not
only in a frontal collision but also in a
side collision, if the vehicle is
equipped with a side or curtain air
bag.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following
components. Their locations are
shown in the illustration:
1.Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS
) air bag warning light
2.Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3.SRS Control Module
OON038092NR
OON039121NR
Safety features of your vehicle
383
Seat belts
WARNING
To obtain maximum benefit from a
pre-tensioner seat belt:
1.The seatbelt must be working
correctly and adjusted to the
proper position. Please read and
follow all of the important infor
-
mation and precautions about
your vehicle's occupant safety
features including seat belts and
air bags that are provided in this
manual.
2.Be sure you and your passengers
always wear seat belts properly.
NOTICE
When the pre-tensioner seat
belts are activated, a loud noise
may be heard and fine dust, which
may appear to be smoke, may be
visible in the passenger compart
-
ment. These are normal operating
conditions and are not hazardous.
Although it is harmless, the
fine
dust may cause skin irritation and
should not be breathed for pro
-
longed periods. Wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly after an
accident in which the pre-ten
-
sioner seat belts were activated.
Because the sensor that activates
the
SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate
for approximately 6 seconds after
the ENGINE START/STOP button
has been turned to the "ON" posi
-
tion, and then it should turn off.
CAUTION
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not
working properly, the SRS air bag
warning light will illuminate even if
there is no malfunction of the SRS
air bag. If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to ON, or if it remains illumi
-
nated after illuminating for approxi
-
mately 6 seconds, or if it illuminates
while the vehicle is being driven,
have the system inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Pre-tensioners seat belts sys
-
tems are designed to operate
only one time. After activation,
pre-tensioner seat belts must be
replaced. All seat belts, of any
type, should always be replaced
after they have been worn during
a collision.
Th
e pre-tensioner seat belt
assem
bly mechanisms become
hot during activation. Do not
touch the pre-tensioner seat belt
assemblies for several minutes
after they have been activated.
39
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat
belts yourself. Have the system
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat belt
system in any manner.
I
mproper handling of the pre-ten
-
sioner seat belt assemblies, and
failure to heed the warnings not
to strike, modify, inspect, replace,
service or repair the pre-ten
-
sioner seat belt assemblies may
lead to improper operation or
inadvertent activation and serious
injury.
Al
ways wear the seat belts when
dr
iving or riding in a motor vehicle.
If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
seat
belt must be discarded, con
-
tact a professional workshop. Kia
recommends to visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Body work on the front ar
ea of
the vehicle may damage the pre-
tensioner seat belt system.
Therefore, have the system ser
-
viced by an authorized Kia dealer.
Seat belt precautions
Take the following precautions
when using seat belts.
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint
laws. You should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state.
Child and/or infant seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. For more information
about the use of these restraints,
refer to "Child Restraint System
(CRS)" on page 3-42.
NOTICE
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat
by a Child Restraint System that
meets the requirements of the Fed
-
eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(FMVSS). Before buying any Child
Restraint System, make sure that it
has a label certifying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan
-
dard 213. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child's height
and weight. Check the label on the
child restraint for this information.
Refer to "Child Restraint System
(CRS)" on page 3-42.
Safety features of your vehicle
403
Seat belts
Larger children
Children who are too large for Child
Restraint System should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened and snug
on the hips as low as possible. Check
periodically to insure that the belt
fits. A child's squirming could put the
belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event
of an accident when they are
restrained by a proper restraint
system in the rear seat. If a larger
child (over age 13) must be seated
in the front seat, the child should be
securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat
should be placed in the rearmost
position. Children age 13 and under
should be restrained securely in the
rear seat. NEVER place a child age
13 and under in the front seat.
NEVER place a rear facing child seat
in the front seat of a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's ne
ck
or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt
still touches their face or neck they
need to be returned to a Child
Restraint System.
WARNING
Small children
Do not allow small children to ride in
the vehicle without an appropriate
Child Restraint System. If the shoul
-
der belt comes in contact with your
child's neck or face your child is too
small to ride in the vehicle. In a crash
the seat belt will inflict injury to
your child's neck, throat and face.
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear lap/
shoulder belt assemblies whenever
possible according to specific rec
-
ommendations by their doctors. The
lap portion of the belt should be
worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
POSSIBLE.
WARNING
Pregnant women
Pregnant women must never place
the lap portion of the seat belt
above or on the abdomen where the
fetus is located. The force of the
seat belt during a collision will crush
the fetus.
41
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommen
-
dations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an
accident.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front
and rear seats should be in an
upright position when the vehicle is
moving. A seat belt cannot provide
proper protection if the person is
lying down in the rear seat or if the
front and rear seats are in a reclined
position.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addi
-
tion, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware
are not damaged by seat hinges,
doors or other abuse.
WARNING
Pinched seat belt
Make sure that the webbing and/or
buckle does not get caught or
pinched in the rear seat when
returning the rear seatback to its
upright position. A caught or pinched
webbing/buckle may become dam
-
aged and could fail during a collision
or sudden stop.
WARNING
Seatbelts can become hot in a vehi
-
cle that has been closed up in sunny
weather. They could burn infants
and children.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can
be cleaned by using a mild soap
solution and warm water. Bleach,
dye, strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
Safety features of your vehicle
423
Child Restraint System (CRS)
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assem
-
bly or assemblies should be replaced
if the vehicle has been involved in an
accident. This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt
operation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must
be restrained in an appropriate
rear-facing or forward-facing Child
Restraint System (CRS) that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle.
Children always in the rear
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to
minimize the risk of injury in an
accident, sudden stop or sudden
maneuver.
WARNING
Restraint Location
Never install a child or infant seat on
the front passenger's seat. A child
riding in the front passenger seat
can be forcefully struck by an inflat
-
ing airbag and seriously injured.
WARNING
Hot Child Restraint
A Child Restraint System can
become very hot if it is left in a
closed vehicle on a sunny day. Be
sure to check the seat cover, buckles
and latches before placing a child in
the restraint system.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
43
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Even with air bags,
children can be seriously injured or
killed. Children too large for a child
restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint
laws which require children to travel
in approved child restraint devices.
The laws governing the age or
height/weight restrictions at which
seat belts can be used instead of
child restraints differs among
states, so you should be aware of
the specific requirements in your
state, and where you are travelling.
The CRS must be properly placed
a
nd installed in the rear seat. You
must use a commercially available
CRS that meets the requirements of
the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS).
A CRS is generally designed to be
sec
u
red in a vehicle seat by lap belt
portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by
a LATCH system in the rear seats of
the vehicle.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must
be restrained in an appropriate
rear-facing or forward-facing CRS
that has first been properly secured
to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read
and comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the CRS.
WARNING
Child Restraint Installation
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk of
serious injury or death in an acci
-
dent. Always take the following pre
-
cautions when using a Child
Restraint System:
Always follow the Child Restraint
System manufactur
er's instruc
-
tions for installation and use.
Always properly restrain your
ch
ild in the child restraint.
If the vehicle head restraint pre
-
vents proper installation of a child
seat (as described in the Child
Restraint System manual), the
head restraint of the respective
seating position shall be read
-
justed or entirely removed.
Do not use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that "hooks"
ov
er a seatback as it may not
provide adequate protection in an
accident.
B
e especially careful when install
-
ing a child restraint on the center
seating position in the second row
as it is narrow- er than the out
-
board positions. A wide child
restraint installed on the center
seat may cover the safety belt
buckles for the other seating
positions. Do not allow someone
Safety features of your vehicle
443
Child Restraint System (CRS)
to ride in a seating position where
the safety belt buckle is covered
by a child restraint.
A ch
ild restraint in the center
sea
ting position may also con-
tact or push up against the safety
belt buckles, which can damage
the buckles and make them unus
-
able or unsafe. Always check that
the child restraint does not con
-
tact any of the safety belt buck
-
les. Check the placement of the
child restraint regularly to make
sure that it has not shift- ed and
come into contact with any of the
safety belt buckles.
NOTICE
After an accident, have a Kia dealer
check the Child Restraint System,
seat belts, tether anchors and lower
anchors.
Selecting a CRS
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
Ma
ke sure the CRS has a label
c
ertifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
Se
lect a child restraint based on
y
our child's height and weight.
The required label or the instruc
-
tions for use typically provide this
information.
S
elect a child restraint that fits
the
vehicle seating position where
it will be used.
Re
ad and comply with the warn
-
ings and instructions for installa
-
tion and use provided with the
CRS.
WARNING
Holding Children
Never hold a child in your arms or
lap when riding in a vehicle. The vio
-
lent forces created during a crash
will tear the child from your arms
and throw the child against the car's
interior. Always use a Child Restraint
System which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
WARNING
Unattended Children
Never leave children unattended in a
vehicle. The car can heat up very
quickly, resulting in injuries to the
child in the vehicle.
WARNING
Seat Belt Use
Do not use one seat belt for two
occupants at the same time. This
will eliminate any safety benefit
provided by the seat belt to the
occupants.
45
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)
CRS types
There are three main types of the
CRS: rear-facing seats, forward-
facing seats, and booster seats.
They are classified according to the
child's age, height and weight.
Rear-facing child seats
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child. The
harness system holds the child in
place, and in an accident, acts to
keep the child positioned in the seat
and reduces the stress to the neck
and spinal cord.
All children under age one must
a
l
ways ride in a rear-facing infant
child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats
ty
pical
ly have higher height and
weight limits for the rear-facing
position, allowing you to keep your
child rear-facing for a longer period
of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child
sea
t for
as long as your child will fit
within the height and weight limits
allowed by the child seat manufac
-
turer. It's the best way to keep
them safe. Once your child has out
-
grown the rear-facing child
restraint, your child is ready for a
forward-facing child restraint with a
harness.
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a
harness. Keep children in a forward-
facing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child
restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outg
rows t
he for
-
ward- facing child restraint, your
child is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's seat belt system. A booster
seat positions the seat belt so that
it fits properly over the lap of your
child.
Keep your child in a booster seat
un
til
they are big enough to sit in
ODEEV058035NR
ODEEV058036NR
Safety features of your vehicle
463
Child Restraint System (CRS)
the seat without a booster and still
have the seat belt fit properly. For a
seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt
must lie snugly across the upper
thighs, not the stomach. The shoul
-
der belt should lie snug across the
shoulder and chest and not across
the neck or face. Children under age
13 must always ride in the rear
seats and must always be properly
restrained to minimize the risk of
injury.
Installing a CRS
After selecting a proper child seat
for your child, check to make sure it
fits properly in your vehicle.
Follow the instructions provided by
the
manufacturer when installing
the child seat. Note these general
steps when installing the seat to
your vehicle:
Prope
rly secure the child restraint
to the
vehicle. All child restraints
must be secured to the vehicle
with the lap part of a lap/shoulder
belt or with the LATCH system.
Ma
ke sure the child restraint is
f
irmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward and
from side-to-side to verify that it
is securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly
as possible. However, some side-
to-side movement can be
expected.
Se
cure the child in the child
re
straint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manu
-
facturer instructions.
Lower Anchors and Tether for CHil
-
dren (LATCH) system
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an
accident. This system is designed to
make installation of the child
restraint easier and reduce the pos
-
sibility of improperly installing your
child restraint. The LATCH system
uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the child restraint.
The LATCH system eliminates the
need to use seat belts to secure the
child restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
in
to
the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attach
-
ments.
To use the LATCH system in your
ve
hicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will
pr
ovid
e you with instructions on
how to use the child seat with its
attachments for the LATCH lower
anchors.
47
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard of 2nd
row and the left outboard of 3rd
row seating positions. Their loca
-
tions are shown in the illustration.
For 8-seater vehicles, LATCH is not
provid
ed for the middle seat in the
2nd row.
For 7- or 8-seater vehicles, LATCH is
not
provided for the right seat in
the 3rd row.
WARNING
LATCH Lower Anchors
Never attempt to attach a LATCH
equipped seat in the center seating
position. LATCH lower anchors are
only to be used in the left and right
outboard of 2nd row and the left
outboard of 3rd row seating posi
-
tions. You may damage the anchors
or the anchors may fail and break in
a collision if the seat is in the center
seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right 2nd row rear seatbacks to
identify the position of the lower
anchors in your vehicle (see arrows
in illustration).
7 seats 2nd row
8 seats 2nd row
OON039114NR
OON038057NR
OON038060NR
Safety features of your vehicle
483
Child Restraint System (CRS)
3rd row seat
1.Lower Anchor position indicator
2.Lower Anchor
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
c
u
shion of the left and right out
-
board of 2nd row and the left out
-
board of 3rd row seating positions.
Two LATCH anchors are also applied
to the left of the 3
rd row seats.
Securing a child restraint with the
LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear out
-
board seating positions:
1.Move the seat belt buckle away
from the lower anchors. Other
-
wise, the webbing or buckle can
be damaged by the latch anchor,
which can make them become
unusable or unsafe. (Especially
3rd row left outboard seating
positions)
2.Move any other objects away
f
r
om the anchors that could pre
-
vent a secure connection between
the child restraint and the lower
anchors.
3.Place the child restraint on the
ve
hicle seat, then attach the seat
to the lower anchors according to
the instructions provided by the
child restraint manufacturer.
4.Follow the child restraint instruc
-
tions for properly adjusting and
tightening the lower attach
-
ments on the child restraint to
the lower anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your
Child Restraint System.
T
o prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of the unused
se
at belts, buckle all unused rear
seat belts before the child is
placed into the vehicle. Lock each
unused seatbelt following the
instructions in the "automatic
locking mode" subsection, and
place the webbing behind the child
seat or against an unused seat
-
back. Children can be strangled if
a shoulder belt becomes wrapped
around their neck and the seat
belt tightens.
N
EVER attach more than one child
r
estraint to a single anchor. This
could cause the anchor or attach
-
ment to come loose or break.
OON039111NR
49
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)
Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your authorized Kia
dealer after an accident. An acci
-
dent can damage the LATCH sys
-
tem and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended maximum
weight for the LATCH system is 65
lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper
child restraint, consider that the
maximum total weight of the child
plus the child restraint should be
less than 65 lbs. (30 kg).
As a guide, the MAX child restraint
weight should be determined by the
following calculation:
Child Restraint Weight = 65 - (child's
total weight in lbs.)
Securing a child restraint seat with
"Tether Anchor" system
7 seats
8 seats
3rd row seat
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the
seat belt. If the child restraint man
-
ufacturer recommends that the top
tether strap be attached, attach
and tighten the top tether strap to
the top tether strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders ar
e
located on the shelf behind the rear
seats.
OON038059NR
OON039112NR
OON039113NR
Safety features of your vehicle
503
Child Restraint System (CRS)
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your
Child Restraint System.
NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single tether anchor.
This could cause the anchor or
attachment to come loose or
break.
Do not attach the tether strap to
an
ything other than the correct
tether anchor. It may not work
properly if attached to something
else.
Do not use the tether anchors for
adult
seat belts or harnesses, or
for attaching other items or
equipment to the vehicle.
Always fasten the seat belts
behin
d the child restraint seat
when they are not used to secure
the child seat. Failure to do so
may result in child strangulation.
To install the tether anchor:
1.Route the child restraint tether
stra
p over the child restraint
seatback. Route the tether strap
under the head restraint and
between the head restraint posts,
or route the tether strap over the
top of the vehicle seatback. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
2.Connect the tether strap hook to
the tether anchor
,
then tighten
the tether strap according to the
child seat manufacturer's instruc
-
tions to firmly secure the child
restraint to the seat.
3.Check that the child restraint is
secure
ly attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat for
-
ward and from side-to-side.
Securing a child restraint with a
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured
to a vehicle rear seat with the lap
part of a lap/shoulder belt.
Automatic locking mode
ODEEV058040NR
ODEEV058041NR
51
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)
All passenger seat belts move freely
under normal conditions and only
lock under extreme or emergency
conditions (emergency locking
mode). So, in order to secure a child
restraint, you must manually pull
the seat belt all the way out to shift
the retractor to the "automatic
locking" mode.
The "automatic locking" mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from caus
-
ing the seat belt to loosen and com
-
promise the CRS.
To install a CRS on the rear seats, do
the following:
1.Place the CRS on a rear seat and
ro
ute the lap/shoulder belt
around or through the child
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twis
ted.
2.
Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into th
e buckle. Listen for the dis
-
tinct "click" sound.
Position the release button so
that i
t is easy to access in case of
an emergency.
3.Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat bel
t all the way out. When
the shoulder portion of the seat
belt is fully extended, it will shift
the retractor to the "automatic
locking" (child restraint) mode.
4.Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of t
he
seat belt to retract and lis
-
ten for an audible "clicking" or
"ratcheting" sound. This indicates
that the retractor is in the "auto
-
matic locking" mode. If no distinct
sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and
4.
ODEEV058042NR
ODEEV058043NR
ODEEV058044NR
Safety features of your vehicle
523
Child Restraint System (CRS)
5.Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the CRS while feeding the
shoulder belt back into the
retractor.
6.Push and pull on the CRS to con
-
firm that the seat belt is holding it
firmly in place. If it is not, release
the seat belt and repeat steps 2
through 6.
7.Double check that the retractor is
in the
"automatic
locking" mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If
you cannot, the retractor is in the
"automatic locking" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs
or
r
ecommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to "Securing a child restraint
with the LATCH anchors system" on
page 3-48 for more information.
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the "automatic locking"
mode to the emergency lock mode
for normal adult usage.
WARNING
Auto lock mode
Set the retractor to Automatic Lock
mode when installing any Child
Restraint System. If the retractor is
not in the automatic locking mode,
the child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops sud
-
denly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child restraint
is not properly anchored in the car.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle
and then pull the lap/shoulder belt
out of the restraint and allow the
seat belt to retract fully.
53
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1.Driver's front air bag
2.Passenger's front air bag
3.Side air bag
4.Curtain air bag
5.Driver's knee air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, y
o
u and your passengers must always wear
the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury
in the event of a collision or rollover.
OON038084NR
Safety features of your vehicle
543
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
How does the air bag system oper
-
ate?
Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
has been turned to the ON posi
-
tion.
The appropriate air bags inflate
i
nstantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occu
-
pants from serious physical
injury.
There is no single speed at which
the
air bags will inflate. Generally,
air bags are designed to inflate
based upon the severity of a colli
-
sion and its direction, etc. Several
factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment / inflation signal.
Air
bags will not deploy in every
crash or c
ollision situations. Air
bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehi
-
cle speed, angles of impact, and,
the density and stiffness of the
vehicles or objects which your
vehicle hits in the collision. The
determining factors are not lim
-
ited to those mentioned above.
The front air bags will completely
in
flate and deflate in an instant. It
is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident. It is much more likely
that you will simply see the
deflated air bags hanging out of
their storage compartments after
the collision.
In
addition to inflating in serious
side c
ollisions, side and/or curtain
air bags will inflate if the sensing
system detects a rollover.
Wh
en a rollover is detected, side
a
nd/or curtain airbags will remain
inflated longer. This helps provide
protection from ejection, espe
-
cially when used in conjunction
with the seat belts.
In order to help provide protec
-
tion, the air bags must inflate
rapidly. The airbag inflates
extremely fast between the
occupant and the vehicle struc
-
tures before the occupant
impacts the vehicle structures.
This speed of inflation reduces
the risk of serious or life-threat
-
ening injuries and is thus a neces
-
sary part of the air bag design.
However, airbag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include
fascial abrasions, bruises and bro
-
ken bones. This is because the
rapid inflation also causes the air
-
bags to expand with a great deal
of force.
There are even circumstances
un
der which contact with the
steering wheel or passenger air
bag can cause fatal injuries, espe
-
cially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the steering
wheel or passenger air bag.
55
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
WARNING
Airbag inflation
Sit as far back as possible from the
steering wheel while still maintain
-
ing comfortable control of the vehi
-
cle. A distance of at least 10 in (25
cm) from your chest to the steering
wheel is recommended. Failure to do
so can result in airbag inflation inju
-
ries to the driver.
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a
loud noise and leave smoke and
powder in the air inside the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After
the air bag inflates, you may feel
substantial discomfort in breathing
due to the contact of your chest
with both the seat belt and the air
bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder. Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible
after impact in order to reduce dis
-
comfort and prevent prolonged
exposure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non
-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult
a doctor if the symptom persists.
WARNING
Hot components
Do not touch the air bag storage
area's internal components immedi
-
ately after airbag inflation. The air
bag related parts in the steering
wheel, instrument panel and the
roof rails above the front and rear
doors are very hot. Hot components
can result in burn injuries.
WARNING
Do not install or place any accesso
-
ries near air bag deployment areas,
such as the instrument panel, win
-
dows, pillars, and roof rails.
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger's seat
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger's
seat.
If the air bag deploys, it would
impac
t the rear-facing child
ODEEV058046NR
Safety features of your vehicle
563
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
restraint, causing serious or fatal
injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
chil
d r
estraints in the front passen
-
ger's seat. If the front passenger air
bag inflates, it could cause serious
or fatal injuries to the child.
WARNING
Air bag deployment
When children are seated in the rear
outboard seats of a vehicle equipped
with side and/or curtain air bags,
install the Child Restraint System as
far away from the door side as pos
-
sible. Inflation of the side and/or
curtain air bags could impact the
child.
Air bag warning light
The purpose of air bag warning light
in your instrument panel is to alert
you of a potential problem with
your air bag system, which could
include your side and/or curtain air
bags used for rollover protection.
If the air bag warnin
g
light is illumi
-
nated for more than 6 seconds after
the ENGINE START/STOP button has
been turned to the ON position, or
of it illuminates during vehicle oper
-
ation, an SRS component may not
be functioning properly and you
should have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
If any of the following conditions
occur
,
this indicates a malfunction in
the air bag system. Have an autho
-
rized Kia dealer inspect the air bag
system as soon as possible.
Th
e light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the
ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON
position.
T
he light stays on after illuminat
-
ing for approximately 6 seconds.
The light comes on while the vehi
-
cle is in motion.
The light blinks when the ENGINE
ST
ART/STOP button to the ON
position.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) components and functions
* The actual position of SRS compo
-
nents may differ from the illustra
-
tion.
ODEEV068100NR
OON038094NR
57
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1.Driver's front air bag module
2.Passenger's front air bag module
3.Side air bag modules
4.Curtain air bag modules
5.Retractor pre-te
nsi
oner assem
-
blies (if equipped)
6.Air bag warning light
7.SRS Control Module (SRSCM) /
roll
over sensor
8.Front impact sensors
9.Side impact sensors (if equipped)
10.Side pressure sensors (if
eq
ui
pped)
11.Occupant Detection System
12.Driver's knee air bag module
*: if equipped
Driver's front air bag (1)
The front air bag modules are
located both in the center of the
steering wheel and in the front pas
-
senger's panel above the glove box.
When the SRSCM detects a suffi
-
ciently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically
deploy the front air bags.
Driver's front air bag (2)
Upon deployment, tear seams
molded directly into the pad covers
will separate under pressure from
the expansion of the air bags. Fur
-
ther opening of the covers then
allows full inflation of the air bags.
Driver's front air bag (3)
A fully inflated airbag (with a prop
-
erly fastened seat belt) slows the
forward motion of the driver or pas
-
senger, reducing the risk of head
and chest injury.
ODEEV058048NR
ODEEV058049NR
ODEEV058050NR
Safety features of your vehicle
583
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating,
enabling the driver to maintain for
-
ward visibility and the ability to
steer or operate other controls.
Passenger's front air bag
WARNING
Air bag obstructions
Do not install or place any accesso
-
ries on the steering wheel, instru
-
ment panel, or on the front
passenger's panel above the glove
box in a vehicle. Such objects may
become dangerous projectiles if the
air bag deploys.
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat. Such
objects may become dangerous
projectiles if the side airbag inflates.
If an air bag deploys, there may
be a loud noise followed by a fine
dust released in the vehicle. These
conditions are normal and are not
hazardous - the air bags are
packed in this fine powder. The
dust generated during air bag
deployment may cause skin or
eye irritation as well as aggravate
asthma for some persons. Always
wash all exposed skin areas thor
-
oughly with cold water and a mild
soap after an accident in which
the air bags were deployed.
T
he SRS can function only when
the ENGINE S
TART/STOP button
is in the ON position. The SRS is
not working properly if any of the
following situations occur:
-the SRS airbag warning light
d
o
es not illuminate
-the SRS airbag warning light
re
mains on continuously after
illuminating for about 6 seconds
when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to the ON
position or after the vehicle is in
ready mode
-the SRS airbag warning light
c
o
mes on while driving
If this occurs, have your vehicle
immedi
ately inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
ODEEV058051NR
59
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or discon
-
nect a battery terminal, change the
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
OFF position. Never remove or
replace the air bag related fuse(s)
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is ON position. Failure to heed
this warning will cause the SRS air
bag warning light to illuminate.
Occupant Detection System (ODS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Detection System (ODS) in
the front passenger's seat.
The ODS is designed to detect the
presenc
e of a properly-seated front
passenger and determine if the
passenger's front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not. Only
the front passenger front air bag is
controlled by the ODS.
Do not put anything in front of the
pa
ssen
ger air bag "" indicator.
Main components of the ODS
A detection device is located
within the front passenger seat
cushion.
An electronic system which
determines whether the passen
-
ger air bag systems should be
activated or deactivated.
An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illumi
-
nates the words PASSENGER AIR
BAG "" indicates the fr
ont pas
-
senger air bag system is deacti
-
vated.
The instrument panel air bag
warning light is interconnected
with the ODS.
If the front passenger seat is occu
-
pied by a person that the system
determines to be of appropriate
size, and he/she sits properly (sit
-
ting upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor), the PASSENGER
AIR BAG "" indicator will turn off
and the front passenger's air bag
w
i
ll be able to inflate, if necessary,
in frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR
BAG "" indicator on the center
fascia panel. This system detects
th
e conditions 1~4 in the following
table and activates or deactivates
the front passenger air bag based
on these conditions.
OON038095NR
Safety features of your vehicle
603
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Always be sure that you and all
vehicle occupants are seated and
restrained properly (sitting upright
with the seat in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion, with
the person's legs comfortably
extended, feet on the floor, and
wearing the safety belt properly)
for the most effective protection by
the air bag and the safety belt.
The ODS may not function properly
if
the passenger takes actions which
can defeat the detection system.
These include:
1.Failing to sit in an upright position.
2.Leaning against the door or cen
-
ter console.
3.Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
4.Putting legs on the dashboard or
r
e
sting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
5.Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
6.Reclining the seatback.
Conditions and operation of the front passenger ODS
Condition detected by the
occupant classification sys
-
tem
Indicator/Warning lightDevices
"PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF"
indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult
*1
*1.The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in
the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depend
-
ing on his/her physique and posture.
OffOffActivated
2. Child Restraint System
(CRS) with child under 12
months old
*2*3*4
*2.Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who
has outgrown a CRS sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize
him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3.Never install a CRS on the front passenger seat.
*4.The PASSENGER AIR BAG "" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12
months to 12 years old (with or without a CRS) sits in the front
passenger seat.
This is a normal condition.
OnOffDeactivated
3. UnoccupiedOnOffDeactivated
4. Malfunction in the systemOffOnActivated
61
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
WARNING
Do not install a child restraint seat
in the passenger seat when the
seat is heavily soaked with any
type of liquid.
Do not alter or remodel the Occu
-
pant Detection System (ODS).
This may damage the system and
prevent its proper function in a
collision.
NOTICE
Do not use car seat cushions that
cover up the surface of the seat
and aftermarket manufactured
passenger seat heaters.
After conducting car interior
cleaning using steam or deter
-
gent, the seat should be dried
properly. Afterward, check for
normal operation of the PASSEN
-
GER AIR BAG "OFF" and air bag
warning lights.
Any service related to the pas
-
senger seat and the ODS must be
done at an authorized Kia dealer
-
ship.
After the passenger seat has
been
removed or installed for
repair purposes, check for normal
operation of the PASSENGER AIR
BAG "" and air bag warning
lights with a person seated or not
seated in the passenger seat.
WARNING
When the PASSENGER AIR BAG ""
symbol is illuminated, the passenger
ai
r bag system will not operate. The
passenger air bag system will oper
-
ate when necessary if the symbol is
not illuminated.
NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place any
-
thing on or attach anything such as
a blanket, front seat cover or after
-
market seat heater to the front
passenger seat. This can adversely
affect the Occupant Detection Sys
-
tem.
WARNING
Occupant Detection System
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the Occupant
Detection System and may result in
the deactivation of the front pas
-
senger airbag. It is important for the
driver to instruct the passenger as
to the proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
Safety features of your vehicle
623
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Do not place a heavy load in the
front passenger seatback pocket
or on the front passenger seat.
Do not place feet on the front
passenger seatback.
Never sit with hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
Never excessively recline the
fron
t passenger seatback.
Never place feet on the dash
-
board.
ODEEV058055NR
ODEEV058056NR
OON039120NR
ODEEV058002NR
ODEEV058059NR
63
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Never lean on the door or center
console.
Never sit on one side of the front
passenger seat.
Do not use car seat accessories
such a
s thick blankets and cush
-
ions which cover up the car seat
surface.
Do not sit on the passenger seat
we
aring heavily padded clothes
such as ski wear and hip protec
-
tor.
Do not place
electronic devices
such as laptops, DVD player, or
conductive materials such as
water bottles on the passenger
seat.
Do
not use electronic devices such
as laptops and sa
tellite radios
which use inverter chargers.
Wet passenger seat
D
o not spill liquid in the passenger
seat. Sp
illed liquid on the passen
-
ger seat may cause the air bag
warning light to illuminate or mal
-
function. If any liquid is spilled,
make sure the seat has been
completely dried before driving
the vehicle.
ODEEV058060NR
ODEEV058061NR
ODEEV058062NR
ODEEV058063NR
Safety features of your vehicle
643
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Proper position
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER
AIR BAG "" indicator is on, change
the ENGINE START/STOP button to
the OFF position
a
nd ask the pas
-
senger to sit properly (sitting
upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor). Restart the vehi
-
cle and have the person remain in
that position. This will allow the sys
-
tem to detect the person and to
enable the passenger air bag.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG "" indi
-
cator is still on, ask the passenger to
move to the rear seat.
WARNING
PASSENGER AIR BAG "" light
Do not allow an adult passenger to
ride in the front seat when the PA
S
-
SENGER AIR BAG "" indicator is
illuminated, because the air bag will
not deploy in the e
vent of a crash.
The driver must instruct the pas
-
senger to reposition himself in the
seat. Failure to properly position
yourself may lead to air bag deacti
-
vation resulting in air bag non-
deployment in a collision. If the PAS
-
SENGER AIR BAG "" indicator
remains illuminated after the pas
-
senger repositions themselves
properly and the car is restarted, it
is recommended that passenger
move to the rear seat because the
passenger's front air bag will not
deploy.
NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG "" indi
-
cator illuminates for about 4 sec
-
onds after the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to the ON position
after the vehicle is started. If the
front passenger seat is occupied,
the occupant detection sensor will
then classify the front passenger
after several more seconds.
ODEEV058064NR
65
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the Occupant
Detection System, never install a
Child Restraint System in the
front passenger's seat. A deploy
-
ing air bag can forcefully strike a
child resulting in serious injuries or
death.
Any child age 12 and under should
r
i
de in the rear seat. Children too
large for child restraints should use
the available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children
of all ages are safer when
restrained in the rear seat.
If the ODS is not working properly,
the
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate
because the passenger's front air
bag is connected with the ODS. If
there is a malfunction of the ODS
the PASSENGER AIRBAG "" indica
-
tor will not illuminate. In this case,
the passenger's front airbag will
inflate in frontal impact crashes
even if there is no occupant in the
front passenger seat.
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
advanced supplemental restraint
(air bag) system and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passen
-
ger seating position.
Driver's front air bag
Driver's knee air bag
Passenger's front air bag
OON038063NR
OON038064NR
OON038065NR
Safety features of your vehicle
663
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
The indication of the system's pres
-
ence are the letters "AIR BAG"
located on the air bag pad cover on
the steering wheel and the passen
-
ger's side front panel pad above the
glove box.
The Supplemental Restraint System
(
S
RS) consists of air bags installed
under the pad covers in the center
of the steering wheel and the pas
-
senger's side front panel above the
glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
th
e
vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protec
-
tion than that offered by the seat
belt system alone in case of a fron
-
tal impact of sufficient severity. The
SRS uses sensors to gather infor
-
mation about the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt usage and
impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensor deter
-
mines if the front passenger's seat
belt is fastened.
These sensors provide the ability to
c
o
ntrol the SRS deployment based
on whether or not the seat belts are
fastened, and how severe the
impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to c
ontrol the a
ir bag inflation with
two levels. A first stage level is pro
-
vided for moderate-severity
impacts. A second stage level is pro
-
vided for more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity
and se
at belt usage, the SRS Control
Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag
inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
w
i
th an Occupant Detection System
(ODS) in the front passenger's seat.
The ODS detects the presence of a
passenger in the front passenger's
seat and will turn off the front pas
-
senger's air bag under certain condi
-
tions. For more detail, see "Occupant
Detection System (ODS)" on page 3-
59.
WARNING
Modification to the seat structure
can cause the air bag to deploy at a
different level than should be pro
-
vided.
Manufacturers are required by gov
-
ernment regulations to provide a
contact point concerning modifica
-
tions to the vehicle for persons with
disabilities, which modifications may
affect the vehicle's advanced air bag
system. That contact is Kia's toll-
free Customer Assistance center at
1-800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does
not endorse nor will it support any
changes to any part or structure of
the vehicle that could affect the
advanced air bag system, including
the ODS.
67
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
WARNING
Replacement/modifications
The front passenger seat, dash
-
board or door should not be replaced
except by an authorized Kia dealer
using original Kia parts designed for
this vehicle and model. Any other
such replacement or modification
could adversely affect the operation
of the Occupant Detection System
and your advanced air bags.
Advanced air bags are combined
with pre-tensioner seat belts to
help provide enhanced occupant
protection in frontal crashes. Front
air bags are not intended to deploy
in collisions in which sufficient pro
-
tection can be provided by the seat
belt.
NOTICE
Air bags can only be used once
have an authorized Kia dealer
replace the air bag immediately
after deployment.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact
or rollover crashes. However, when
frontal deployment threshold is sat
-
isfied at side-impact, front air bags
may deploy. In addition, front air
bags will not deploy in frontal
crashes below the deployment
threshold.
WARNING
SRS Wiring
Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring or other components of
the SRS system. Doing so could
result in injury, due to accidental
deployment of the air bags or by
rendering the SRS inoperative.
WARNING
No attaching objects
No objects (such as crash pad cover,
cellular phone holder, cup holder,
perfume or stickers) should be
placed over or near the air bag mod
-
ules on the steering wheel, instru
-
ment panel, windshield glass, and
the front passenger's panel above
the glove box. Such objects could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the
air bags to deploy.
Do not place any objects over the air
bag
or between the air bag and
yourself.
Additionally, never pla
ce or insert
any object into any small opening
near side airbag labels attached to
the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the object
may
affect the deployment and
result in unexpected accident or
bodily harm.
Safety features of your vehicle
683
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Side air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle
may
differ from the illustration.
The purpose of the air bag is to pro
-
vide the vehicle's driver and/or the
front passenger with additional pro
-
tection than that offered by the
seat belt alone.
The
side air bags are designed to
de
ploy during certain side-impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity of impact.
T
he side air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
Th
e side and/or curtain air bags
on both sid
es of the vehicle will
deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected.
The
side air bags are not designed
to d
eploy in all side impact or roll
-
over situations.
WARNING
Unexpected deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact air
-
bag sensor when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON to pre
-
vent unexpected deployment of the
side air bag.
The side air bag is supplemental
to the driver's and the passen
-
ger's seat belt systems and is not
a substitute for them. Therefore
your seat belts must be worn at
all times while the vehicle is in
operation.
F
or best protection from the side
air
bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air
bag, both front seat occupants
should sit in an upright position
with the seat belt properly fas
-
tened. The driver's hands should
be placed on the steering wheel at
the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The
passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
OON038066NR
OON038067NR
69
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
WARNING
Deployment
Do not install any accessories
including seat covers, on the side or
near the side air bag as this may
affect the deployment of the side
air bags.
If seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer. Inform the dealer that
your vehicle is equipped with side
air bags and an Occupant Detec
-
tion System (ODS).
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat. Such
objects may become dangerous
projectiles if the side airbag inflates.
WARNING
No attaching objects
Do not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag and
yourself. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the air
bag inflates such as the door, side
door glass, front and rear pillar.
Do not put
any objects between
the side airbag label and seat
cushion. It could cause harm if the
vehicle is in a crash severe enough
to cause the air bags to deploy.
Ne
ver place or insert any object
i
nto any small opening near side
airbag labels attached to the vehi
-
cle seats. When the air bag
deploys, the object may affect
the deployment and result in
unexpected accident or bodily
harm.
Do not insta
ll a
ny accessories on
the side or near the side air bags.
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above
the front and rear doors.
OON038068NR
Safety features of your vehicle
703
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
* The actual air bags in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
They are designed to help protect
oc
cu
pants in certain side impacts
and to help prevent them from
ejecting out of the vehicle as a result
of a rollover, especially when the
seatbelts are also in use.
T
he curtain air bags are designed
to dep
loy during certain side
impact collisions, depending on
the severity of impact. However,
when side deployment threshold
is satisfied at front-impact, side
air bags may deploy.
T
he curtain air bags may deploy
on the side o
f the impact or on
both sides.
Al
so, the curtain air bags on both
sid
es of the vehicle will deploy in
certain rollover situations.
T
he curtain air bags are not
designed to d
eploy in all side
impact or rollover situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean
their
heads or bodies against the
doors, put their arms on the doors,
stretch their arms out of the win
-
dow or place objects between the
doors and passengers when they
are seated on seats equipped with
side impact and/or curtain air bags.
NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any
components of the side and curtain
air bag system. This should only be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
No attaching objects
Do not place any objects over the
air bag. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the air
bag inflates such as the door, side
door glass, front and rear pillar,
roof side rail.
D
o not hang hard, breakable, or
heavy objects on the c
oat hooks
for safety reasons.
OON038069NR
71
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Air bag collision sensors
The air bag collision sensors are located in the following positions
* The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.
1.Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) control module / rollover sensor
2.Front impact sensor
3.Side pressure sensor
4.Side impact sensor
5.Side impact sensor
OON038070L
OON038071NR
OON038072NR
OON038073NR
OON038087NR
OON038074NR
Safety features of your vehicle
723
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
WARNING
Air bag sensors
Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air
bag deployment, which c
ould
r
esult in serious personal injury or
death.
If
the installation location or angle
of the s
ensors is altered in any
way, the air bags may deploy
when they should not or they
may not deploy when they
should.
Therefore, do not try to perform
mai
n
tenance on or around the air
bag sensors. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Do n
ot arbitrarily touch the front
i
mpact sensor. When the angle of
the sensor is changed, the air bag
system may malfunction.
Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed due
to the deformation of the front
bumper, front end module, body or
front doors where side collision sen
-
sors are installed. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Installing bumper guards (or side
step o
r running board) or replacing a
bumper (or front door module) with
non-genuine parts may adversely
affect your vehicle's collision and air
bag deployment performance.
Why didn't my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla
-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional pro
-
tection.
These include rear impacts, second
or third collisions in
multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed
impacts.
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
OON039075NR
73
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Front air bags are designed to
inflate in a frontal collision depend
-
ing on several factors, including the
severity of impact of the front colli
-
sion.
Side and/or curtain air bags
* The actual air bags in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
Side and/or curtain air bags are
design
ed to inflate when an impact
is detected by side collision sensors
depending on several factors,
including the severity of impact
resulting from a side impact colli
-
sion.
Also, the side and curtain air bags
are
designed to inflate when a roll
-
over is detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver's
an
d front passenger's air bags) are
primarily designed to inflate in fron
-
tal collisions, they may inflate in
other types of collisions if the front
impact sensors detect a sufficient
frontal force in another type of
impact.
Similarly, although side and curtain
ai
r bags are designed to inflate in
certain side impact collisions, they
may inflate in other types of colli
-
sions where a side force is detected
by the sensors. For instance, side air
bag and/or curtain air bags may
inflate if rollover sensors indicate
the possibility of a rollover occurring
(even if none actually occurs) or in
other situations, including when the
vehicle is tilted while being towed.
Even if side and/or curtain air bags
do not pr
ovide
impact protection in
a rollover, they will deploy to pre
-
vent ejection of occupants, espe
-
cially those who are restrained with
seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or
objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy.
Drive carefully on unimproved roads
or on surfaces not designed for
vehicle traffic to prevent unintended
air bag deployment.
OON039076NR
OON038067NR
Safety features of your vehicle
743
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Air bag non-inflation conditions
In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the pro
-
tection of the seat belts in such
collisions.
Air bags are not designed to
in
flate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward
by the force of the impact. In this
case, inflated air bags would not
be able to provide any additional
benefit.
Fr
ont airbags may not inflate in
side
impact collisions, because
passengers move in the direction
of the collision. Thus, in side
impacts, frontal airbag deploy
-
ment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
In an angled collision, the force of
impac
t may direct the occupants
in a direction where the air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit, and thus the
sensors may not deploy any air
bags.
OON039077NR
OON039078NR
OON039076NR
OON039123NR
75
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the
vehicle causing it to "ride" under a
vehicle with a higher ground
clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this "under-ride" situa
-
tion because deceleration forces
that are detected by sensors may
be significantly reduced by such
"under-ride" collisions.
Front air bags may not inflate in
al
l rollover accidents when the
SRS Control Module (SRSCM) indi
-
cates that the front air bag
deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
Airbags may not inflate if the
v
ehicle collides with an object such
as a utility pole or tree. This is
because the point of impact is
concentrated in one area and the
full force of the impact is not
delivered to the sensors.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) care
The Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) is virtually maintenance-free
and so there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself.
If the SRS air bag warning light does
not illu
minate, or continuously
remains on, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS, such as
removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger's panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS may result in
serious personal injury.
OON039081NR
OON039124NR
OON039082NR
Safety features of your vehicle
763
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint
System
For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one
which has been moistened with
plain water. Solvents or cleaners
could adversely affect the air bag
covers and proper deployment of
the system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or
if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
authorized Kia dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to
follow these precautions and proce
-
dures could increase the risk of
bodily injury.
WARNING
Tampering with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring, or other components of
the SRS system. Doing so could
result in the accidental inflation of
the air bags or by render the SRS
inoperative.
WARNING
Towing Vehicle
Always have the ignition off when
your vehicle is being towed. The side
air bags may inflate if the vehicle is
tilted such as when being towed
because of the rollover sensors in
the vehicle.
Adding equipment to or modifying
your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by chang
-
ing your vehicle's frame, bumper
system, front end or side sheet
metal or ride height, this may affect
the operation of your vehicle's air
bag system.
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some
required by the U.S. National High
-
way Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), are attached to the sun
visor to alert the driver and passen
-
gers of potential risks of the air bag
system.
OON038096NR
4Features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Smart key...................................................................................4-7
Replacing smart key battery .............................................4-11
Smart key immobilizer system.
.........................................4-12
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
rules.......4-13
Theft-alarm system..................................................
............4-13
Armed stage..........................................................................4-13
Theft-alarm stage...................................................
............4-14
Disarmed stage......................................................
...............4-14
Door locks............................................................
.....................4-15
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle...............4-15
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle..................4-16
Door lock/unlock features.......
............................................4-18
Electronic child safety lock system.................................
..4-19
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system.......................................
.....4-20
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system.
..................................4-21
Manual liftgate......................................................
..................4-23
Opening the manual liftgate...............................................4-23
Closing the manual liftgate.........................................
........4-24
Opening the manual liftgate in emerg
ency.....................4-25
Power liftgate.......................................................
..................4-26
Opening the power liftgate ................................................4-27
Closing the power liftgate ..........................................
........4-28
Power liftgate non-opening conditions............................4-29
Au
tomatic reversal...................................................
............4-30
Setting the speed of opening/
closing of power
liftgate...........................................................
.........................4-31
Resetting the power liftgate..
............................................4-31
Setting the opening height of the power liftgate..........4-32
4Features of your vehicle
Smart Power Liftgate............................................................4-32
Using the smart power liftgate.........................................4-32
Deactivating the smart power
liftgate with the smart
key.................................................................
..........................4-34
Detecting area.......................................................
................4-35
Windows............................................................
.......................4-36
Window opening and closing...............................................4-38
Power window lock switch............................................
......4-39
Hood................................................................
..........................4-40
Opening the hood.................................................................4-40
Closing the hood...................................................
................4-41
Fuel filler lid....................................................
..........................4-42
Opening the fuel filler lid.....................................................4-42
Closing the fuel filler lid..........................................
.............4-43
Dual sunroof.........................................................
...................4-46
Sliding the sunroof for front seat.....................................4-48
Tilting the sunroof for front seat...
...................................4-49
Sunshade.............................................................
...................4-49
Resetting the sunroof...............................................
..........4-50
Sunroof open warning...............................................
..........4-51
Steering wheel......................................................
...................4-51
Electric Power Steering (EPS) system..............................4-51
Tilt & telescopic steering wh
eel.........................................4-53
Heated steering wheel ..............................................
..........4-54
Horn.................................................................
.......................4-54
Mirrors............................................................
..........................4-55
Inside rearview mirror.........................................................4-55
Outside rearview mirror............................................
..........4-61
Instrument cluster..................................................
................4-64
4Features of your vehicle
Instrument cluster control..................................................4-65
Gauges...............................................................
.....................4-65
Transmission shift indicator..........................................
.....4-68
LCD display..........................................................
.....................4-68
LCD Display Control..............................................................4-68
LCD Display Modes...................................................
............4-69
LCD displays........................................................
.....................4-78
Trip information (trip computer).......................................4-78
Drive mode ..........................................................
..................4-80
Service Mode.......................................................
..................4-81
Driving info display................................................
...............4-81
LCD display messages.................................................
........4-82
Warning and indicator lights.........................................
........4-86
Warning lights.......................................................................4-86
Indicator lights....................................................
..................4-92
Head-Up Display (HUD)..............................................
............4-96
Parking distance warning-reverse system........................4-98
Parking distance warning system.....................................
4-101
Rear view monitor system .................................................4-106
Rear view monitor Top view..........................................4-106
Surround View Monitoring (SVM) system........................4-107
Blind-spot View Monitor (BVM) system...........................4-108
To turn on BVM......................................................
.............4-108
To turn off BVM.....................................................
.............4-108
Lighting............................................................
.......................4-109
Battery saver function......................................................4-109
Daytime Running Light (DRL)....
.......................................4-110
Lighting control...................................................
................4-110
4Features of your vehicle
Operating high beam........................................................4-111
Operating turn signals and lane change signals...........4-112
Operating front fog light...........................................
.......4-113
High Beam Assist (HBA) system.....................................4-113
W
ipers and washers..................................................
..........4-116
Operating windshield washer..........................................4-118
Operating rear window wiper and washer switch.......4-119
Interior lights....................................................
....................4-119
Automatic turn off function............................................ 4-119
Map lamp ............................................................
................ 4-119
Room lamp.............................................................
............. 4-120
Liftgate room lamp.................
..........................................4-120
Vanity mirror lamp..................................................
..........4-121
Glove box lamp......................................................
............. 4-121
Welcome system.....................................................
............. 4-122
Defroster...............................................................................4-123
Operating rear window defroster...................................4-123
Operating outside mirror defroster............................... 4-124
Climate c
ontrol system..........
............................................. 4-124
System operation..............................................................4-124
Climate control air filter......
............................................. 4-126
Checking the amount of air co
nditioner refrigerant
and compressor lubricant..............................................
...4-127
Air conditioning refrigerant label
....................................4-128
Manual climate control system.........................................
4-129
Heating and air conditioning............................................4-130
Controlling rear climate.............................................
.......4-134
Automatic climate control syst
em................................... 4-138
Heating and air conditioning automatically.................. 4-139
4Features of your vehicle
Heating and air conditioning manually...........................4-140
Controlling rear climate...........................................
..........4-145
Windshield defrosting and defogging...............................4-149
Defogging inside windshield with manual climate
c
ontrol system.......................................................
.............4-149
Defrosting outside windshield with manual climate
c
ontrol system.......................................................
.............4-150
Defogging inside wi
ndshield with the automatic
climate control....................................................
................4-150
Defrosting outside windshield
with automatic climate
control...............................................................
...................4-151
Defogging logic ......................................................
.............4-151
Auto Defogging System (ADS) (only for
automatic
climate control system)..........
..........................................4-152
Additional features of climate control..............................
4-153
Sunroof inside air recirculation........................................4-153
Automatic ventilation..............................................
..........4-153
Storage compartment...................................................
......4-154
Center console storage.....................................................4-154
Glove box...........................................................
...................4-154
Sunglass holder......................................................
.............4-155
Luggage box........................................................
................4-155
Interior features...................................................
................4-156
Cup holder............................................................................4-156
Seat warmer..........................................................
.............4-157
Air ventilation seat................................................
.............4-158
Sun visor...........................................................
...................4-159
Power outlet.......................................................
................4-160
USB charger.........................................................
................4-161
4Features of your vehicle
AC inverter..........................................................................4-163
Wireless smart phone charging system........................ 4-164
Coat hook............................................................
................ 4-167
Side curtain.........................................................
................ 4-167
Floor mat anchor(s) ................................................
..........4-168
Luggage net holder.................................................
..........4-169
Exterior features....................................................
.............4-170
Roof rack............................................................................. 4-170
Audio system........................................................
................ 4-171
Shark fin antenna.............................................................. 4-171
USB port..............................................................
................ 4-172
How vehicle radio works............................................
.......4-172
Declaration of Conformity.....
............................................. 4-175
FCC.......................................................................................4-175
7
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart key
FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
Smart key
The mechanical key and various
remote functions are integrated
into the smart key for convenience
to the driver.
Record your key number
The key code num
-
ber is stamped on
the bar code tag
attached to the key set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily. Remove
the bar code tag and store it in a
safe place. Also, record the code
number and keep it in a safe and
handy place, but not in the vehicle.
Smart key function
To remove the mechanical key,
press and hold the release button
(1) and remove the mechanical key
(2).
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the
ke
y into the hole and push it
until a click sound is heard.
With a smart key, you can lock or
un
loc
k a door (and liftgate).
Refer to the following for more
details.
WARNING
Smart key
Never leave the keys in your vehicle
with unsupervised children. Leaving
children unattended in a vehicle with
the smart key is dangerous even if
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
not in the ACC or ON position. Chil
-
dren copy adults and they could
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton. The key would enable children
to operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
bodily injury or death.
OSK3048400NR
Features of your vehicle
84
Smart key
Locking
Pressing the button of the front
outside door handles with all doors
(and liftgate) closed and any door
unlocked, locks all the doors (and
liftgate).
The hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that all doors
(and
liftgate) are locked. The button will
only operate when the smart key is
within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle. If you want to
make sure that a door has locked or
not, you should check the door lock
button inside the vehicle or pull the
outside door handle.
In some instances, when the outside
door
b
utton is pressed the doors will
not lock and an audible chime will
sound if any of the following occurs:
T
he smart key is in the vehicle.
The ENGINE STAR
T/STOP button
is in the ACC or ON position.
Any door except the liftgate
is
opened.
Unlocking
Pressing the button of the front
outside door handles, with all doors
(and liftgate) closed and locked,
unlocks all the doors (and liftgate).
The hazard warning lights will blink
twic
e to
indicate that all doors (and
liftgate) are unlocked. The button
will only operate when the smart
key is within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m)
from the outside door handle.
When the 2-press unlock function is
activated:
If you pr
ess the Door Unlock but
-
ton (2) on the smart key, the
driver's door will unlock.
If you press the Door Unlock but
-
ton (2) on the smart key within
four seconds again, then all the
doors will unlock.
I
f you press the driver's outside
door handle button
, the driver's
door will unlock.
I
f you press the driver's outside
door
handle button within four
seconds again, then all the doors
will unlock.
NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
2-press unlock function. Refer to
"User Settings mode" on page 4-71.
OON048002NR
9
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart key
Liftgate unlocking
If you are within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m)
from the outside liftgate handle,
with your smart key in possession,
the liftgate will unlock and open
when you press the liftgate handle
switch.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twic
e to
indicate that the liftgate is
unlocked.
Also, once the liftgate is opened and
then closed,
t
he liftgate will lock
automatically.
Lock (1)
All doors are locked if the lock but
-
ton is pressed. If all doors are closed,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once (for
Type B) to indicate that all doors are
locked.
Also, if the lock button is pressed
once mor
e within 4 seconds, the
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to confirm
that the door is locked.
However, if any door remains open,
th
e h
azard warning lights (and/or
the chime) will not operate. But if all
doors are closed after the lock but
-
ton is pressed, the hazard warning
lights will blink once.
Unlock (2)
The driver's door is unlocked if the
unlock button is pressed once. The
hazard warning lights will blink twice
and the chime will sound twice to
indicate that the driver's door is
unlocked.
All doors are unlocked if the unlock
button is pr
e
ssed once more within
4 seconds. The hazard warning
lights will blink (for smart key, the
chime also sounds) twice again to
indicate that all doors are unlocked.
After pressing this button, the doors
will lock automatically unless you
open any door within 30 seconds.
If you attempt to lock or unlock the
door by pr
ess
ing the door lock/
unlock button in any of the following
situations, the door will not be
locked or unlocked.
When you want to
loc
k or unlock
the door in the ACC or ON state.
When you want to lock a door in a
car with one or mor
e doors open.
Depending on the vehicle, the driver
can turn off or set the
2-press
unlock setting function.
NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inop
-
erative due to exposure to water or
liquids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
OON048001NR
Features of your vehicle
104
Smart key
Liftgate open (3)
If you press the button for longer
than a second, the lock will be
released or the lift gate will be
opened according to the options of
the vehicle.
Once the liftgate is opened and then
cl
osed, th
e liftgate will lock auto
-
matically.
Panic (4)
If you press the key's panic button
in an emergency situation, the
alarm system will be activated and
alert others around you of the
emergency situation.
1.Press the panic button (4) for a
few sec
onds.
2.The horn sounds and hazard
warnin
g light flash for a few sec
-
onds.
To stop the horn and lights, press
any
button on the smart key.
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without
inserting the key.
* For information, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button" on page 5-9.
Loss of the smart key
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle.
If you happen to lose your smart
ke
y, you will not be able to start the
vehicle. You should immediately
take the vehicle and remaining key
to your authorized Kia dealer (tow
the vehicle, if necessary) to protect
it from potential theft.
NOTICE
Smart key precautions
The smart key will not work if any
of the following occur:
The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sta
-
tion or an airport which can inter
-
fere with normal operation of the
smart key.
The smart key is near a mobile
two-way radio system or a cellu
-
lar phone.
Another ve
hicle's smart key is
being operated close to your vehi
-
cle.
When the smart key does not work
co
rrectly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key and contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity
to your ce
ll phone or smart phone,
the signal from the smart key could
be blocked by normal operation of
your cell phone or smart phone. This
is especially important when the
phone is active, such as when mak
-
ing calls, receiving calls, text mes
-
saging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. Avoid placing the smart key
and your cell phone or smart phone
in the same pants or jacket pocket
and maintain adequate distance
between the two devices.
11
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart key
NOTICE
To prevent the electronic key from
becoming damaged by magnetic
fields, do not leave it near the fol
-
lowing electrical appliances:
TVs
Personal computers
Cellular phones, cordless phones
and battery char
gers
Table lamps
Induction cookers
NOTICE
If you have to leave the vehicle's key
with a parking attendant, remove
the mechanical key for your own
use and provide the attendant with
the electronic key only.
NOTICE
When bringing a key with wireless
remote control function onto an air
-
plane, make sure you do not press
any button on the key while inside
the cabin. If you are carrying the key
in your bag etc., make sure that the
buttons cannot be pressed acciden
-
tally. If you press a button, the key
may emit radio waves that could
interfere with the operation of the
aircraft.
Replacing smart key battery
A smart key battery should last for
several years, but if the smart key is
not working properly, try replacing
the battery with a new one.
If you are unsure how to use your
sma
r
t key or replace the battery,
contact an authorized Kia dealer.
1.Remove the mechanical key.
2.Pry open the rear cover.
3.Replace the battery with a new
b
a
ttery (CR2032). When replac
-
ing the battery, make sure the
battery is in the correct position.
4.Install the battery in the reverse
order of rem
oval.
The smart key is designed to give
yo
u years of trouble-free use, how
-
ever, it can malfunction if exposed
to moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
Using the wrong batter
y
can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
OSK3048402NR
Features of your vehicle
124
Smart key
To avoid damaging the smart key,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
to heat or sunlight.
An inappropriately dis
-
posed battery can be
harmful to the environ
-
ment and human health. Dispose
the battery according to your local
law(s) or regulations.
CAUTION
Smart key damage
Do not drop, get wet or expose the
smart key to heat or sunlight, or it
will be damaged.
Smart key immobilizer system
The immobilizer system protects
your vehicle from theft. If an
improperly coded key (or other
device) is used, the vehicle's power
system is disabled.
When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is placed in the ON position, the
immobilizer system indicator should
come on briefly, then go off. If the
indicator starts to blink, the system
does not recognize the coding of the
key.
Place the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the OFF position, then place
the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position again.
If the system repeatedly does not
r
e
cognize the coding of the key, it is
recommended that you contact
your Kia dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system
or add other de
vices to it.
Electrical
problems could result that may
make your vehicle inoperable.
If the following objects are placed
n
e
ar the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton, there may be a problem with
starting the engine.
1.Metal accessories
2.Another registered key
3.Keys registered in other vehicles
4.Electronic device
NOTICE
When starting the vehicle, do not
use the key with other immobilizer
keys around. Otherwise, the vehicle
may not start or may stop soon
after it starts. Keep each key sepa
-
rate in order to avoid a starting
malfunction.
13
4
4
Features of your vehicleTheft-alarm system
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
inter
ference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. If the smart key is
inoperative due to changes or modi
-
fications not expressly approved by
the party responsible for compli
-
ance, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
Theft-alarm system
The theft-alarm system is designed
to provide protection from unau
-
thorized entry into the vehicle.
This system is operated in three
stag
es: the first is the "Armed"
stage, the second is the "Theft-
alarm" stage, and the third is the
"Disarmed" stage. If triggered, the
system provides an audible alarm
with blinking of the hazard warning
lights.
Armed stage
Park the vehicle and stop the
engine. Arm the system as
described below.
1.Turn off the engine.
2. Make sure that all doors, the hood
and
liftg
ate are closed and
latched.
3.Lock the doors by pressing the
button
of
the front outside door
handle with the smart key in your
possession.
Features of your vehicle
144
Theft-alarm system
After completion of the steps
above, the hazard warning lights
will operate once to indicate that
the system is armed.
If any door (or liftgate) or hood
r
e
mains open, the hazard warning
lights and the chime will not oper
-
ate and the theft-alarm will not
arm. If all doors, liftgate and hood
are closed after the lock button is
pressed, the hazard warning
lights blink once.
The system can also be armed by
locking the doors
with the key
from the front doors; howe
ver,
the hazard warning lights will not
blink using this method.
4.Lock the doors by pressing the
lock button on the sm
a
rt key.
After completion of the steps
above, the
hazard warning lights
will operate once to indicate that
the system is armed.
NOTICE
Do not arm the system until all pas
-
sengers have left the vehicle. If the
system is armed while a passen
-
ger(s) remains in the vehicle, the
alarm may be activated when the
remaining passenger(s) leaves the
vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or
hood is opened within 30 seconds
after the system enters the armed
stage, the system will be disarmed
to prevent unnecessary alarm.
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of
the following occurs while the sys
-
tem is armed.
A front or rear door is opened
without using t
he smart key.
The liftgate is opened without
usi
ng the smart key.
The hood is opened.
Th
e horn will sound and the hazard
warning ligh
ts will blink continuously
for approximately 27 seconds, and
the horn will repeat 3 times unless
the system is disarmed. To turn off
the system, unlock the doors with
the transmitter (or smart key).
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when:
The door unlock button is
pr
essed.
The button of the front
outside
door is pressed while carrying the
smart key.
Th
e engine is started. (within 3
sec
onds)
After pressing the unlock button,
the h
azard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound twice (in
smart key) to indicate that the sys
-
tem is disarmed.
After pressing the unlock button, if
any door (or liftgate)
is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will
be rearmed.
15
4
4
Features of your vehicleDoor locks
NOTICE
Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with
the transmitter, turn the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON
position and wait for 30 seconds.
Then the system will be disarmed.
I
f you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
Door locks
Know how to use the door lock so
that you can lock or unlock the door
if necessary.
Operating door locks from outside
the vehicle
1.Pull out the door handle.
2.Press the lever (1) located inside
the bottom
part of the cover with
a key or flat-head screwdriver.
3.Push out the cover (2) while
pr
es
sing the lever.
4.Turn the key toward the rear of
the ve
hicle to unlock (A) and
toward the front of the vehicle to
lock (B).
If
you lock the dri
ver's door with a
key, only the driver's door will
lock/unlock.
F
rom the driver's door
, turn the
key toward the rear of the vehicle
once to unlock the driver's door
and once more within 4 seconds
to unlock all doors.
Doors can
also be
locked and
unlocked with the smart key.
OON048047NR
Features of your vehicle
164
Door locks
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the
door handle.
Whe
n closing the door, push the
door
by hand. Make sure the
doors are closed securely.
Be
fore pulling the outside door
handl
e, remove the key to avoid
damaging the paintwork.
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing
conditions.
If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
WARNING
Securely close your door before
you begin driving. Failure to fully
close your door may cause it to
open during vehicle operation.
Keep your body out of the way of
the closing door to prevent inju
-
ries.
WARNING
If adult passengers must remain in
the vehicle while it is very hot or cold
outside, there is risk of injuries or
danger to life. Do not lock the vehi
-
cle from the outside when there are
adult passengers in the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not unnecessarily open and close
the door repeatedly or with exces
-
sive force. Such action can damage
the vehicle door.
NOTICE
Always place the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the OFF position,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows, and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
You can operate door locks with the
door lock button or central door lock
switch.
17
4
4
Features of your vehicleDoor locks
With the door lock button
To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the "Unlock"
position. The red mark on the
door lock button will be visible.
T
o lock a door, push the door lock
butto
n (1) to the "Lock" position. If
the door is locked properly, the
red mark on the door lock button
will not be visible.
T
o open a door, pu
ll the door han
-
dle (2) outward.
If the inner door handle of the
driv
er's (or front passenger's)
door is pulled when the door lock
button is in the lock position, the
button will unlock and the door
will open.
Doors cannot be loc
k
ed if the
smart key is in the vehicle and/or
door is open.
Door lock malfunction
If a power door lock ever fails to
function while you are in the vehicle,
try one or more of the following
techniques to exit:
Oper
ate the door unlock feature
r
epeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
Oper
ate the other door locks and
ha
ndles, front and rear.
Lower a front window and use the
k
ey to unlock the door from out
-
side.
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door handle of
the driver's (or passenger's) door
while the vehicle is moving.
With central door lock switch
Driver side
OON048048NR
OON048049NR
Features of your vehicle
184
Door locks
Passenger side
Operate by pressing the central
door lock switch.
Whe
n pressing the right portion
(1)
for the driver side or the upper
portion (1) for the passenger side
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.
W
hen pressing the left portion (2)
for
the driver side or the lower
portion (2) for the passenger side
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
unlock.
If the
smart key is in the vehicle
and
any door is opened, the doors
will not lock even though the right
portion (1) for the driver side or
upper portion (1) for the passen
-
ger side of the central door lock
switch is pressed.
WARNING
Doors
The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the vehicle
is in motion to prevent accidental
opening of a door.
Be
careful when opening doors
an
d watch for vehicles, motorcy
-
cles, bicycles or pedestrians
approaching the vehicle in the
path of the door. Opening a door
when something is approaching
can cause damage or injury.
WARNING
Unattended children/animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended chil
-
dren or animals who cannot escape
the vehicle.
Door lock/unlock features
The vehicle is equipped with door
lock/unlock features for the safety
and convenience of passengers.
Impact sensing door unlock system
All doors will automatically unlock
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
All doors will automatically lock
after the vehicle speed exceeds 10
mph (15 km/h).
You can activate or deactivate the
auto door lo
c
k/unlock features in
OON048410NR
19
4
4
Features of your vehicleDoor locks
the vehicle. Refer to "User Settings
mode" on page 4-71.
Electronic child safety lock system
If you push the electronic child
safety lock switch and the indicator
illuminates, rear passengers cannot
open the rear door from inside the
vehicle.
To cancel the electronic child safety
loc
k
system, push the electronic
child safety lock system switch one
more time and then the indicator
turns off.
The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system is
oper
ated
when the electronic child
safety lock system is activated and
the SEA function is selected in the
cluster. However, the SEA does not
automatically activate the electronic
child safety lock system.
The electronic child safety lock sys
-
tem is always on when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON or
ignition ON state and for approxi
-
mately 10 minutes after the engine
is turned off.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
El
ec
tronic child safety lock system,
the Child-protector rear door locks,
which are manually operated, are
not provided.
If electronic child safety lock system
i
s
activated, rear passenger cannot
open or close the rear window also.
For more details, refer to "Windows"
on page 4-36.
CAUTION
If the Electronic child safety lock
system is not operated when push
-
ing the Electronic child safety lock
switch, the message is displayed
and the alarm will sound.
If this occurs, have the system
c
h
ecked by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
OON048051NR
OON048103NR
Features of your vehicle
204
Door locks
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system
The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system is
provided to help prevent passengers
from opening their door by warning
them when a vehicle approaching
from the rear is detected after your
vehicle has stopped.
When the system detects an
a
pp
roaching vehicle, the rear doors
will not unlock even if the driver
attempts to unlock them using the
electronic child safety lock button.
The "Check surroundings then try
again" warning message appears on
the cluster and a warning sounds.
However if you press the switch
with
in
10 seconds after the warning
message appears (the indicator on
the switch will turn off), the system
determines that the driver has
intentionally unlocked the doors,
being aware of the rear status, and
unlocks the doors regardless of the
actual rear situation.
When the system detects an
approa
ching vehicle the moment a
door is opened, the "Watch for traf
-
fic" warning message appears on
the cluster and a warning sounds.
T
he above 2 and 3 functions are
a
ctivated when you select 'Driver
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety
→ Safe Exit Assistance (SEA)'
from the User Settings mode in
the cluster LCD display.
T
he Electronic child safety lock
system
is always on when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON or ignition ON state and
for approximately 10 minutes
after the engine is turned off.
After about 10 minutes, the indi
-
cator on the switch turns off and
you cannot deactivate the elec
-
tronic child safety lock system. To
deactivate the electronic child
safety lock system, press the
Electronic child safety lock switch
again with the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ON position or
after starting the engine.
Wh
en the power is supplied again
a
fter removing/discharging the
battery while the child safety lock
was in the lock position, press the
child safety lock switch once
again. This makes the state of the
indicator on the child safety lock
switch correspond with the actual
status of the electronic child
safety lock system.
OON058001NR
21
4
4
Features of your vehicleDoor locks
If the airbag is activated while the
child safety lock switch is ON (the
indicator on the switch illumi
-
nates) it automatically switches
OFF and the rear door is unlocked.
CAUTION
The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system
may not operate normally if there
is any vehicle or obstacle at the
rear area of your vehicle.
The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system
may not operate normally when a
vehicle is coming rapidly two lanes
over from your vehicle or a vehicle
is approaching at a fast speed
from the rear in the lane next to
your vehicle.
The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system
ma
y be activated later than nor
-
mal or may not operate normally
if a vehicle is approaching fast
from the rear of your vehicle.
The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system
wil
l not operate if there is a mal
-
function with the Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion Warning (BCW) system as
follows:
-When the BCW warning mes
-
sage appears.
When the BCW sensor or the
sensor surrounding is polluted
or covered.
-When the BCW does not warn
or warns wrongly.
For more details, refer to cautions
and limitations in "Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion Warning (BCW)" on page 5-112.
WARNING
The system does not detect every
obstacle approaching the vehicle
exit.
The driver and passenger are
responsible for any obstacles
while exiting the vehicle.
Always check the surrounding
before you exit the vehicle.
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system
(if equipped)
The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) is
provided to help prevent exiting the
vehicle with a rear passenger left in
the vehicle.
1s
t alert
-
When you open the front door
after open
ing and closing the
rear door and turning off the
engine, the "Check rear seats"
warning message appears on
the cluster.
2n
d alert
-
After the 1st alert the 2nd alert
operates
when any movement
is detected in the rear seat
after the driver's door is closed
and all the doors are locked.
The horn will activate for about
25 seconds. If the system con
-
tinues to detect a movement
the alert operates up to 8
times.
Features of your vehicle
224
Door locks
-Unlock the door with the
remote key or smart key to
stop the alert.
-The system detects movement
in
the vehicle for 24 hours after
the door is locked.
The 2nd alert is activated only after
the prior activation of the 1st
al
ert.
You can activate or dea
c
tivate the
ROA from the User Settings mode in
the cluster LCD display. The option
can be found under the following
menu:
User Settings → Convenience →
R
e
ar Occupant Alert
CAUTION
Make sure that all the windows
are closed. If the window is open,
the alert may activate by the
sensor detecting an unintended
movement (e.g., wind or bugs).
Cluster
Steering wheel
If you do not want to use the Rear
Occupant Alert (ROA) system,
press OK button on the steering
wheel when the 1st alert is dis
-
played on the cluster. Doing so will
deactivate the 2nd alert once.
If boxes or objects are stacked in
the
vehicle, the system may not
detect the obstacle. Also, the
warning may generate if the box
or object falls off.
T
he sensor may not operate nor
-
mally if the senor is obscured by
foreign substances.
The alert may activate if move
-
ment in the driver or passenger
seat is detected.
The alert may activate with the
doors locked due to car was
h or
surrounding vibration or noise.
Inside mov
ement detection is
stopped under r
emote start (if
equipped) status.
OON048125NR
OON048096NR
23
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual liftgate
WARNING
Even if your vehicle is equipped
with the Rear Occupant Alert
(ROA) system, always make sure
you check the rear seat before
you get off the vehicle.
The alert may not operate if:
-The movement does not con
-
tinue for a certain period of
time or the movement is small.
-If a child sits on a vehicle seat
without a child car seat.
-The rear passenger is covered
wi
th
an obstacle such as a blan
-
ket.
-Also, always be cautious of the
passen
ger's safety as the
detection function and 2nd
alert may not operate depend
-
ing on the surrounding environ
-
ment and certain conditions.
Manual liftgate
When you open the liftgate, you will
see a space where you can load the
cargo.
Opening the manual liftgate
The liftgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the key, smart key or
central door lock/unlock switch.
CAUTION
Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the lift
-
gate before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
liftgate lift cylinders and attached
hardware if the liftgate is not closed
prior to driving.
Only the liftgate is unlocked if the
liftgate unlock button on the
transmitter or smart key is
pressed for approximately 1 sec
-
ond.
OON048052NR
Features of your vehicle
244
Manual liftgate
If unlocked, the liftgate can be
opened by pressing the handle
and pulling it up.
Onc
e the liftgate is opened and
then close
d, the liftgate locks
automatically. (All doors must be
locked.)
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when opening
the liftgate.
Closing the manual liftgate
Lower and push down the liftgate
firmly. Make sure that the liftgate is
securely latched.
Make sure your hands, feet and
other parts of your body are
safely
out of the way before closing the
liftgate.
WARNING
Exhaust Fumes
The liftgate should always be kept
completely closed while the vehicle
is in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases may enter
the car and serious illness or death
may result.
OON048053NR
25
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual liftgate
Opening the manual liftgate in
emergency
Your vehicle is equipped with the
emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the
liftgate. When someone is inadver
-
tently locked in the luggage com
-
partment.
The liftgate can be opened by doing
as f
ollows:
1.Input the mechanical key into the
hole.
2.Push the mechanical key to the
righ
t (1).
3.Push the liftgate upwards.
WARNING
No one should be allowed to
occupy the cargo area of the vehi
-
cle at any time. The cargo area is
a very dangerous location in the
event of a crash.
Use
the release lever for emer
-
gencies only. Use with extreme
caution, especially while the vehi
-
cle is in motion.
CAUTION
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the liftgate. Wait
until the liftgate is open fully and
stopped before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not grasp the part supporting
the liftgate (gas lifter), as this may
cause serious injury.
OON048069NR
OON048097NR
Features of your vehicle
264
Power liftgate
Power liftgate (if equipped)
When you open the liftgate, you will
see a space where you can load the
cargo.
1.Power liftgate open/close button
2.Power liftgate handle switch
3.Power liftgate close button
4.Power liftgate open/close button
NOTICE
If ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position, the power liftgate
can operate when the shift lever is
in P (Park).
WARNING
Unattended children/pets
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. Children
or animals might operate the power
liftgate in such a way that could
result in injury to themselves or
others or damage to the vehicle.
OON048054NR
OON048055NR
OON048056NR
OON049403NR
27
4
4
Features of your vehiclePower liftgate
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power lift
-
gate may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
NOTICE
Do not attach heavy objects to the
power liftgate when you operate
the power liftgate. Additional
weight on liftgate could cause dam
-
age to the system.
WARNING
Make sure that there are no pas
-
sengers or objects in the path of the
power liftgate (or smart power lift
-
gate) prior to use. Serious injury,
damage to the vehicle or damage to
surrounding objects may result if
contact with the power liftgate (or
smart power liftgate) occurs.
The liftgate swings upwards when it
is opened. Therefore, make sure
that there is sufficient clearance
above the liftgate.
CAUTION
It is recommended to open and close
the liftgate automatically. Do not
apply excessive force when opening
or closing the lift gate manually. It
may damage the power liftgate
system.
Opening the power liftgate
The power liftgate will open auto
-
matically by doing one of the fol
-
lowing:
Press the power liftgate open/
c
lose button on the smart key for
approximately one second.
Press the power liftgate open/
cl
ose button for approximately
one second.
OON048057NR
OON048058NR
Features of your vehicle
284
Power liftgate
For emergency stop while power
liftgate operating, press the
power liftgate open/close button
shortly.
Press the liftgate handle switch
with the
smart key in your pos
-
session.
Closing the power liftgate
Press the power liftgate open/
close button for approximately
one second when the liftgate is
opened. The liftgate will close
automatically.
F
or emergency stop while power
liftgate operating, pr
ess the
power liftgate open/close button
shortly.
Pr
ess the power liftgate close
button when the liftgate is
opened. The liftgate will close
automatically.
At the beginning of the closure,
the
buzzer will sound twice.
Press the power liftgate open/
c
lose button on the transmitter or
smart key for approximately one
second when the liftgate is
opened. The liftgate will close
automatically.
OON048059NR
OON048052NR
OON048059NR
OON048060NR
29
4
4
Features of your vehiclePower liftgate
WARNING
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the power lift
-
gate. Wait until the liftgate is open
fully and stopped before loading or
unloading cargo from the vehicle.
Power liftgate non-opening condi
-
tions
The power liftgate will not open or
close automatically, when the vehi
-
cle is moving more than 2mph (3km/
h) or the automatic shift lever is not
in P (Park) position.
NOTICE
The chime will sound continuously if
you drive over 2 mph (3 km/h) with
the liftgate opened. Stop your vehi
-
cle at a safe place as soon as possi
-
ble to check if your liftgate is
opened.
CAUTION
Do not operate the power liftgate
more than 5 times continuously.
It may damage the power liftgate
system. If you operate the power
liftgate more than 5 times continu
-
ously, the chime will sound 3 times
and the power liftgate will not oper
-
ate. At this time, stop operating the
liftgate and leave it for more than 1
minute.
NOTICE
The power liftgate can be oper
-
ated when the engine is not run
-
ning.
However, the power liftgate oper
-
ation consumes large amounts of
vehicle electric power. To prevent
the battery from being dis
-
charged, do not operate it exces
-
sively.
To prevent the battery from being
discha
rged, do not leave the
power liftgate in the open posi
-
tion for a long time.
Do not modify or repair
any part
of the power liftgate by yourself.
This must be done by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
When jacking up the v
ehicle to
change a tire or repair the vehicle,
do not operate the power liftgate.
This could cause the power lift
-
gate to operate improperly.
OON048058NR
Features of your vehicle
304
Power liftgate
In cold and wet climates, the
power liftgate may not work
properly due to freezing condi
-
tions.
It is recommended to wait until
the power li
ftgate is fully closed
before starting the vehicle. The
power liftgate may not close fully
if the vehicle is started during
automatic closing.
CAUTION
Never operate the power lift gate
with any heavy objects attached
(e.g. bicycles) as it could become
damaged.
Automatic reversal
During power opening and closing if
the power liftgate is blocked by an
object or part of the body, the
power liftgate will detect the resis
-
tance.
If the resistance is detected while
ope
ning the liftgate, it will stop
and move in the opposite direc
-
tion.
If the resistance is detected while
clos
ing the liftgate, it will stop and
move in the opposite direction.
However, if the resistance is weak
such as
from an object that is thin
or soft, or the liftgate is near the
latched position, the automatic stop
and reversal may not detect the
resistance.
If the automatic reversal feature
operates c
ontinuously mor
e than
twice during opening or closing
operation, the power liftgate may
stop at that position. At this time,
close the liftgate manually and
operate the liftgate automatically
again.
WARNING
Never place any object or part of
your body in the path of the power
liftgate as it is operating. Doing so
could result in personal injury.
OON048061NR
31
4
4
Features of your vehiclePower liftgate
Setting the speed of opening/clos
-
ing of power liftgate
You can adjust the speed by your
-
self.
How to set the speed
Select 'Door'
→
'Power liftgate
speed' → 'Fast/Normal' on the
user settings of the instrument
cluster.
Y
ou cannot change the speed
when
the power liftgate func
-
tion is turned off or the liftgate
is not completely closed.
The power liftgate speed is in
i
-
tially set as 'fast'.
Please refer to "User Settings
mode" on page 4-71.
NOTICE
If the power liftgate does not oper
-
ate normally, check again if the gear
position is in P (Park) position.
Resetting the power liftgate
If the battery has been discharged
or disconnected, or if the related
fuse has been replaced or discon
-
nected, the power liftgate may not
work properly. For the power lift
-
gate to operate normally, reset the
power liftgate as follows:
1.Put the automatic shi
ft lever in P
(Park).
2.While pressing the liftgate close
button,
press the liftgate handle
switch for more than 3 seconds.
(the chime will sound)
3.Close the liftgate manually.
If the power liftgate does not work
prope
r
ly after the above procedure,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
If the power liftgate does not oper
-
ate normally, first check the follow
-
ing condition before using the power
liftgate.
Make sure the automatic shift lever
is in P (Park).
OON049437NR
Features of your vehicle
324
Smart Power Liftgate
Setting the opening height of the
power liftgate
The driver may set the height of a
fully opened liftgate by following
the below instruction.
1.Position the liftgate manually to
the pr
efer
red height.
2.Press the liftgate close button for
more
than 3 seconds.
3.Close the liftgate manually
after he
aring the buzzer sound.
The liftgate will open to the height
the
driver has set up.
Smart Power Liftgate (if
equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
key, the liftgate can be opened
using the Smart Power Liftgate
system.
Using the smart power liftgate
The liftgate can be opened with no-
touch activation when all of the
below conditions have been satis
-
fied.
15 seconds have passed after all
doors hav
e been closed and
locked.
Th
e smart key is positioned
within the detecting ar
ea for
more than 3 seconds.
NOTICE
The Smart Power Liftgate does
not operate when:
-The smart key is detected
within 15 seconds after the
doors are closed and locked,
and is continuously detected.
OON048060NR
OON048062NR
33
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart Power Liftgate
-The smart key is detected
within 15 seconds after the
doors are closed and locked,
and within 60 in (1.5 m) from
the front door handles. (for
vehicles equipped with Welcome
Light)
-A door is not locked or closed.
-The smart key is in the vehicle.
To activate the Smart Power Lift
-
gate
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Door → Smart P
ower L
ift
-
gate' with the MOVE switch ( /
) and the OK button on the
steering wheel.
For more information, refer to
"LCD display" on page 4-68.
Detect and Alert
If you are in the detecting area
(20~39 in (50~100 cm) behind the
vehicle) carrying a smart key, the
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound for about 3
seconds. This alerts you that the
smart key has been detected and
the liftgate will open.
NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area
if you do not want the liftgate to
open. If you have unintentionally
entered the detecting area and the
hazard warning lights and chime
starts to operate, leave the detect
-
ing area with the smart key. The
liftgate will stay closed.
OON048063NR
OON048065NR
Features of your vehicle
344
Smart Power Liftgate
Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound 2 times and
then the liftgate will open.
Make sure you close the liftgate
befor
e
driving your vehicle.
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the liftgate. Make
sure objects in the liftgate do not
come out when opening the liftgate
on a slope. It may cause serious
injury. Make sure to deactivate the
Smart Power Liftgate when wash
-
ing your vehicle. Otherwise, the lift
-
gate may open inadvertently. The
key should be kept out of reach of
children. Children may inadvertently
open the Smart Power Liftgate
while playing around the rear area
of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the lift
-
gate before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
liftgate lift cylinders and attached
hardware if the liftgate is not closed
prior to driving.
Deactivating the smart power lift
-
gate with the smart key
1.Door lock
2.Door unlock
3.Liftgate open and close
4.Panic
If you press any button of the
sm
art key during the Detect and
Alert stage, the Smart Power
Liftgate function will be deacti
-
vated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deac
tivate the Smart Power Lift
-
gate function for emergency situa
-
tions.
NOTICE
If you press the door unlock but
-
ton (2), the Smart Power Liftgate
function will be deactivated tem
-
porarily. But, if you do not open
any door for 30 seconds, the
smart power liftgate function will
be activated again.
If you press the liftgate op
en but
-
ton (3) for more than 1 second,
the liftgate opens.
OON048001NR
35
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart Power Liftgate
If you press the door lock button
(1) or liftgate open button (3)
when the Smart Power Liftgate
function is not in the Detect and
Alert stage, the smart power lift
-
gate function will not be deacti
-
vated.
In case you have deactivated the
Smart Power Liftgate function by
pressing the smart key button
and opened a door, the smart
power liftgate function can be
activated again by closing and
locking all doors.
Detecting area
The Smart Power Liftgate oper
-
ates with a welcome alert if the
smart key is detected within
20~39 in (50~100 cm)from the
liftgate.
T
he alert stops once the smart
ke
y is positioned outside the
detecting area during the Detect
and Alert stage.
NOTICE
The Smart Power Liftgate func
-
tion will not work if any of the fol
-
lowing occurs:
-The smart key is close to a
radio transmitter such as a
radi
o station or an airport
which can interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.
-The smart key is near a mobile
two-
way radio system or a cel
-
lular phone.
-Another vehicle's smart key is
bein
g operated close to your
vehicle.
The de
tecting range may
de
crease or increase when:
-One side of the tire is raised to
re
place a tire or to inspect the
vehicle.
-The vehicle is parked on a slope
or unpaved road, etc.
OON048068NR
Features of your vehicle
364
Windows
Windows
The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be
operated by a switch.
1.Driver's door power window switch
2.Front passenger's door power
window switch
3.Rear door (left) power window
switch
4.Rear door (right) power window switch
5.Window opening and closing
6.Automatic power window up/down
7.Power window lock switch
OON049438NR
37
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindows
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win
-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
The ENGINE START/STOP button
must be in the ON position for
power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window
s
wi
tch that controls the door's win
-
dow. The driver has a power window
lock switch which can block the
operation of rear passenger win
-
dows. The power windows can be
operated for approximately 10 min
-
utes after the ENGINE START/STOP
button has been placed in the ON
position. However, if the front doors
are opened, the power windows
cannot be operated even within the
10 minutes period.
The driver's door has a master
p
o
wer window switch that controls
all the windows in the vehicle.
If the window cannot be closed
be
ca
use it is blocked by objects,
remove the objects and close the
window.
NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open position), your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a nor
-
mal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following
actions. If the noise occurs with one
or both of the rear windows down,
partially lower both front windows
approximately 1 in (2.5 cm). If you
experience the noise with the sun
-
roof open, slightly reduce the size of
the sunroof opening.
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open
window area. Such objects will
impact the proper function of the
Automatic reversal "jam protection"
feature.
NOTICE
If you press the one-touch window
button for micro adjustment, the
glass will go down to a specific loca
-
tion to improve your convenience.
Features of your vehicle
384
Windows
Window opening and closing
You can open and close windows
using the power window switch.
Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power
window switch momentarily to the
second detent position (6) com
-
pletely lowers or raises the window
even when the switch is released. To
stop the window at the desired
position while the window is in oper
-
ation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
If the power window
doe
s not oper
-
ate normally, the automatic power
window system must be reset as
follows:
1.Place the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position
.
2.
Close the window and continue
pull
ing up the power window
switch for at least 1 second after
the window is completely closed.
Automatic reversal
If the upward movement of the
window is blocked by an object or
part of the body, the window will
detect the resistance and will stop
upward movement. The window will
then lower approximately 11.8 in
(30 cm) to allow the object to be
cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
wh
il
e the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 in (2.5 cm).
If the power window
switch is being
c
ontinuously pulled up again within
5 seconds after the window was
lowered by the automatic window
reversal feature, the automatic win
-
dow reversal will not operate.
OON048071NR
ODEEV068020NR
39
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindows
NOTICE
The automatic reverse feature for
the window is only active when the
"auto up" feature is used by fully
pulling up the switch. The automatic
reverse feature will not operate if
the window is raised using the half
-
way position on the power window
switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage. If an
object less than 0.16 in (4 mm) in
diameter is caught between the
window glass and the upper window
channel, the automatic reverse win
-
dow may not detect the resistance
and will not stop and reverse direc
-
tion.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature
doesn't activate while resetting the
power window system. Make sure
body parts or other objects are
safely out of the way before closing
the windows to avoid injuries.
WARNING
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open
window area. Such objects could
prevent the automatic reverse fea
-
ture from functioning.
Power window lock switch
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear pas
-
sengers' doors by pressing the
power window lock switch to the
lock position (pressed).
When the power window lock switch
is pre
ssed:
Th
e driver's master control can
op
erate the front passenger's
power window and the rear pas
-
sengers' power windows.
The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
The rear passengers' control can
-
not operate the rear passengers'
power window.
OON048072NR
Features of your vehicle
404
Hood
Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the
way before closing a window.
If the window cannot be closed
because it is blocked by objects,
re
move the objects and close the
window.
WARNING
Power windows
Do not allow children to play with
the power windows. Keep the
power window lock switch (on the
driver's door) in the LOCK
(pressed) position.
Do not extend a face or arms out
-
side the window opening while the
vehicle is in motion. Doing so could
result in significant bodily injury.
WARNING
When exiting the vehicle, turn the
engine switch off, take the key
with you, and make sure that all
children have also exited the vehi
-
cle. If a child is left alone inside
the vehicle, they may accidentally
operate the vehicle, which could
lead to an accident or injury.
Do not leave children, seniors, or
a
nimals in your vehicle with the
doors and windows closed.
Do not allow a child to hold both
the remote control key and the
mechanical key together.
Hood
The hood serves as a cover for the
engine compartment. Open the
hood if maintenance works needs to
be performed in the engine com
-
partment or if you need to look at
the compartment.
Opening the hood
1.Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
WARNING
Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, shifting the
shift lever to the P (Park) position
and setting the parking brake.
OON048073NR
41
4
4
Features of your vehicleHood
2.Go to the front of the vehicle,
raise the hood slightly, push the
secondary latch (1) up side and lift
the hood (2).
3.Raise the hood. It will completely
rise by itself after it has been
raised about halfway.
Hood open warning
A warning message will appear on
the LCD display when hood is open.
The warning chime will operate
when the vehicle is being driven
above 2 mph (3 km/h) with the hood
open.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
All filler caps in the engine com
-
partment must be correctly
installed.
Glov
es, rags or any other com
-
bustible material must be
removed from the engine com
-
partment.
2.Lower the hood halfway and push
do
wn to securely lock in place.
3.Then double check to be sure the
hood is secure
.
If the hood can be raise slightly,
it is not properly engaged.
Ope
n it again and close it with a
little mor
e force.
CAUTION
Hood obstruction
Before closing the hood, ensure that
all obstructions are removed from
the hood opening. Closing the hood
with an obstruction present in the
hood opening may result in severe
personal injury or properly damage.
WARNING
Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
motor compartment. Doing so may
cause a heat-induced fire.
OON048074NR
OON048104NR
Features of your vehicle
424
Fuel filler lid
WARNING
Unsecured hood
Always double check to be sure that
the hood is firmly latched before
driving away. If it is not latched, the
hood could fly open while the vehicle
is being driven, causing a total loss
of visibility, which might result in an
accident.
Fuel filler lid
The vehicle's fuel filler lid must be
opened and closed by hand from
outside the vehicle.
Opening the fuel filler lid
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to
break the ice and release the lid. Do
not pry on the lid. If necessary,
spray around the lid with an
approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
1.Stop the engine.
2.To open the fuel filler lid, press
the 3 o'clock position edge of the
fu
el
filler lid.
NOTICE
The fuel filler lid will open when
driver door is unlocked.
OON048075NR
43
4
4
Features of your vehicleFuel filler lid
3.Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to
fully open.
4.To remove the fuel tank cap (2),
turn it counterclockwise. You may
hear a hissing noise as the pres
-
sure inside the tank equalizes.
5.Place the cap on the fuel filler lid.
Closing the fuel filler lid
1.To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it "clicks" one time. This indi
-
cates that the cap is securely
tightened.
2.Close the fuel filler lid and push on
it l
ightly gently to make sure that
it is securely closed.
WARNING
Refueling
Always remove the fuel cap care
-
fully and slowly. If the cap is venting
fuel or if you hear a hissing sound,
wait until the condition stops before
completely removing the cap.
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
co
ver your clothes or skin and sub
-
ject you to the risk of fire and burns.
NOTICE
When refueling on unlevel ground,
the fuel gauge may not point to the
F position. It is not a malfunction. If
you move your vehicle to a level
ground, the fuel gauge will move to
the full position.
NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise, the engine warn
-
ing indicator light will illuminate.
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
WARNING
Fire/explosion risk
Read and follow all warnings posted
at the gas station facility. Failure to
follow all warnings will result in
severe personal injury, severe burns
or death due to fire or explosion.
WARNING
Static electricity
Before touching the fuel nozzle,
you should eliminate potentially
dangerous static electricity dis
-
charge by touching another metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance
away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle, or other gas source.
OON048076NR
Features of your vehicle
444
Fuel filler lid
Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static
electricity by touching, rubbing or
sliding against any item or fabric
(polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)
capable of producing static elec
-
tricity. Static electricity discharge
can ignite fuel vapors resulting in
rapid burning. If you must reenter
the vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous
static electricity discharge by
touching a metal part of the vehi
-
cle, away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle or other gasoline source.
WARNING
Portable fuel container
When using an approved portable
fuel container, be sure to place the
container on the ground prior to
refueling. Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once refueling
has begun, contact with the vehicle
should be maintained until the filling
is complete. Use only approved por
-
table plastic fuel containers
designed to carry and store gaso
-
line.
WARNING
Cell phone fires
Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
WARNING
Refueling & Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by elec
-
trical components related to the
engine can ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire. Once refueling is complete,
check to make sure the filler cap and
filler door are securely closed,
before starting the engine.
WARNING
Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at a
gas station especially during refuel
-
ing. Automotive fuel is highly flam
-
mable and can, when ignited, result
in fire.
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to "Fuel requirements" on
page 1-2.
45
4
4
Features of your vehicleFuel filler lid
If the fuel filler cap requires replace
-
ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or
the equivalent specified for your
vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap
can result in a serious malfunction
of the fuel system or emission con
-
trol system.
CAUTION
Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur
-
faces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel
spilled on painted surfaces may
damage the paint.
WARNING
Do not allow anyone that has not
discharged static electricity from
their body to come close to an
open fuel tank.
Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
WARNING
Risk of injury from fuel
Fuels are poisonous and harmful to
your health.
Fuel contains substances that are
ha
rmful if inhaled.
Do not swallow fuel or let it come
in
to contact with skin, eyes or
clothing.
D
o not inhale fuel vapors.
Keep children away from fuel.
If you or other p
eople come into
c
ontact with fuel, observe the fol
-
lowing:
Immediately rinse fuel off your
sk
in with soap and water.
If fuel comes into contact with
y
our eyes, immediately rinse
them thoroughly with clean
water. Seek medical attention
immediately.
If
you swallow fuel, seek medical
a
ttention immediately. Do not
induce vomiting.
C
hange immediately out of cloth
-
ing that has come into contact
with fuel.
NOTICE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Fuel that does not conform to the
required quality can lead to
increased wear as well as damage to
the engine and exhaust system.
Only use the fuel recommended.
NOTICE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Vehicles with a gasoline engine:
Even small amounts of the wrong
fuel
could result in damage to the
fuel system, the engine and the
emission control system.
Features of your vehicle
464
Dual sunroof
NOTICE
Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles
with a gasoline engine.
NOTICE
Do not switch on the ignition if you
accidentally refuel with the wrong
fuel. Otherwise, fuel can enter the
fuel system.
Even small amounts of the wrong
fuel could result in damage to the
fuel system and the engine. Have
the system serviced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Do not overfill the fuel tank
Do not overfill the fuel tank; other
-
wise fuel may slide, causing harm to
the environment and damaging the
vehicle.
Dual sunroof (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control
switch (1) located on the overhead
console.
The blind in the rear seat roof can
b
e
opened or closed with the switch
(2).
The sunroof can only be opened,
closed, or tilted when the ENGINE
ST
AR
T/STOP button is in the ON
position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately
10 minutes after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to the ACC or OFF position.
However, if the front
door
is opened,
the sunroof cannot be operated
even within the 10 minutes period.
OON048077NR
47
4
4
Features of your vehicleDual sunroof
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, the sun
-
roof may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
The sunroof cannot be tilted while in
an open or slide position.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the sunroof,
periodically remove any dirt that
may accumulate on the guide rail.
CAUTION
Sunroof control lever
Do not continue to press the sun
-
roof control lever after the sunroof
is fully opened, closed, or tilted.
Damage to the motor or system
components could occur.
WARNING
Sunroof operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in the
movement range of the sliding roof.
Parts of the body could become
trapped or crushed.
WARNING
Never adjust the sunroof or sun
-
shade while driving. This could result
in loss of control and an accident
that may cause death, serious
injury, or property damage.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is fully closed
when leaving your vehicle. If the
sunroof is opened, rain or snow may
leak through the sunroof and wet
the interior as well as increase the
risk of theft.
WARNING
Roof cargo
Do not operate the sun roof while
using the roof rack to transport
cargo. This may cause the cargo to
come loose and distract the driver.
WARNING
Do not sit on the top of the vehicle.
It may cause vehicle damage.
WARNING
In order to prevent accidental oper
-
ation of the sunroof, especially by a
child, do not let a child operate the
sunroof.
Features of your vehicle
484
Dual sunroof
Sliding the sunroof for front seat
To open or close the sunroof
(manual slide feature), push the
sunroof control switch backward
or forward to the first detent
position.
T
o open the sunroof (autoslide
featur
e), push the sunroof control
switch backward to the second
detent position.
The sunroof will slide all the way
open
.
T
o stop the sunroof sliding at any
poin
t, pull or push the sunroof
control switch momentarily.
T
o close the sunroof (autoslide
featur
e), move the sunroof con
-
trol switch forward to the second
detent position.
The sunroof will close all the way.
To stop the
sunroof sliding at any
point, pull or push the sunroof
control switch momentarily.
CAUTION
Do not leave the engine running and
the key in your vehicle with unsu
-
pervised children. Unattended chil
-
dren could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious injury.
Automatic reversal
If an object or part of the body is
detected while the sunroof is closing
automatically, it will reverse direc
-
tion, and then stop.
The auto reverse function will not
work if a sm
all obstacle is caught in
the sunroof. You should always
make sure that all passengers and
objects are away from the sunroof
before closing it.
OON048078NR
ODEEV068027NR
49
4
4
Features of your vehicleDual sunroof
Tilting the sunroof for front seat
The sunroof will open only while
pressing the control switch upward.
Move the control switch forward to
close the sunroof.
It will close only while pressing the
co
ntrol switch.
You cannot tilt the sunroof while
slidin
g it or tilt the sunroof when it
is completely closed.
WARNING
Sunroof
Do not extend the face, neck, arms
or body outside through the sunroof
opening while driving or operating
the sunroof.
CAUTION
Sunroof motor damage
If you try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing
or when the sunroof is covered with
snow or ice, the glass or the motor
could be damaged.
WARNING
Sunroof Operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in the
movement range of the sliding roof.
Parts of the body could become
trapped or crushed
Sunshade
for Front Seat
for Rear Seat
OON048080NR
OON049434NR
OON049435NR
Features of your vehicle
504
Dual sunroof
Front seat
Use to block direct sunlight coming
through the sunroof glass window.
Use the suns
hade to block sun
-
light coming through the sunroof
glass window.
To open the sunshade, push the
sunroof control switch backward.
To close the sunshade, push the
sunroof control switch forward,
then grab the sunshade handle
and move it forward.
The sunshade can be manually
cl
osed.
Rear seat
To slide open the rear sunshade,
move the rear sunshade switch
backward.
To slide close the rear sunshade,
move the rear sunshade switch
forward.
NOTICE
Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as
material characteristic are normal.
CAUTION
Do not pull or push the sunshade
by hand. It could cause sunshade
failure.
Close the sunroof when driving
through dusty roads. Dust may
cause a malfunction of the vehicle
system.
Resetting the sunroof
Reset the sunroof when:
The battery is disc
harged or dis
-
connected or the sunroof fuse has
been replaced or disconnected.
The sunroof control s
witch is not
operating correctly.
Reset the sunroof as described
below.
1.
The ENGINE START/STOP button
must be
in the ON position.
2.Close the sunroof completely.
3.Release the control switch.
4.Push the control switch forward
u
n
til the sunroof tilts and slightly
moves up. Then, release switch.
5.Press and hold the control switch
forward unt
i
l the sunroof is oper
-
ated as follows:
1)SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE
2)Then, release the control
switch.
NOTICE
Do not release the switch until the
operation is completed.
If you release the switch during
operation, try again from step 2.
6.Release the sunroof control
switch
. (The sunroof system has
been reset.)
* For more detailed information,
c
o
ntact an authorized Kia dealer.
51
4
4
Features of your vehicleSteering wheel
NOTICE
If the sunroof is not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or
discharged, or related fuse is blown,
the sunroof may operate improp
-
erly.
Sunroof open warning
If the driver turns off the ENGINE
START/STOP button when the sun
-
roof is not fully closed, the warning
chime will sound for approximately
a few seconds and a message will
appear on the LCD window.
Close the sunroof se
c
urely when
leaving your vehicle.
Steering wheel
The steering wheel of this vehicle is
equipped with the Electronic Power
Steering (EPS) system.
Electric Power Steering (EPS) sys
-
tem
Electric power steering is a device
that uses an electric motor to help
the driver provide less effort in
steering the vehicle.
If the vehicle is off or if the Elec
-
tronic Power Steering (EPS)
becomes inoperative, the vehicle
may still be steered, but it will
require increased steering effort.
The EPS is controlle
d
by the power
steering control unit which senses
the steering wheel torque and vehi
-
cle speed to command the motor.
The steering effort becomes
heavi
er as the vehicle's speed
increases and becomes lighter as
the vehicle's speed decreases for
better control of the steering wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
e
f
fort required to steer during nor
-
mal vehicle operation, have the
power steering checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OON048105NR
Features of your vehicle
524
Steering wheel
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is the ON position, the
steering wheel enters normal
operation mode after diagnosing
the Electric Power Steering sys
-
tem (for about 3 seconds).
A click noise may be heard from
th
e EPS relay after turning the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to the ON or OFF position.
If the
steering wheel is operated
w
hen the vehicle is not in motion
or driven at a low speed, you may
hear some noise.
If
the Electronic Power Steering
system
does not operate nor
-
mally, the warning light will illumi
-
nate or blink on the instrument
cluster. If the power assistance of
steering fails, you will need to use
more force to steer.
Op
erating the steering wheel at
l
ower temperatures may require
more force and accompany noise.
However, when the temperature
increases, it returns to normal.
T
ake your vehicle to an authorized
Ki
a dealer and have the vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Whe
n the charging system warn
-
ing light comes on due to the low
voltage (when the alternator or
battery does not operate nor
-
mally or malfunctions), the steer
-
ing wheel may require increased
steering effort.
CAUTION
When you continuously operate the
steering wheel, the overcurrent
protection device is activated and it
requires more force to operate the
steering wheel. However, this
doesn't indicate a malfunction, and
it works for your safety and will
return to normal after some time.
CAUTION
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
system does not work or an error
occurs, the warning light on the
instrument panel may be turned on
or blink and it may require more
force to operate the steering wheel.
In this case, please hold the steering
wheel more tightly than usual and
operate with greater force. And
then immediately pull your vehicle
over to a safe place and have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
If the EPS does not operate nor
-
mally, the warning light will illumi
-
nate on the instrument cluster. The
steering wheel may become difficult
to control or operate abnormally. In
this case, have the system
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
53
4
4
Features of your vehicleSteering wheel
When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, the
steering effort may be high and
abnormal noise could occur. If tem
-
perature rises, the noise will disap
-
pear. This is a normal condition.
When the vehicle is stationary, and
the
steering wheel is turned all the
way to the left or right continu
-
ously, the steering wheel becomes
harder to turn. The power assist is
limited to protect the motor from
overheating.
As time passes, the steering wheel
w
i
ll return to its normal condition.
Tilt & telescopic steering wheel
A tilt and telescopic steering wheel
allows you to adjust the steering
wheel before you drive
You can also raise it to give your
l
e
gs more room when you exit and
enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be posi
-
tioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
WARNING
Steering wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and height of
the steering wheel while driving. You
may lose steering control.
Adjusting steering wheel angle and
height
1.To change the steering wheel
angle, pull down the lock release
lever (1).
2.Adjust the steering wheel to the
de
sir
ed angle (2) and height (3).
3.Pull up the lock-release lever to
lo
ck the steering wheel in place.
4.Be sure to adjust the steering
wheel to the desired
position
before driving.
NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the
lock-release lever may not lock the
steering wheel.
It is not a malfunction. This occurs
when two gears engage. In this
case, adjust the steering wheel
again and then lock the steering
wheel.
OON048082NR
Features of your vehicle
544
Steering wheel
Heated steering wheel (if equipped)
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position, pressing the
heated steering wheel button
warms the steering wheel. The indi
-
cator on the button will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel
off, pre
ss the button once again.
The indicator on the button will turn
off.
NOTICE
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes after the heated steering
wheel is turned on.
CAUTION
Do not install any type of grip
cover for the steering wheel, it
may impair the function of the
heated steering wheel system.
When cleaning the heated steer
-
ing wheel, do not use an organic
solvent such as paint thinner,
benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the surface
of the steering wheel.
If the surface of the steering
whee
l is damaged by a sharp
object, damage to the heated
steering wheel components could
occur.
WARNING
If the steering wheel becomes too
warm, turn the system off. The
heated steering wheel may cause
burns even at low temperatures,
especially if used for long periods of
time.
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustra
-
tion).
The horn will operate only when this
are
a is pressed. Check the horn reg
-
ularly to be sure it operates prop
-
erly.
OON048083NR
OON048084NR
55
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
Mirrors
This vehicle is equipped with inside
and outside rearview mirrors to
provide views of objects behind the
vehicle.
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that
the center view through the rear
window is seen. Make this adjust
-
ment before you start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat
or ca
rgo area which would interfere
with your vision through the rear
window.
WARNING
Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust the rearview mirror
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control.
NOTICE
Do not modify the inside mirror in
any manner, including installing a
wide mirror. Doing so could result in
injury during an accident or deploy
-
ment of the air bag.
CAUTION
Cleaning mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do not
spray glass cleaner directly on the
mirror. It may cause the liquid
cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
Day/night rearview mirror (if
equipped)
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position (1).
* (1): Day, (2): Night
Pull the day/night lever toward you
(
2
) to reduce the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind
you when driving at night.
Remember that you lose some
r
e
arview clarity in the night position.
OON048085NR
Features of your vehicle
564
Mirrors
Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if
equipped)
The electric rearview mirror auto
-
matically controls the glare from
the headlights of the vehicles behind
you at night or in low-light driving
conditions.
The sensor (3) mounted in the mir
-
ror senses the light level around the
vehicle, and automatically controls
the headlight glare from the vehicles
behind you.
When the engine is running, the
gla
r
e is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror. Whenever the shift lever is
shifted into reverse (R), the mirror
will automatically go to the bright
-
est setting in order to improve the
drivers view behind the vehicle.
CAUTION
Cleaning mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do not
spray glass cleaner directly on the
mirror. It may cause the liquid
cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
Operating the electric rearview
mirror
The mirror defaults to the ON posi
-
tion whenever the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned on.
Pr
ess the ON/OFF button (1) to
tur
n the automatic dimming
function off. The mirror indicator
light will turn off.
Pr
ess the ON/OFF button (1) to
tur
n the automatic dimming
function on. The mirror indicator
light (2) will illuminate.
Electric chromic mirror with Home
-
Link system (if equipped)
Operating the electric rearview
mirror
OON048086NR
OON048099NR
57
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
Press the I button (1) to turn the
automatic- dimming function on.
The mirror indicator light will illu
-
minate.
Press the O button (2) to turn the
automatic- dimming f
unction off.
The mirror indicator light will turn
off.
HomeLink Wireless Control sys
-
tem
1.Homelink buttons
2.Indicator light
3.Glare detection sensor
Your new mirror comes with an
in
teg
rated HomeLink Universal
Transceiver, which allows you to
program the mirror to activate your
garage door(s), estate gate, home
lighting, etc. The mirror actually
learns the codes from your various
existing transmitters.
Retain the original transmitter for
futur
e
programming procedures
(i.e., new vehicle purchase). It is also
suggested that upon the sale of the
vehicle, the programmed HomeLink
buttons be erased for security pur
-
poses (follow step 1 in "Program
-
ming HomeLink" on page 4-57).
Programming HomeLink
Your vehicle may require the
ENGINE START/STOP button to be
turned to the ACC position for pro
-
gramming and/or operation of
HomeLink. It is also recommended
that a new battery be replaced in
the hand-held transmitter of the
device being programmed to Home
-
Link for quicker training and accu
-
rate transmission of the
radiofrequency.
Follow these steps
to tr
ain your
HomeLink mirror:
1.When programming the buttons
for the first time, pr
ess
and hold
the left and center buttons (,
) simultaneously until the indi
-
cator light begins to flash after
approximately 20 seconds. (This
procedure erases the factory-set
default codes. Do not perform
this step when programming the
additional HomeLink buttons.)
OON048400NR
Features of your vehicle
584
Mirrors
1)Flashing
NOTICE
For non-rolling code garage door
openers, follow steps
2-3.
For rolling code garage door open
-
ers, follow steps 2-6.
For Canadian Programming, please
fo
llow the Canadian Programming
section. For help with determining
whether your garage door opener is
non-rolling code or rolling code,
please refer to the garage door
openers owner's manual or contact
HomeLink customer service at 1-
800-355-3515.
2.Press and hold the button on the
HomeLink system you wish to
train and the button on the trans
-
mitter while the transmitter is
approximately 1~3 in (2~8 cm)
away from the mirror. Do not
release the buttons until step 3
has been completed.
1)Flashing
2)Transmitter
3.The HomeLink indicator light will
fla
sh, first slowly a
nd then rap
-
idly. When the indicator light
flashes rapidly, both buttons may
be released. (The rapid flashing
light indicates successful pro
-
gramming of the new frequency
signal.)
NOTICE
Some gate and garage door openers
may require you to replace step
3
with the "cycling" proce
dure noted
in the "Canadian Programming" sec
-
tion of this document.
Programming rolling code
To train a garage door opener (or
other rol
ling code equipped devices)
with the rolling code feature, follow
these instructions after completing
"Programming HomeLink" on page
4-57. (A second person assist
ing
OON048401NR
OON048402NR
59
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
may make the following training
procedures quicker & easier.)
4.Locate the "learn" or "smart" but
-
ton on the device's motor head
unit. Exact location and color of
the button may vary by
product
brand. If there is difficulty locat
-
ing the "learn" or "smart" button,
reference the device's owner's
manual or contact HomeLink at 1-
800- 355-3515 or on the internet
at www.homelink.com.
5.Press and release the "learn" or
"smart" b
u
tton on the device's
motor head unit. You have 30
seconds to complete step 6.
6.Return to the veh
ic
le and firmly
press and release the pro
-
grammed HomeLink button up to
three times. The rolling code
equipped device should now rec
-
ognize the HomeLink signal and
activate when the HomeLink but
-
ton is pressed. The remaining two
buttons may now be programmed
if they have not already been pro
-
grammed. Refer to "Programming
HomeLink" on page 4-57.
Operating HomeLink
To operate, simply press the pro
-
grammed HomeLink button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained product (garage door, secu
-
rity system, entry door lock, estate
gate, or home or office
lighting). For
convenience, the hand-held trans
-
mitter of the device may also be
used at any time. The HomeLink
Wireless Controls system (once pro
-
grammed) or the original hand-held
transmitter may be used to activate
the device (e.g., garage door, entry
door lock, etc.). I
n
the event that
there are still programming difficul
-
ties, contact HomeLink at 1-800-
355-3515 or on the internet at
www.homelink.com.
Erasing programmed HomeLink
buttons
To erase the three programmed
buttons (individual buttons cannot
be erased):
Pr
ess and hold the left and center
bu
ttons simultaneously, until the
indicator light begins to flash
(approximately 20 seconds).
Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 30 seconds.
HomeLink is now in the train (or
le
ar
ning) mode and can be pro
-
grammed at any time.
OON048401NR
Features of your vehicle
604
Mirrors
Reprogramming a single HomeLink
button
To program a device to HomeLink
using a HomeLink button that has
already been trained, follow these
steps:
1.Press and hold the desired Home
-
Link button. Do NOT release until
step 4 has been completed.
2.When the indicator light begins to
flash slowly (after 20 sec
onds),
position the hand-held transmit
-
ter 1~3 in (12~8 cm) away from
the HomeLink surface.
3.Press and hold the hand-held
transmitter button (or press and
"cycle"
- as described in "Canadian
Programming").
4.The HomeLink indicator light will
fla
sh,
first slowly and then rap
-
idly. When the indicator light
begins to flash rapidly, release
both buttons.
The previous device has now been
er
ase
d and the new device can be
activated by pushing the HomeLink
button that has just been pro
-
grammed. This procedure will not
affect any other programmed
HomeLink buttons.
Canadian Programming Garage &
gate openers
During programming, your hand-
held transmitter may automatically
stop transmitting. Continue to press
and hold the HomeLink button (note
steps 2 through 4 in "Programming
HomeLink" on page 4-57) while you
press and re-press ("cycle") your
ha
ndheld transmitter every two
seconds until the frequency signal
has been learned. Upon successful
training, the indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly after several
seconds.
Accessories
If you would like additional informa
-
tion on the HomeLink Wireless Con
-
trol system, HomeLink compatible
products, or to pur
chase other
accessories such as the HomeLink
Lighting Package, please contact
HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on
the internet at www.homelink.com.
FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
inter
ference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
The transceiver has been tested and
c
omplies
with FCC and Industry Can
-
ada rules. Changes or modifications
not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
61
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
Outside rearview mirror
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors.
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before
driving.
The mirrors can be adjusted
re
motely with the remote switch.
The mirror heads can be folded back
to prevent damage during an auto
-
matic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
WARNING
Estimating distances accurately
Objects reflected in the mirror are
closer than they appear in the mir
-
ror. Do not estimate the distance of
vehicles behind you based on what
you see in the mirror, as this could
increase your risk of accident.
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use
an approved spray de-icer (not radi
-
ator antifreeze) to release the fro
-
zen mechanism or move the vehicle
to a warm place and allow the ice to
melt.
WARNING
Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is
moving. This could result in loss of
control.
Adjusting the outside rearview mir
-
rors
Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
1.Move the L (Front left side) or R
(F
ront right side) switch (1) to
select the rearview mirror you
would like to adjust.
2.Use the mirror adjustment control
(
2
) to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
CAUTION
The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjust
-
ing angles, but the motor contin
-
ues to operate while the switch is
pressed. Do not press the switch
longer than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
Do not a
ttempt to adjust the out
-
side rearview mirror by hand.
Doing so may damage the parts.
OON048088NR
Features of your vehicle
624
Mirrors
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Manual type
To fold the outside rearview mir
-
ror, grasp the housing of the mir
-
ror and then fold it toward the
rear of the vehicle.
Electric type
The outside rearview mirror can
be f
olded or unfolded by pressing
the switch when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON
position as below.
1.To fold the outside rearview mir
-
ror depress the button (1).
2.To unfold it, depress
the button
(1) again.
The mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
un
locked by the key.
T
he mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
unlocked by the button on the
outside door handle.
The
mirror will fold or unfold auto
-
matically as follows:
The mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
un
locked by the smart key.
T
he mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
unlocked by the button on the
outside door handle.
T
he mirror will unfold when you
ap
proach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession when the Wel
-
come Mirror function is activated
in User Settings. (if equipped)
CAUTION
Do not fold an electric type outside
rearview mirror by hand as this
could cause motor failure.
OON048089NR
OON048090NR
63
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
Reverse parking aid function (if
equipped)
While the vehicle is moving rear
-
ward, the outside rearview mirror(s)
will move downward to aid reverse
parking. According to the position of
the outside rearview mirror switch
(1), the outside rearview mirror(s)
will operate as follows:
L/R: W
hen the remote control out
-
side rearview mirror switch is
selected to the L (left) or R (right)
position, both outside rearview mir
-
rors will move downward.
Neutral: When the remote control
out
side rearview mirror switch is
placed in the middle, the outside
rearview mirrors will not move
downward even though the vehicle
is moving rearward.
The outside rearview mirrors will
automati
cally
revert to their original
positions under the following condi
-
tions:
1.The ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the OFF position.
2.
Shift lever is moved to any posi
-
tion except R (Reverse).
3.Remote control outside rearview
mirror switch is not selected.
OON048091NR
Features of your vehicle
644
Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster
Type A
Type B
* The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
1.Tachometer
2.Speedometer
3.Engine coolant temperature gauge
4.Fuel gauge
5.Warning and indicator lights
6.LCD display
OON048100NR
OON048101NR
65
4
4
Features of your vehicleInstrument cluster
Instrument cluster control
The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is changed by
pressing the illumination control
button ("+" or "-") when ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON, or the
taillights are turned on.
If
you hold the illumination control
button ("+"
or "-"), the brightness
will continuously change.
If the brightness re
aches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
Gauges
The gauges display various informa
-
tion such as the speed of the vehi
-
cle, the amount of charge of the
battery, and so on.
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is cali
-
brated in miles per hour (mph) and/
or kilometers per hour (km/h).
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine rev
-
olutions per minute (rpm).
OON048092NR
OON048106NR
OON048107NR
OON048108NR
Features of your vehicle
664
Instrument cluster
Use the tachometer to select the
correct shift points and to prevent
lugging and/or over-revving the
engine.
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This
may cause severe engine damage.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
This gauge indicates the tempera
-
ture of the engine coolant when the
ENGINE START/STOP button or
ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the
"H" position, it indicates overheating
that may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to "If the engine
overheats" on page 6-8.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap when
the engine is hot. The engine cool
-
ant is under pressure and could
severely burn. Wait until the engine
is cool before adding coolant to the
reservoir.
Fuel Gauge
This gauge indicates the approxi
-
mate amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank.
NOTICE
The fuel tank capacity is given in
"Recommended lubricants and
capacities" on page 8-6.
The fuel gauge is supplemented
by
a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
On i
nclines or curves, the fuel
ga
uge pointer may fluctuate or
the low fuel warning light may
come on earlier than usual due to
the movement of fuel in the tank.
OON048109NR
OON049138NR
67
4
4
Features of your vehicleInstrument cluster
WARNING
Fuel Gauge
Running out of fuel can expose vehi
-
cle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional
fuel as soon as possible a
fter the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the
"E" level.
CAUTION
Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire damag
-
ing the catalytic converter.
NOTICE
The fuel display may not be accu
-
rate if the vehicle is on an incline.
Odometer
The odometer Indicates the total
distance that the vehicle has been
driven and should be used to deter
-
mine when periodic maintenance
should be performed.
Odometer
range:
0~999,999 miles
or 1,599,999 kilometers.
Outside Temperature Gauge
This gauge indicates the current
outside air temperatures by 1 F (1
C).
T
emperature range: -40~140 F
(-40~60
C)
The outside temperature on the
displa
y may not change immedi
-
ately, like a normal thermometer
would, so as to prevent the driver
from being distracted.
To change the temperature unit
(from
F to C or from C to F)
The temperature unit can be
chan
ged by using the "User Set
-
tings" mode of the LCD display.
* For more details, refer to "LCD dis
-
play" on page 4-68.
OSK3048112NR
OSK3048113NR
Features of your vehicle
684
LCD display
Transmission shift indicator
Transmission shift indicator displays
gear information depending on your
vehicle's transmission type.
Automatic Transmission Shift Indi
-
cator
This indicator displays which auto
-
matic transmission shift lever is
selected.
Park: P
Reverse: R
Neutral: N
Drive: D
Sports Mode: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
LCD display
The LCD display shows trip com
-
puter and other information.
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control but
-
tons.
1.: MODE button for
changing
modes
2. / : MOVE switch for chang
-
ing items
3.OK: SELECT/RESET button for
setting or re
setting the selected
item
OSK3048128NR
OON048093NR
69
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD display
LCD Display Modes
The LCD display provides 5 modes. You can switch modes by pressing the
Mode button.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
NOTICE
Keep the engine running when con
-
figuring the display settings to pre
-
vent the battery from discharging.
Mode
Trip Computer
Turn By Turn
(TBT)
Assist
User Settings
Master warning
Up/Down
Fuel EconomyRoute GuidanceLane SafetyHead-Up DisplayThe Master
Warning mode
displays warn
-
ing messages
related to the
vehicle when
one or more
systems is not
operating nor
-
mally.
Accumulated
Info
Destination Info
Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Assis
-
tance
Drive Info
AWD
Door
SpeedometerLights
Drive ModeSound
Convenience
TPMS
Service Interval
Other features
Language
Reset
Features of your vehicle
704
LCD display
Trip Computer mode
The trip computer mode displays
information related to vehicle driv
-
ing parameters including fuel econ
-
omy, tripmeter information and
vehicle speed.
* For more details, refer to "Trip
information (trip computer)" on
page 4-78.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
Assist mode
This mode displays the state of:
Lane Safety system
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
AWD
TPMS
*
For more details, refer to each
sy
stem information in "Driving
your vehicle" on page 5-6.
TPMS status
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-9.
Master warning mode
OON048111NR
OSK3048115NR
OON048112NR
OON048113NR
71
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD display
This warning light informs the driver
the following situations.
LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
Lamp malfunction
High Beam Assist malfunction (if
eq
uipped)
At this time, a Master Warning icon
() will appear beside the
User
Setti
ngs icon (), on the LCD dis
-
play.
If the warning situation is resolved,
the ma
ster warning light will be
turned off and the Master Warning
icon will disappear.
User Settings mode
In this mode, you can change the
settings of the instrument cluster,
doors, lamps, etc.
1.Head-Up Display
2.Driver Assistance
3.Door
4.Lights
5.Sound
6.Convenience
7.Service Interval
8.Other features
9.Language
10.Reset
The information provided may dif
-
fer depending on which functions
are applicable to your vehicle.
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
while driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings
after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and
moving the shift lever to P (Park).
OSK3048119NR
OSK3048130NR
Features of your vehicle
724
LCD display
1. Head-Up Display (if equipped)
2. Driver Assistance (if equipped)
Explanation
Enable Head-Up DisplayIf this item checked, the Head-Up Display will be activated.
Display Height
Adjust the height (1~20) of the HUD image on the HUD
screen.
RotationAdjust the degree (-5~+5) of the HUD rotation.
BrightnessAdjust the intensity (1~20) of the HUD brightness.
Contents Selection
If below items are checked, the items will be activated.
Turn By Turn
Traffic Info
Driving Assist Info
Lane Safety
Info
Blind-Spot Safety Info
AV Info
Speedometer sizeSmall/Medium/Large
Speedometer colorWhite/Orange/Green
Explanation
SCC response
Slow/Normal/Fast
To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system.
* For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC) w
ith
Stop & Go system" on page 5-72.
Driving Assist
Leading vehicle departure alert / LFA / HDA
To select the functions.
Driver Attention Warn
-
ing
Driver Attention Warning
To select the function.
* For more details, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system" on page 5-109
.
Warning timing
Normal/Later
To select the Warning time
Warning volume
High/Medium/Normal/Off
To select the Warning volume
Lane Safety
LKA/LDW/Off
To select the functions.
73
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD display
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
3. Door
Forward Safety
Active assist, Warning only, Off
To select the functions.
Blind-spot safety
Blind-Spot view
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
Active Assist
Warning Only
Off
To select the functions.
Parking safety
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety: You can turn on/off the Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) and Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA). With the RCCW/
RCCA on, if there is a vehicle approaching from the rear
side when reversing, it helps you avoid collision through
warning and control.
* For more details, refer to "Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Tr
a
ffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist (RCCA) system (if equipped)" on page 5-125.
Explanation
Automatically Lock
Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked
when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if
the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R
(Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
Automatically Unlock
Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when
the Engine Star/Stop button is set to the OFF position.
On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if
the gear is shifted to the P (Park) position.
Two Press Unlock
(if equipped)
Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated.
Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked.
On: The driver's door will unlock if the door is unlocked.
When the door is unlocked again within 4 seconds, all
doors will unlock.
Explanation
Features of your vehicle
744
LCD display
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
4. Lights
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
5. Sound
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Power Liftgate (if
equipped)
If this item is checked, the power liftgate function will be
activated.
* For more details, refer to "Power liftgate (if equipped)" on
page 4-26.
Power Liftgate Speed
(if equipped)
Normal/ Fast
You can select the operating speed of the power liftgate.
Smart Power Liftgate
(if equipped)
If this item is checked, the smart power liftgate function
will be activated.
If the power liftgate function is not activated, you cannot
activate this function.
* For more details, refer to "Smart Power Liftgate (if
equipped)" on page 4-32.
Explanation
One touch turn signal
Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deacti
-
vated.
3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7
ti
mes when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
* For more details, refer to "Lighting" on page 4-109.
Head Lamp Delay
If this item checked, the head lamp delay function will be
activated.
Explanation
Welcome sound
If this item checked, the welcome sound function will be
activated.
Explanation
75
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD display
6. Convenience (if equipped)
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Explanation
Seat (forward/back
-
ward) Easy Access (if
equipped)
Off: The seat easy access function will be deactivated.
Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine,
the
driver's seat will automatically move rear 3 in (7.6 cm)
(Enhanced) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more com
-
fortably.
If you change the ENGINE START/STOP button from OFF
position to the AC
function, the driver's seat will return to
the original position.
* For more details, refer to "Driver position memory system
for power seat (if equipped)"
on page 3-12.
Seat (upward/down
-
ward) Easy Access (if
equipped)
To activate or deactivate Seat (upward/downward) Easy
Access
Rear Occupant Alert (if
equipped)
To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert.
* For more details, refer to "Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) sys
-
tem (if equipped)" on page 4-21.
Welcome Mirror/Light
On door unlock/ On door approach.
You can choose one of these two functions.
Wiper/Lights Display
If this item checked, the Wiper/Lights Display will be acti
-
vated.
Auto rear wiper
(reverse)
If this item checked, the Auto rear wiper will be activated.
Gear Position Pop-up
If this item is checked, the Gear position pop-up display will
be activated.
Icy road warning
If this item is checked, the Icy road warning display will be
activated.
Features of your vehicle
764
LCD display
7. Service Interval
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance are adjusted,
messages are displayed each time the vehicle is turned on in the following
situations.
Se
rvice in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage
and days
to service.
Service required: Displayed when the mi
leage and days to service has
been reached or passed.
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of
days to
service may be incorrect.
The battery cable is disconnected.
The battery is discha
rged.
8. Other features (if equipped)
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Explanation
Enable Service Interval
If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be
activated.
Adjust Interval
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the
time and distance.
ResetTo reset the service interval function.
Explanation
Fuel Economy Auto
Reset
If this item checked, the average fuel economy will reset
automatically after refueling or after ignition.
Speed Unit
mph, km/h
To select Speed unit.
Fuel Economy Unit
US gallon, UK gallon
To select the Fuel economy unit.
* For more details, refer to "Trip information (trip com
-
puter)" on page 4-78.
Temperature Unit
F/C
To select the Temperature unit.
Tire Pressure Unit
psi, kPa, bar
To select the Tire Pressure Unit
77
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD display
9. Language (if equipped)
10. Reset
Explanation
LanguageTo select language.
Explanation
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All
menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory set
-
tings, except language and service interval.
Features of your vehicle
784
LCD displays
LCD displays
LCD displays show the following
information to drivers.
T
rip information
LCD modes
Warning messages
Trip information (trip computer)
The trip computer is a microcom
-
puter-controlled driver information
system that displays information
related to driving.
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer resets if the bat
-
tery is disconnected.
Trip modes
To change the trip mode, scroll the
toggle the switch ( / ) on the
steering wheel.
Fuel Economy
OON048116NR
79
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
Average Fuel Economy (1)
The average fuel economy is cal
-
culated by the total driving dis
-
tance and fuel consumption since
the last average fuel economy
reset.
-Fuel economy range: 0~99.9
mpg or L/100
km
The average fuel economy can be
r
eset both manually and auto
-
matically.
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manu
ally, press the OK button on
the steering wheel for more than 1
second when the average fuel econ
-
omy is displayed.
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average
fuel
economy select either menu
from the 'Fuel economy auto reset'
in the User Settings mode on the
LCD display.
OF
F - You may set to default
ma
nually by using the trip switch
reset button.
Afte
r ignition - The vehicle will
automatically set to
default once
4 hours pass after the Ignition is
in OFF.
After r
efueling - After r
efueling
more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters)
and driving over 1 mph (1 km/h),
the vehicle will reset to default
automatically.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
This mode displays the instant
fuel economy.
Accumulated Info display
This display shows the accumulated
trip distance (1), the average fuel
efficiency (2), and the total driving
time (3).
Ac
cumulated information is calcu
-
lated after the vehicle has run for
more than 0.19 miles (300
meters).
If
you press "OK" button for more
tha
n 1 second after the Cumula
-
tive Information is displayed, the
information will be reset.
If the engine is running, even
w
hen the vehicle is not in motion,
the information will be accumu
-
lated.
OON048118NR
Features of your vehicle
804
LCD displays
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a
minimum of 0.19 miles (300
meters) since the last ignition cycle
before the average accumulated
driving information is recalculated.
Drive Info display
This display shows the trip distance
(1), the average fuel efficiency (2),
and the total driving time (3) infor
-
mation once per one ignition cycle.
Fuel efficiency is calculated after
the v
ehicle has run for more than
0.19 miles (300 meters).
I
f you press "OK" button for more
than 1 se
cond after the Driving
Information is displayed, the
information will be reset.
If the
engine is running, even
w
hen the vehicle is not in motion,
the information will be accumu
-
lated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a
minimum of 0.19 miles (300
meters) since the last ignition cycle
before the average accumulated
driving information is recalculated.
Digital speedometer
This digital speedometer display
shows the speed of the vehicle.
Drive mode
This mode displays the currently
selected drive mode.
OON048117NR
OSK3048331NR
OON049136NR
81
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
Service Mode
This mode reminds you of scheduled
maintenance information.
Service in
It calculates and displays when you
need a scheduled maintenance ser
-
vice (mileage or days).
If the remaining mileage or time
re
aches 900 miles (1,500 km) or 30
days, "Service in" message is dis
-
played for several seconds each
time you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
Service required
If you do not have your vehicle ser
-
viced according to the already
inputted service interval, "Service
required" message is displayed for
several seconds each time you set
the ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
To reset the service interval to the
mil
e
age and days that were previ
-
ously inputted:
Press the OK button (Reset) for
mor
e than 1 second.
NOTICE
If any of the following conditions
occurs, the mileage and days may
be incorrect.
The battery cable is disconnected.
The battery is discharged.
Driving info display
At the end of each driving cycle, the
Driving Info message is displayed.
This display shows the trip distance
(1), average energy consumption
(2), driving time (3).
This information is displayed
for a
few sec
onds when you turn off the
vehicle, and then goes off automati
-
cally. The information is calculated
for each time the vehicle is turned
on.
NOTICE
If sunroof open warning is dis
-
played in the cluster, the Driving
Information message may not be
displayed.
OON048117NR
Features of your vehicle
824
LCD displays
LCD display messages
Engine has overheated
This warning message illuminates
when the engine coolant tempera
-
ture is above 248 F (120 C). This
mean that the engine is overheated
and may be damaged.
* If your vehicle is overheated, refer
to "If the engine overheats" on
page 6-8.
Low Key Battery for smart key
system
This warning message illuminates if
the battery of the smart key is dis
-
charged when the ENGINE START/
STOP button changes to the OFF
position.
Press START button while turning
wheel for smart key system
It means that you should press the
ENGINE START/STOP button while
turning the steering wheel right and
left.
Steering wheel unlocked for smart
key system
This warning message illuminates
as follows:
If the steering is not locked when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes to the OFF position.
If the steering wheel lock system
has a
problem. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Check Steering Wheel Lock system
for smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
there is malfunction in steering
wheel lock system when the ENGINE
START/STOP button changes to the
OFF position.
Key not in vehicle for smart key
system
This warning message illuminates if
the smart key is not in the vehicle
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ON position.
It means that you should always
have
the smart key with you.
Key not detected for smart key
system
This warning message illuminates if
the smart key is not detected when
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
Door, Hood, Liftgate open warning
display
OON048119NR
83
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
This warning is displayed if any door
or the hood or the liftgate is left
open. The warning will indicate
which door is open in the display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you
should confirm that the door/hood/
liftgate is fully closed. Also, check
there is no door/hood/liftgate open
warning light or message displayed
on the instrument cluster.
Sunroof open warning display (if
equipped)
This warning is displayed if you turn
off the vehicle when the sunroof is
open.
Close the sunroof securely before
l
e
aving your vehicle.
Low Pressure warning display
This warning message is displayed if
the tire pressure is low. The corre
-
sponding tire on the vehicle will be
illuminated.
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-9.
Lights mode
This indicator displays which exte
-
rior light is selected using the light
-
ing control.
OON048120NR
OON068004NR
OON048121NR
Features of your vehicle
844
LCD displays
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the clus
-
ter LCD display.
Wiper mode
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper
control.
You can activate or de
activate
Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the clus
-
ter LCD display.
Shift to P or N to start engine for
smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position.
Press brake pedal to start engine
for smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
It means that you should depress
the br
ak
e pedal to start the engine.
Battery discharging due to external
electrical devices
The vehicle can detect self-dis
-
charge of the battery due to over-
current that is generated by unau
-
thorized electrical devices such as
black box mounting during parking.
Please note that functions such as
Idle Stop a
n
d Go (ISG) are limited
and battery discharge problems
may occur.
If the warning continues even after
e
x
ternal electrical devices are
removed, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Press START button again for
smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
you cannot operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button when there is a
problem with the ENGINE START/
STOP button system.
OON048122NR
85
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button once more.
If the warning illuminates each time
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Press START button with key for
smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while the warning message
"Key not detected" is illuminating.
At this time, the i
m
mobilizer indica
-
tor light blinks.
Check DAW system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Driver
Attention Warning system. In this
case, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
* For more information, refer to
"Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system" on page 5-109.
Check BCW system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Blind-
spot Collision Warning (BCW) sys
-
tem. In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
* For more information, refer to
"Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW)" on page 5-112.
Icy Road Warning (if equipped)
This warning is to warn the driver
the road may be icy.
When the following conditions occur,
th
e
warning light (including outside
temperature gauge) blinks 5 times
and then illuminates, and also warn
-
ing chime sounds once.
The temperature on the outside
temper
ature gauge is below
approximately 40 F (4 C).
NOTICE
If the icy road warning appears
while driving, you should drive more
attentively and refrain from speed
-
ing, rapid acceleration, sudden brak
-
ing or sharp turning.
OON048123NR
Features of your vehicle
864
Warning and indicator lights
Check headlight
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction (burned-out
bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal
-
function) with the headlamp. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Be sure to use the bulb that meets
the specified capacity. Refer to
"Bulb wattage" on page 8-4.
When you do not use a bulb that
does not mee
t the specified capac
-
ity, the above warning message
appears.
Check ECS
This warning message illuminates
when a malfunction occurs with the
Electronic Control Suspension (ECS)
system. In this case, have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Warning and indicator lights
The warning light and indicator light
indicate a situation where the driver
should be careful and whether the
various functions are activated.
Warning lights
The warning light indicates situa
-
tions that require the driver to pay
attention.
NOTICE
Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the vehicle. If any
light is still ON, this indicates a situ
-
ation that needs attention.
Air bag warning light
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
6 seconds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the Supplemental Restraint S
ys
-
tem (SRS).
In this case, have
the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
87
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
Seat belt warning light
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
* For more details, refer to "Seat
belts" on page 3-27.
Parking brake & brake fluid warning
light
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds
-
It remains on if the parking
brak
e is applied.
When the parking brake is applied.
When the brake fluid level in the
r
eservoir is low.
-If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake
re
leased, it indicates the brake
fluid level in reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reser
-
voir is low:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.With the vehicle stopped, check
the
brake fluid level immediately
and add fluid as required (For
more details, refer to "Brake fluid"
on page 7-20). Then check all
brake components for fluid leaks.
I
f
any leak on the brake system is
still found, the warning light
remains on, or the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle.
In this case, have
your vehicle
towed to an authorized Kia dealer
and inspected.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking systems. This
means that braking still works for
two wheels even if one of the dual
systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working,
greater pedal pressure is
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will require
in
cr
eased stopping distance with
only a portion of the brake system
working.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning
light ON is dangerous. If the Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
illuminates with the parking brake
released, it indicates that the brake
fluid level is low.
In this case, have
your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Features of your vehicle
884
Warning and indicator lights
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
warning light
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 sec
onds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The norma
l braking sys
-
tem will still be operational with
-
out the assistance of the Anti-
lock Brake System).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspe
cted by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Electronic Brake force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
These two warning lights illuminate
at the same time while driving:
When the ABS and regular brake
system are not working, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Electronic Brake force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
When both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid warning lights are on,
the brake system will not work nor
-
mally and you may experience an
unexpected and dangerous situation
during sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed driving
and abr
upt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
Electronic Power Steering (EPS)
warning light
This warning light illuminates:
When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to ON, the warn
-
ing light illuminates for about 3
seconds and turns off automati
-
cally if no problem.
If the warning light is tuned on, it
may indica
te the failure of the EPS
system, so have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Charging system warning light
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
When there is a malfunction with
ei
ther the alternator or electrical
charging system.
89
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
If there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
alternator
drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
In this case, have the vehicle
in
spec
ted by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It remains on until the engine is
started.
Wh
en there is a malfunction with
the
emission control system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspec
ted by an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction Indica
-
tor Lamp (MIL) on may cause dam
-
age to the emission control systems
which could affect drivability and/or
fuel economy.
CAUTION
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine power.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Engine oil pressure warning light
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It remains on until the engine is
started.
When the e
ng
ine oil pressure is
low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
engin
e oil level (For more details,
refer to "Engine oil and filter" on
page 7-16. If the level is low, add
oil as required.
If the warning light remains on
af
ter
adding oil or if oil is not
available, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Features of your vehicle
904
Warning and indicator lights
CAUTION
Engine Overheating
Do not continue driving with the
engine overheated. Otherwise, the
engine may be damaged.
CAUTION
Engine damage
If the engine is not stopped immedi
-
ately after the engine oil pressure
warning light is illuminated and
stays on while the engine is running,
serious engine damage may result.
Low fuel level warning light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Low Fuel Level
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below "E" can cause the engine
to misfire and damage the catalytic
converter.
Low tire pressure warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When one or more of your tires
a
re significantly under inflated.
(The location of the underinflated
tires are displayed on the LCD dis
-
play).
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-9.
This warning light remains on after
blinking for approximately 70 sec
-
onds or repeats blinking on and off
at the intervals of approximately 3
seconds:
When there is a malfunction with
the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem (TPMS).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspec
ted by an authorized Kia
dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-9.
91
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
WARNING
Low tire pressure
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking dis
-
tances.
Continued driving or low pressure
tir
es will cause the tires to over
-
heat and fail.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
If
you notice any vehicle instabil
-
ity, immediately take your foot
off the accelerator pedal, apply
the brakes gradually with light
force, and slowly move to a safe
position off the road.
Master warning light
This warning light informs the
driver the following situations
LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
Lamp malfunction
High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunc
-
tion (if equipped)
To identify the details of the warn
-
ing, look at the LCD display.
LED headlamp warning light (if
equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
th
e LED headlamp.
In this case, have
your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
This warning light blinks when there
is a malfunction with a LED head
-
lamp related part. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system warning light (if
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When the FCA is turned off.
When the radar sensor or cover is
blocked with dirt or snow. Check
th
e sensor and cover and clean
them by using a soft cloth.
Features of your vehicle
924
Warning and indicator lights
When there is a malfunction with
the FCA. If this occurs, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
Sensor fusion type (front Camera +
front radar type) system" on page
5-57.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 sec
onds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the E
PB.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspe
cted by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light may illuminate when
the Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Indicator Light comes on to indicate
that the ESC is not working properly
(This does not indicate malfunction
of the EPB).
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the A
WD.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspec
ted by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Indicator lights
The indicator light indicates
whether the various functions are
activated.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the ESC.
I
n this case, have your vehicle
inspec
ted by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
(3%
93
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
* For more details, refer to "Elec
-
tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys
-
tem" on page 5-38.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OFF indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
When you deactivate the ESC
system
by pressing the ESC OFF
button.
* For more details, refer to "Elec
-
tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys
-
tem" on page 5-38.
Immobilizer indicator light
This indicator light illuminates for
up to 30 seconds:
When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle properly
while the ENGINE START/STOP
button is ACC or ON.
-At this time, you can start the
en
gin
e.
-The indicator light goes off
after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
-At this time, you cannot start
the engine.
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
When the vehicle cannot detect
the smart key which is in the
vehicle while the ENGINE START/
STOP button is ON.
In this case, have
your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
When the battery of the smart
key is weak.
When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In
this case, have
your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Auto stop indicator
This indicator will illuminate when
the engine enters the Idle Stop
mode of the Idle Stop and Go (ISG)
system.
When the automatic starting
occ
u
rs, the auto stop indicator on
the cluster will blink for 5 seconds.
* For more details, refer to "Idle Stop
and Go (ISG) system" on page 5-
45.
Features of your vehicle
944
Warning and indicator lights
NOTICE
When the engine automatically
starts by the ISG system, warning
lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or
Parking brake warning light) may
turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of the low
battery voltage. It does not mean
the system is malfunctioning.
Turn signal indicator light
This indicator light blinks:
When you turn the turn signal
light on.
If any of the following oc
curs, there
may a malfunction with the turn
signal system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an au
thori
zed Kia
dealer.
Th
e indicator light does not blink
but
illuminates.
The indicator light blinks mor
e
rapidly.
The indicator light does not illumi
-
nate at all.
Low beam indicator light (if
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When the headlights are on.
High beam indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position.
When the turn signal lever is
pu
lled into the Flash-to-Pass
position.
High Beam Assist indicator (if
equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
When the high beam is on with
the light switch in the AUTO light
position.
If
your vehicle detects onc
oming
or preceding vehicles, the HBA
system will switch the high beam
to low beam automatically.
* For more details, refer to "High
Beam Assist (HBA) system (if
equipped)" on page 4-113.
Light ON indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
95
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
Front fog indicator light (if
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When the front fog lights are on.
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) indica
-
tor (if equipped)
The LKA indicator will illuminate
when you turn the LKA on by press
-
ing the LKA button.
If there is a problem with the sys
-
tem, the yellow LKA indicator will
illuminate.
* For more details, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) system" on
page 5-101.
Cruise indicator light (if
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When the cruise control system is
enabled.
* For more details, refer to "Smart
Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system" on page 5-72.
SPORT mode indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When you select "SPORT" mode
as drive mode.
* For more details, refer to "Drive
mode integrated control system
(FWD)" on page 5-49 and "Drive
mode integrated control system
(AWD)" on page 5-53.
ECO mode indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When you select "ECO" mode as
drive mode.
* For more details, refer to "Drive
mode integrated control system
(FWD)" on page 5-49 and "Drive
mode integrated control system
(AWD)" on page 5-53.
AUTO HOLD indicator light (AUTO
HOLD) (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
White When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the
AUTO HOLD button.
Gr
een Wh
en you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the
brake pedal with the auto hold
system activated.
Y
ellow
When there is a malfunc
-
tion with the auto hold system.
In this case, have
your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
* For more details, refer to "AUTO
HOLD" on page 5-33.
Features of your vehicle
964
Head-Up Display (HUD)
All Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indica
-
tor light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It illuminates for approximately
3 sec
onds and then goes off.
When you select AWD lock mode
b
y pressing the AWD LOCK button.
-The AWD lock mode is to
incr
ease the drive power when
driving on wet pavement, snow
covered roads and/or off-road.
NOTICE
AWD Lock Mode
Do not use AWD LOCK mode on dry
paved roads or highway, it can
cause noise, vibration or damage of
AWD related parts.
SMART mode indicator (if
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When you select "SMART" mode
as drive mode.
* For more details, refer to "Drive
mode integrated control system
(FWD)" on page 5-49 and "Drive
mode integrated control system
(AWD)" on page 5-53.
Head-Up Display (HUD) (if
equipped)
The Head-Up Display (HUD) is a
transparent display that projects an
image of certain information from
the instrument cluster and naviga
-
tion system on the windshield glass.
The HUD image on the HUD
sc
reen may not be visible when:
-Sitting posture prevents visibil
-
ity.
-Wearing a polarized sunglasses.
-There is an object on the cover
of t
he Head-Up Display.
-Driving on a wet road.
-Lighting is turned on inside the
ve
h
icle.
-Light is entering the vehicle
from the outside.
-
Wearing inadequate glasses for
yo
ur eyesight.
If the HUD image is not displayed
well,
adjust the height, rotation or
illumination of the HUD in the
cluster.
OON048094NR
97
4
4
Features of your vehicleHead-Up Display (HUD)
When the HUD needs inspection
or repair, have your vehicle
inspected or repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
HUD ON/OFF
The HUD display can be activated or
deactivated in user setting mode
while engine is ON.
WARNING
Head-Up Display
The Head-Up Display is a supple
-
mental system. Do not solely rely on
the system, always drive safely, and
pay attention to the driving condi
-
tions on the road.
HUD Information
1.Turn By Turn navigation informa
-
tion (if equipped)
2.Road signs (if equipped)
3.Speedometer
4.Cruise setting speed (if equipped)
5.Smart Cruise Control (SCC) infor
-
mation (if equipped)
6.Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) infor
-
mation (if equipped)
7.Blind-Spot Collisi
on Warning
(BCW) information (if equipped)
8.Highway Driving Assist (HDA) sys
-
tem information (if equipped)
9.HDA system steering control
in
formation (if equipped)
10.HDA system automatic speed
settin
g information (if equipped)
11.Warning lights (low fuel)
12.AV mode information
* Road signs and Turn By Turn navi
-
gation information are available
depending on the region.
OON048124NR
OON049137NR
Features of your vehicle
984
Parking distance warning-reverse system
HUD Setting
On the LCD display, you can change
the HUD settings as follows.
1.Display height
2.Rotation
3.Brightness
4.Content selection
5.Speedometer size
6.Speedometer color
* For more details, refer to "LCD Dis
-
play Modes" on page 4-69
Parking distance warning-
reverse system (if equipped)
The parking distance warning-
reverse assists the driver when the
vehicle is moving in reverse by chim
-
ing if any object is detected within a
distance of 47 in (120 cm) behind
the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental sys
-
tem and it is not intended to nor
does it replace the need for extreme
care and attention of the driver. The
sensing range and objects detect
-
able by the back sensors (1) are lim
-
ited. Whenever backing-up, pay as
much attention to what is behind
you as you would in a vehicle with
-
out a parking distance warning-
reverse.
WARNING
Parking distance warning-reverse
Never rely solely on the parking dis
-
tance warning-reverse. Always per
-
form a visual inspection to make
sure the vehicle is clear of all
OON048003NR
99
4
4
Features of your vehicleParking distance warning-reverse system
obstructions before moving the
vehicle in any direction. Stop imme
-
diately if you are aware of a child
anywhere near your vehicle. Some
objects may not be detected by the
sensors, due to the object's size or
material.
Operation of the parking distance
warning-reverse
Operating condition
This system will activate when
the indicator on the rear parking
assist OFF button is not illumi
-
nated. If you desire to deactivate
the rear parking assist system,
press the rear parking assist OFF
button again. (The indicator on
the button will illuminate.) To turn
the system on, press the button
again. (The indicator on the but
-
ton will go off.)
This system will activate when
ba
cking up with the ENGINE
START/STOP button ON.
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
ov
er 3 mph (5 km/h)
, the system
may not be activated correctly.
The sensing distan
ce
while the
back-up warning system is in
operation is approximately 47 in
(120 cm) from the central area of
the rear bumper and 23.5 in (60
cm) from the side area of the rear
bumper.
When
more than two objects are
sen
sed at the same time, the
closest one will be recognized
first.
Types of warning sound
When an object is 47 in to 24 in
(120 cm to 61 cm) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit
-
tently.
When an object is 23 in to 12 in
(60 cm to 31 cm) from the r
ear
bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre
-
quently.
When an object is within 11 in (30
cm)
of the rear bumper:
Buzzer sounds continuously.
Non-operational conditions of
parking distance warning-reverse
The parking distance warning-
r
e
verse may not operate properly
when:
Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
(It will operate normally once the
moisture clears.)
The
sensor is covered with foreign
matter
, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the mate
-
rial is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
Driving on uneven road surfaces
(
unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
Features of your vehicle
1004
Parking distance warning-reverse system
Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motor
-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes)
are within range of the sensor.
There is rain or water spraying
n
earby.
Wireless transmitters or mobile
ph
ones are within range of the
sensor.
The
sensor is covered with snow.
Trailer towing
The detecting range may decrease
when:
The sensor is covered with foreign
matter such as snow or water.
(The sensing range will return to
normal when removed.)
Outsi
de air temperature is
ex
tremely hot or cold.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
Objects which tend
to absorb the
frequency emitted by the sensor
such as clothes, sound absorbent
material or snow.
T
here are undetectable objects
smal
ler than 40 in (1 m) in height
and narrower than 6 in (14 cm) in
diameter.
Parking distance warning-reverse
precautions
The sound of the parking distance
warning-reverse system may
change depending on the speed
and shape of the objects
detected.
Th
e parking distance warning-
r
everse system may malfunction
if the vehicle bumper height or
sensor installation has been mod
-
ified or damaged. Any non-fac
-
tory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere
with the sensor performance.
Th
e sensor may not recognize
objects
less than 11 in (30 cm)
from the sensor, or it may sense
an incorrect distance. Use caution.
Wh
en the sensor is frozen or cov
-
ered with snow, dirt, or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until
the material is removed using a
soft cloth.
T
o prevent damage, do not push,
scratch or strike
the sensor.
NOTICE
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors. It cannot detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
such as poles or objects located
between sensors may not be
detected by the sensors. Pay close
attention when the vehicle is driven
101
4
4
Features of your vehicleParking distance warning system
close to objects on the road, partic
-
ularly pedestrians, and especially
children. Always visually check
behind the vehicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of the
ve
hicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the system's
capabilities and limitations.
Self-diagnosis
If you don't hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter
-
mittently when shifting the gear to
the R (Reverse) position, this may
indicate a malfunction in the parking
distance warning-reverse system. If
this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu
-
pants. Always drive safely and cau
-
tiously.
Parking distance warning sys
-
tem (if equipped)
The parking distance warning
assists the driver during movement
of the vehicle by chiming if any
object is sensed within the distance
of 39 in (100 cm) in front and 47 in
(120 cm) behind the vehicle.
Rear
Front
The sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors (1) are
limited. Whenever moving while
using the parking distance warning,
pay as much attention to what is in
OON048003NR
OON048004NR
Features of your vehicle
1024
Parking distance warning system
front and behind you as you would
in a vehicle without parking distance
warning.
WARNING
The parking distance warning is a
supplemental system only.
The operation of the parking dis
-
tance warning can be affected by
several factors (including environ
-
mental conditions).
It is the responsibility of the driver
to always check the fr
ont and rear
views before and while parking.
Operation of the parking distance
warning
Operating condition
This system activates when the
parking distance warning button
is pressed with the ENGINE
START/STOP button ON.
Th
e indicator of the parking dis
-
tance warning button turns on
automatically and activates the
parking distance warning when
you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position.
The sensing distan
ce
while back
-
ing up is approximately 47 in (120
cm) when you are driving less
than 6.2 mph (10 km/h).
The sensing distan
ce
while mov
-
ing forward is approximately 39 in
(100 cm) when you are driving
less than 6.2 mph (10 km/h).
Wh
en more than two objects are
sen
sed at the same time, the
closest one will be recognized
first.
T
he side sensors are activated
when you shift
the gear to the R
(Reverse) position.
If
the vehicle speed is above 12.4
mph (20 k
m/h), the system auto
-
matically turns off. To activate
again, push the button.
NOTICE
It may not operate if the vehicle's
distance from the object is already
less than approximately 10 in (25
cm) when the system is activated.
OON048005NR
103
4
4
Features of your vehicleParking distance warning system
Type of warning indicator and sound
NOTICE
The actual warning sound and
indicator may differ from the
illustration depending on the
objects or sensor status.
Do not wash the vehicle's sensor
with high pressure water.
NOTICE
This system can only sense
objects within the range and loca
-
tion of the sensors; it cannot
detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
Also, small or slim objects, such as
poles or objects located between
sensors may not be detected by
the sensors.
Always visually check behind the
ve
hicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of
the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar
with the system regarding the
system's capabilities and limita
-
tions.
Distance from object
Warning indicator
Warning sound
When driving forwardWhen driving rearward
39~24 inch
(100~61 cm)
Front-
Buzzer beeps intermit
-
tently
47~24 inch
(120~61 cm)
Rear-
Buzzer beeps intermit
-
tently
23~12 inch
(60~31cm)
FrontBuzzer beeps frequently
Rear-Buzzer beeps frequently
11 inch
(30 cm)
Front
Buzzer beeps continu
-
ously
Rear-
Buzzer beeps continu
-
ously
Features of your vehicle
1044
Parking distance warning system
Non-operational conditions of
parking distance warning
Parking distance warning may not
opera
t
e normally when:
Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
(It will operate normally when
moisture melts.)
Sensor is covered with foreign
matte
r, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the mate
-
rial is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
Sensor is stained with foreign
matter such as snow or water.
(Sensing range will return to nor
-
mal when removed.)
The parking assist button is off.
There is a possibility of parking dis
-
tance warning malfunction when:
Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
Objects generating excessive
noise such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes can interfere with the
sensor.
Heavy rain or water spray.
Wireless transmitters or mobile
phon
es present near the sensor.
Sensor is covered with snow.
Detecting range may decrease
when:
Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
There are undetectable objects
sm
aller than 40 in (1 m) and nar
-
rower than 5.5 in (14 cm) in diam
-
eter.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
Objects, which tend to absorb
s
ensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
NOTICE
1.The warning may not sound con
-
sistently depending on the speed
and shapes of the objects
detected.
2.The parking distance warning
system
may m
alfunction if the
vehicle bumper height or sensor
installation has been modified.
Any non-factory installed equip
-
ment or accessories may also
interfere with the sensor perfor
-
mance.
3.Sensor may not recognize objects
less than
12 in (30 cm) from the
sensor, or it may sense an incor
-
rect distance. Use with caution.
4.When the sensor is frozen or
stained with snow or water
, the
sensor may be inoperative until
the stains are removed using a
soft cloth.
105
4
4
Features of your vehicleParking distance warning system
5.Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
NOTICE
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors; it cannot detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
or objects located between sensors
may not be detected.
Always visually check in front and
behind the vehicle when driving. Be
sure to inform any drivers in the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the systems
capabilities and limitations.
NOTICE
Pay close attention when the vehicle
is driven close to objects on the
road, particularly pedestrians, and
especially children. Be aware that
some objects may not be detected
by the sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensor. Always perform a visual
inspection to make sure the vehicle
is clear of all obstructions before
moving the vehicle in any direction.
Self-diagnosis
When you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position and if one or
more of the below occurs you may
have a malfunction in the parking
distance warning system.
Y
ou don't hear an audible warning
soun
d or if the buzzer sounds
intermittently.
(blinks) is displayed.
If this occurs, have
your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu
-
pants. Always drive safely and cau
-
tiously.
Features of your vehicle
1064
Rear view monitor system
Rear view monitor system (if
equipped)
The rear view monitor system is a
supplemental system that shows
the area behind the vehicle on the
multimedia system screen to assist
you when parking or backing up.
For detailed information
, r
efer to a
separately supplied manual.
The rear view monitor with park
-
ing guidance will activate when
the engine is running and the shift
lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
To assist in parking, the rear view
is shown (the parking guide line
disappears) on the screen when
the shift lever is moved from R
(Reverse) to D (Drive) with vehicle
speed below 9 mph (15 km/h).
Rear view monitor Top view
When you touch the icon (1), the top
view is displayed on the screen and
shows the distance from the vehicle
in the back of your vehicle. Touch
the icon (1) again, to switch back to
the previous screen.
WARNING
Backing & using camera
Never rely solely on the rear view
camera. You must always use
methods of viewing the area behind
you including looking over both
shoulders as well as continuously
checking all three rear view mirrors.
Due to the difficulty of ensuring
that the area behind you remains
clear, always back up slowly and
stop immediately if you suspect
that a person, and especially a child,
might be behind you.
OON048006NR
OON048007NR
OON048408NR
107
4
4
Features of your vehicleSurround View Monitoring (SVM) system
Surround View Monitoring
(SVM) system (if equipped)
Surround View Monitoring (SVM) is
the parking support system that
shows your surroundings around
the vehicle.
For detailed information
, r
efer to a
separately supplied manual.
The system is activated when the
f
ollowing steps are performed.
1.The SVM button (1, indicator
ON) is pre
ssed.
2.The shift lever is in D (Drive), N
(Neutr
al) or R (Reverse) and
vehicle speed is under 10 mph
(15 km/h).
The sy
stem is deactivated when
one of the following is pe
rformed.
-The SVM button (1, indicator
OFF) is pressed
again.
-Vehicle speed is over 10 mph
(15 km/h).
When
vehicle speed is over 10
mp
h (15 km/h), the system will
turn off.
The system will not automatically
turn
o
n again, even though vehicle
speed gets below 10 mph (15 km/
h).
Press the button (1, indicator ON)
again
, t
o turn on the system.
When the vehic
le is backing up,
the system will turn ON regard
-
less of vehicle speed or button
status.
However, if vehicle speed is over
10 mph (
15 km/h) when driving
forward, the SVM will turn off.
A indic
ator on the screen appears
wh
en:
-The liftgate is opened.
-The driver's door is opened.
-The passenger's door is opened.
-The outside rearview mirror is
fol
d
ed.
If the system
is not operating
normally, the system should be
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
OON048009NR
OON048010NR
Features of your vehicle
1084
Blind-spot View Monitor (BVM) system
WARNING
The system is a supplementary
driving assist system. Make sure to
check the vehicle's surroundings
yourself for safety. Do not solely
rely on what is displayed on the
screen. What you see on the screen
may differ from the actual vehi
-
cle's location.
NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens clean.
The camera may not work normally
if the lens is covered with foreign
material.
Blind-spot View Monitor (BVM)
system (if equipped)
The Blind-spot View Monitor (BVM)
system displays the passenger-side
rear areas in the cluster when the
system is activated.
To turn on BVM
When the BVM is enabled in the set
-
tings.
1.ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position
.
2.The turn signal is activated.
To turn off BVM
1.ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the OFF position.
2.The turn signal is deactivated.
3.Other warning screen pops up and
takes priority ov
e
r the BVM.
WARNING
Like all assistance system, BVM
system has limitations. Sole-reli
-
ance on the system may result in a
collision.
OON048102NR
109
4
4
Features of your vehicleLighting
WARNING
ALWAYS look around your vehicle
to make sure there are no objects
or obstacles before moving the
vehicle in any direction to prevent
a collision.
Objects are closer than they
appear. Failure to visually confirm
that is safe to change the lane
before doing so may result in
crash and serious injury or death.
Always
keep the camera lens
cl
ean. The camera may not work
normally if the lens is covered
with foreign material.
Lighting
This vehicle is equipped with a vari
-
ety of lights to illuminate the inte
-
rior and exterior of the vehicle.
CAUTION
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the head
-
light and interior light on for a pro
-
longed time while the engine is not
running.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being dis
-
charged if the lights are left in the
ON position. The system automati
-
cally shuts off the position lamp 30
seconds after the vehicle is turned
off and the driver's door is opened
and closed.
With this feature, the position lamp
wi
ll tu
rn off automatically if the
driver parks on the side of the road
at night and opens the driver's side
door.
If necessary, to keep the position
lamp on when
t
he vehicle is turned
off, perform the following:
1.Open the driver-side door.
2.Turn the position lamp OFF and
O
N
again using the light switch on
the steering column.
Features of your vehicle
1104
Lighting
Daytime Running Light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Light (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see
the front of your vehicle during the
day.
The DRL can be helpful in many dif
-
ferent driving conditions, and it is
especially helpful after dawn and
before sunset.
The DRL will turn the dedicated
l
amp OFF when:
The headlight switch is on.
The vehicle is off.
The front fog light is on.
Engaging the Parking Brake.
Lighting control
The light switch has a headlight and
a position lamp position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob
at the end of the control lever to
one of the following positions:
1.OFF position / DRL off position.
2.Auto light position
3.Position & Tail lamp
4.Headlight position
Position & Tail lamp
When the light switch is in the posi
-
tion lamp position, the tail, license
and instrument panel lights will turn
ON.
Headlight position
When the light switch is in the head
-
light position, the head, tail, license
lights will turn ON.
NOTICE
The ENGINE START/STOP button
must be in the ON position to turn
on the headlights.
OON048416NR
OON048417NR
OON048418NR
111
4
4
Features of your vehicleLighting
Auto light
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and
headlights will turn ON or OFF auto
-
matically depending on the amount
of light outside the vehicle.
CAUTION
Never place anything over the
sensor (1) located on the instru
-
ment panel as this will ensure
better auto-light system control.
Don't clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleaner may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
If your vehicle has window tint or
other
types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the Auto
light system may not work prop
-
erly.
Operating high beam
To turn on the high beam headlamp:
Push the lever away from you.
T
he lever will return to its original
position
.
The high beam indicator will light
wh
en the headlight high beams
are switched on.
WARNING
High beams
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles in front of or
approaching your vehicle. Using high
beam could obstruct the other
driver's vision.
OON048414NR
OSKEV048429NR
Features of your vehicle
1124
Lighting
To flash the headlights:
Pull the lever towards you.
It w
ill return to the normal (low
beam)
position when released.
The headlight switch does not
need to be on to use this flashing
feature.
Operating turn signals and lane
change signals
The ENGINE START/STOP button
must be on for the turn signals to
function.
To turn on the turn signals:
Mov
e the lever up or down (A).
The
green arrow indicators on the
in
strument panel indicate which
turn signal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn
is c
omple
ted. If the indicator con
-
tinues to flash after a turn, man
-
ually return the lever to the OFF
position.
To signal a lane change:
Move the turn signal lever slightly
and hold it in position (B).
The lever will return to the OFF
po
sition when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash
or if it flashes abnormally, one
of the turn signal bulbs may be
burned out and will require replace
-
ment.
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec
-
tion in the circuit.
One-touch lane change function
To activate a one-touch lane change
function, move the turn signal lever
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7
times.
You can activate or deactivate the
On
e T
ouch Turn Signal function or
choose the number of blinking (3, 5,
or 7) by selecting "User Settings →
Lights → One Touch Turn Signal".
ODEEV068136NR
OSKEV048406NR
113
4
4
Features of your vehicleLighting
NOTICE
If the turn signal indicator stays on
and does not flash, or if it flashes
abnormally, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec
-
tion in the circuit. The bulb may
require replacement.
Operating front fog light (if
equipped)
Fog lights are designed to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
The fog lights will turn on when the
fog ligh
t switch (1) is turned to the
on position after the headlight is
turned on.
To turn off the fog lights:
T
urn the fog light switch (1) to
the OFF position
.
High Beam Assist (HBA) system (if
equipped)
The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a
system that automatically adjusts
the headlamp range (switches
between high beam and low beam)
according to the brightness of other
vehicles and road conditions.
Operating the HBA
The HBA can be operated using the
light switch.
1.Place the light switch in the AUTO
posi
tion
.
2. Turn on the high beam by pushing
the
lever away from you.
3.The HBA () indicator will illu
-
minate.
4.The HBA will turn on when vehicle
spee
d is above 25 mph (40 km/h).
The details of operation with the
ligh
t switch while the HBA is on are
below.
I
f the light switch is pushed away,
th
e HBA will turn off and the high
beam will be on continuously.
ODEEV068138NR
OON048420NR
Features of your vehicle
1144
Lighting
If the light switch is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is off, the high beam will be on
without canceling the operation
of the HBA. (When you take your
hands off the switch, the lever will
move to the middle and the high
beam will turn off.)
If the l
ight switch is pulled
towards
you when the high beam
is turned on using the HBA, the
low beam will turn on and the HBA
turn off.
I
f the light switch is turned to the
he
adlamp position () from
AUTO position, the HBA will turn
off an
d the low beam will be on
continuously.
When the HBA is operating, the high
beam
switc
hes to low beam in the
following conditions.
Whe
n the headlamp is detected
fr
om the on-coming vehicle.
When the tail lamp is detected
from
the front vehicle.
When headlamp / tail lamp of
bi
cycle/motorcycle is detected.
When the surrounding is so bright
that
high beams are not needed.
When streetlights or
other lights
are detected.
When the light switch is not in the
AUT
O position.
When the HBA is off.
When vehicle speed is below 15
mph (24 km/h).
HBA warning light and message
When the HBA is not working prop
-
erly, a warning message "Check High
Beam Assist (HBA) system" will
come on for a few seconds.
After the message disappears, the
ma
ster
warning light () will illu
-
minate. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
CAUTION
The High Beam Assist system may
not work properly in the following
situations:
When the light from a on-coming
or front vehicle is poor
-When the light from a on-com
-
ing or front vehicle is not
detected because of lamp dam
-
age, or because it is hidden
from sight, etc.
-When the lamp of a on-coming
or f
ront vehicle is covered with
dust, snow or water.
-When a front vehicle's head
-
lamps are off but the fog lamps
on and etc.
When external conditions inter
-
vene
-When there is a lamp that has a
similar shape as a
front vehi
-
cle's lamps.
-When the headlamp is not
re
paired or replaced at an
authorized Kia dealer.
115
4
4
Features of your vehicleLighting
-When headlamp aiming is not
properly adjusted.
-When driving on a narrow
curved road, rough road, down
-
hill or uphill.
-When only part of the vehicle in
front is
visible on a crossroad or
curved road.
-When there is a traffic light,
r
e
flecting sign, flashing sign or
mirror ahead.
-When there is a temporary
r
e
flector or flash ahead (con
-
struction area).
-When the road conditions
are
poor such as being wet, iced or
covered with snow.
-When a vehicle suddenly
appe
ar
s from a curve.
-When the vehicle is tilted from
a flat ti
re or being towed.
-When the Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) sy
stem failure indicator
(yellow) illuminates.
W
hen front visibility is poor
-
When the lamp of the on-com
-
ing or front vehicle is covered
with dust, snow or water.
-When the light from a on-com
-
ing or front vehicle is not
detected because of exhaust
fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
-When the front window is cov
-
ered with foreign substance.
-When it is hard to see because
of fog, heavy rain
or snow and
etc.
NOTICE
Do not disassemble a front view
camera temporarily for tinted
window or attaching any types of
coatings and accessories. If you
disassemble the camera and
assemble it again, take your vehi
-
cle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
When you re
place or reinstall the
windshield glass take your vehicle
to an authorized Kia dealer and
have the system checked.
Be car
eful that water doesn't get
into the Hig
h Beam Assist unit
and do not remove or damage
parts of the High Beam Assist
system.
Do not pla
ce
objects on the dash
board that reflect light such as
mirrors, white paper, etc. The
system may not be able to func
-
tion if sunlight is reflected onto it.
At times, the High Beam Assist
may not operate due
to system
limitations. The system is for
your convenience only.
It is the responsibility of the driver
to dri
v
e safely and always check
the road conditions.
When the system does not oper
-
ate normally, change the lamp
position manually between the
high beam and low beam.
Features of your vehicle
1164
Wipers and washers
Wipers and washers
The wipers and washers remove
foreign substances from the wind
-
shield and rear window, helping to
maintain visibility.
Front windshield wiper/washer
Rear windshield wiper/washer
A: Wiper speed control (front)
MIST Singl
e wipe
OFF
Off
INT
Intermittent wipe
AUTO* Auto c
ontrol wipe
LO Low wiper speed
HI
High wiper speed
B:
Intermittent control wipe time
adjustme
nt
C: Wash with brief wipes (front)
D: Rear wiper/washer control
HI Continuous wipe
LO
Intermittent wipe
OFF
Off
E: Wash with brief wipes (rear)
*: if equipped
Windshield washers
Operates as follows when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned ON.
MIST: For a single wiping cycle, move
the le
ver to this (MIST) position and
release it. The wipers will operate
continuously if the lever is held in
this position.
OFF: Wiper is not in operation
INT: Wiper operates intermittently
at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist. To
vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control switch.
LO: Normal wiper speed
HI: Fast wiper speed
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield,
defrost the windshield for about 10
minutes, or until the snow and/or
ice is removed before using the
windshield wipers to ensure proper
operation. If you do not remove the
snow and/or ice before using the
wiper and washer, it may damage
the wiper and washer system.
OON048421NR
ODEEV068144NR
117
4
4
Features of your vehicleWipers and washers
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing
temperatures without first warming
the windshield with the defrosters;
the washer solution could freeze on
the windshield and obscure your
vision.
Auto control (if equipped)
The rain sensor (A) located on the
upper end of the windshield glass
senses the amount of rainfall and
controls the wiping cycle for the
proper interval. The more it rains,
the faster the wiper operates. When
the rain stops, the wiper stops.
To vary the speed setting, turn the
sp
ee
d control knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode w
hen the ENGINE START/
STOP button is ON position, the
wiper will operate once to perform a
self-check of the system. Set the
wiper to the OFF position when the
wiper is not in use.
WARNING
When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ON position and the
windshield wiper switch is placed in
AUTO mode, use caution in the fol
-
lowing situations to avoid any injury
to the hands or other parts of the
body:
Do not touch the upper end of the
wi
ndshield glass facing the rain
sensor.
Do not wipe
the upper e
nd of the
windshield glass with a damp or
wet cloth.
Do not put
p
ressure on the wind
-
shield glass.
CAUTION
When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF position
to stop the auto wiper operation.
The wiper may operate and be
damaged if the switch is set in
AUTO mode while washing the
vehicle.
Do not r
emove the sensor cover
loc
ated on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
When starting the v
e
hicle in win
-
ter, set the wiper switch in the
OFF position. Otherwise, wipers
may operate and ice may damage
the windshield wiper blades.
OON048415NR
Features of your vehicle
1184
Wipers and washers
Always remove all snow and ice
and defrost the windshield prop
-
erly prior to operating the wind
-
shield wipers.
Operating windshield washer
Use this function when the wind
-
shield is dirty.
1.Move the wiper speed control
switch to the OFF
position.
2.Pull the lever gently toward you
to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers
1-3 cycles.
The spray and wiper operation
wi
ll
continue until you release the
lever.
If the washer does not work, check
th
e wa
sher fluid level. If the fluid
level is not sufficient, you will need
to add appropriate non-abrasive
windshield washer fluid to the
washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the motor c
ompart
-
ment on the passenger side.
CAUTION
Washer pump
To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
CAUTION
Wipers & windshields
To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
T
o prevent damage to the wiper
bl
ades, do not use gasoline, kero
-
sene, paint thinner, or other sol
-
vents on or near them.
To prevent damage to the wiper
a
rms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
ODEEV068145NR
119
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior lights
Operating rear window wiper and
washer switch
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever.
Turn the switch to the desired
position to operate the rear wiper
and washer.
HI: Continuous wipe
LO: Intermittent wipe
OFF: OFF
Push the le
ver away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run
the rear wipers 1~3 cycles.
The spray and wiper operation
wi
ll continue until you release the
lever
Interior lights
This vehicle is equipped with lights
throughout the vehicle to illuminate
the interior.
Automatic turn off function (if
equipped)
The interior lights automatically
turn off approximately 20 minutes
after the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned off, if the lights are in
the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm syst
em, the interior
li
ghts automatically turn off
approximately 5 seconds after the
system is armed.
Map lamp
Press the lens (1) to turn ON the
map lamp.
To turn the map lamp OFF press
the
lens (1) again.
ODEEV068146NR
ODEEV068147NR
OON048011NR
Features of your vehicle
1204
Interior lights
(2): DOOR mode
-The map lamp and room lamp
co
me on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approx
-
imately 30 seconds.
-The map lamp and room lamp
co
me on for approximately 30
seconds when doors are
unlocked with a smart key as
long as the doors are not
opened.
-The map lamp and room lamp
will sta
y on for approximate
ly
20 minutes if a door is opened
with the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ACC or OFF posi
-
tion.
-The map lamp and room lamp
wi
ll stay on continuously if the
door is opened with the ENGINE
START/STOP button in the ON
position.
-The map lamp and room lamp
w
i
ll go out immediately if the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
changed to the ON position or
all doors are locked.
-To turn off the DOOR mode,
pr
es
s the DOOR button (2) once
again (not pressed).
(3): Press this switch to turn
the front and rear room lamps on
an
d off.
Room lamp
Type A
Type B
(1): The light stays on at all times.
Liftgate room lamp
OON048012NR
OON048013NR
OON048014NR
121
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior lights
DOOR: The light comes on when
the liftgate is opened.
OFF: The light stays off at all
times.
ON: The light stays on at all times.
Vanity mirror lamp
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
will automatically turn on the mirror
light.
* The actual sun visor lamp in the
v
eh
icle may differ from the illus
-
tration.
CAUTION
Vanity mirror lamp
Always close the lid of the vanity
mirror in the off position when the
vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If
the sun visor is closed without the
lamp off, it may discharge the bat
-
tery or damage the sun visor.
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
CAUTION
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
OON048422NR
OON048015NR
Features of your vehicle
1224
Welcome system
Welcome system (if equipped)
The welcome system is a function
that illuminates the surroundings or
the interior when the driver
approaches or exits the vehicle.
Headlight (headlamp) escort func
-
tion
The headlights (and/or taillights)
remain on for approximately 5 min
-
utes after the vehicle is turned off.
However, if the driver's door is
opened and closed, the headlights
are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pr
e
ssing the lock button on the
smart key twice or turning off the
light switch from the headlight or
Auto light position.
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors (and
liftgate) are locked and closed, the
room lamp will come on for 30 sec
-
onds if any of the following occurs:
With the smart key system
-
When the door unlock button is
presse
d on the smart key.
-When the button of the outside
door handle is pr
essed.
At this time, if you press the door
lo
ck button, the lamps will turn off
immediately.
Pocket lamp (if equipped)
When all doors are locked and
closed, the pocket lamp will come on
for 15 seconds if any of the follow
-
ing occurs:
With the smart key system
-
When the door unlock button is
pre
ssed on the smart key.
-When the button of the outside
door
handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door
lock
button, the lamps will turn off
immediately.
123
4
4
Features of your vehicleDefroster
Defroster
The vehicle is equipped with a
defroster for removing frost or fog
from the rear window.
CAUTION
Conductors
To prevent damage to the conduc
-
tors bonded to the inside surface of
the rear window, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaners
containing abrasives to clean the
window.
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to "Wind
-
shield defrosting and defogging" on
page 4-149.
Operating rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the vehicle is
on.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow
on the
rear window, brush it
off before operating the rear
defroster.
Type A
Type B
To activate the rear window
defroster:
Pr
ess the rear window defroster
bu
tton located in the center fas
-
cia switch panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates
wh
en the defroster is ON.
The rear window defroster auto
-
matically turns off after approxi
-
mately 20 minutes or when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned off.
OON048302NR
OON048337L
Features of your vehicle
1244
Climate control system
To turn off the defroster:
Press the rear window defroster
button again
.
Operating outside mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate simultaneously
when you turn on the rear window
defroster.
Climate control system
The climate control system uses
cooling and heating to help maintain
a pleasant environment inside the
vehicle.
System operation
Ventilation
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the
ou
tside (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to
the desire
d position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desire
d speed.
Heating
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the
ou
tside (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to
the desire
d position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desire
d speed.
5.If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn
the air conditioning system
on.
If the windshie
l
d fogs up, set
the mode to the or
position.
125
4
4
Features of your vehicleClimate control system
Operation tips
To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, tempo
-
rarily set the air intake control to
the recirculated air position. Be
sure to return the control to the
fresh air position when the irrita
-
tion has passed to keep fresh air
in the vehicle. This will help keep
the driver alert and comfortable.
Air
for the heating/cooling system
is
drawn in through the grilles just
at the base of the windshield.
Care should be taken that these
are not blocked by leaves, snow,
ice or other obstructions.
T
o prevent fog from forming on
th
e inside of the windshield:
-Set the air intake control to the
fre
sh air position and the fan
speed to the desired position.
-Turn on the air c
onditioning
sy
stem, and adjust the tem
-
perature control to desired
temperature.
Air conditioning (A/C)
All Kia air conditioning systems are
filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1.Start the vehicle. Press the A/C
button
.
2.
Set the mode to the position.
3.Set the air intake control to the
outside-air or rec
ir
culated air
position.
4.Adjust the fan speed control and
tempe
rature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
W
hen maximum cooling is
desir
ed, set the temperature
control to the extreme left
position, set the mode control
to the MAX A/C position, then
set the fan speed control to the
highest speed.
CAUTION
Excessive Air conditioning Use
When using the air conditioning sys
-
tem, monitor the temperature
gauge closely while driving up hills or
in heavy traffic when outside tem
-
peratures are high. Air conditioning
system operation may cause vehicle
overheating. Continue to use the
blower fan but turn the air condi
-
tioning system off if the tempera
-
ture gauge indicates vehicle
overheating.
CAUTION
The air conditioning system should
only be used with the windows and
sunroof closed to prevent conden
-
sation inside the vehicle that may
cause damage to electrical compo
-
nents.
Features of your vehicle
1264
Climate control system
Air conditioning system operation
tips
If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot
weather, open the windows for a
short time to let the hot air inside
the vehicle escape.
T
o help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rai
ny or humid
days, decrease the humidity
inside the vehicle by operating the
air conditioning system.
D
uring air conditioning system
oper
ation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in vehicle
speed as the air conditioning
compressor cycles. This is a nor
-
mal characteristic of system
operation.
To ensure maximum system per
-
formance, the air conditioning
system should be ran for a few
minutes each month.
Whe
n using the air conditioning
sy
stem, you may notice clear
water dripping (or even puddling)
on the ground under the passen
-
ger side of the vehicle. This is a
normal characteristic of system
operation.
Op
erating the air conditioning
sy
stem in the recirculated air
position provides maximum cool
-
ing; however, continual operation
in this mode may cause the air
inside the vehicle to become stale.
During cooling operation, you may
occasionally not
ice a misty air
flow because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
characteristic of system opera
-
tion.
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter
installed behind the glove box filters
the dust or other pollutants that
come into the vehicle from the out
-
side through the heating and air
conditioning system.
A: Outside air
B: Recirculated air
C: Climate control air filter
D: Blower
E: Evaporator core
F: Heater core
ODEEV068230NR
127
4
4
Features of your vehicleClimate control system
If dust or other pollutants accumu
-
late in the filter over a period of
time, the air flow from the air vents
may decrease. This leads to mois
-
ture accumulating on the inside of
the windshield even when the out
-
side (fresh) air position is selected. If
this happens, have the climate con
-
trol air filter replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty or rough
roads, more frequent air condi
-
tioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
When the air flow rate suddenly
decr
eases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia
dealer.
Checking the amount of air condi
-
tioner refrigerant and compressor
lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air con
-
ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
foun
d,
have the system inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your vehi
-
cle's air conditioning system is
under very high pressure. If proper
service procedures are not followed
an explosion may result. To reduce
the risk of serious injury or death,
the air conditioning system in your
vehicle should only be serviced by
trained and certified Kia technicians.
CAUTION
It is important that the correct type
and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used, otherwise, damage to the
vehicle may occur. To prevent dam
-
age, the air conditioning system in
your vehicle should only be serviced
by trained and certified Kia techni
-
cians.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Because the refrigerant is
mildly inflammable and at very high
pressure, the air conditioning sys
-
tem should only be serviced by
trained and certified technicians.
It is important that the correct type
an
d amount of oil and refrigerant is
used.
Otherwise, it may cause damage to
the vehicle and bodily injury.
Features of your vehicle
1284
Climate control system
Air conditioning refrigerant label
Example
* The actual air conditioning refrig
-
erant label in the vehicle may dif
-
fer from the illustration.
Each symbol and specification on
the
air conditioning refrigerant label
is represented below:
1.Classification of refrigerant
2.Amount of refrigerant
3.Classification of Compressor lubri
-
cant
Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page
8-10 for more detail on the location
of air conditioni
n
g refrigerant label.
OSK3068035NR
129
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual climate control system
Manual climate control system (if equipped)
The manual climate control system uses cooling and heating to help main
-
tain a pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
1.Fan speed control knob
2.Rear window defroster button
3.Air conditioning (A/C) button
4.Mode selection knob
5.Air intake control button
6.Rear control button
7.Temperature control knob
CAUTION
Operating the blower when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position could cause the bat
-
tery to discharge. Operate the
blower when the engine is running.
OON048300NR
Features of your vehicle
1304
Manual climate control system
Heating and air conditioning
1.Start the engine.
2.Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
Heating:
Cooling:
3.
Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
5.If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on
.
OON048303NR
131
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual climate control system
Mode selection
The mode selection knob controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to th
e floor,
dashboard outlets, or windshield.
Five symbols are used to represent
Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost
and Defrost air position.
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the
upper body and f
ace.
Additionally,
each outlet can be controlled to
direct the air discharged from the
outlet.
Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face
an
d the fl
oor.
Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the floor, with a
small amount of
the air being directed to the wind
-
shield and side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the
floor and the windshield with a
small amount directed to the side
window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the wi
ndshield with a small amount
of air directed to the side window
defrosters.
Temperature control
The temperature control knob
allows you to control the tempera
-
ture of the air flowing from the ven
-
tilation system.
To change the air temperature in
the
passenger compartment, turn
the knob to the right for warm and
hot air or to the left for cooler air.
OON048304NR
OON048307NR
Features of your vehicle
1324
Manual climate control system
MAX A/C selection
To operate the MAX A/C, turn the
temperature knob all the way to the
left. Air flow is directed toward the
upper body and face.
In this mode, the air conditioning
a
n
d the recirculated air position will
be selected automatically.
Controlling air intake
The air intake control is used to
select the outside (fresh) air posi
-
tion or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control
posi
tion.
Pu
sh the desired c
ontrol button
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the pass
enger compart
-
ment will be drawn through the
heating system and heated or
cooled according to the function
selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air
enters the v
ehicle from
outside and is heated or cooled
according to the function selected.
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and make the air in the
passenger compartment stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
WARNING
Continue using the climate control
system in the recirculated air
position may allow humidity to
increase inside the vehicle which
may fog the glass and obscure
visibility.
OON048305NR
OON048335NR
133
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual climate control system
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
air conditioning or heating system
on. It may cause serious harm or
death due to a drop in the oxygen
level and/or body temperature.
Continue using the climate control
system in the recirculated air
position can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness, and loss of vehicle
control. Set the air intake control
to the outside (fresh) air position
as much as possible while driving.
Controlling fan speed
The fan speed control knob allows
you to control the fan speed of the
air flowing from the ventilation sys
-
tem.
The ENGINE START/STOP button
must be in the ON position for fan
oper
ation.
To change the fan speed:
T
urn the knob to the right for
higher speed
or left for lower
speed.
Setting
the fan speed control
knob to the "0" position turns off
the fan
.
Turning off the blowers
To turn off the blowers:
Turn the fan speed c
ontrol knob
to the "0" position.
Air conditioning (A/C)
Press the A/C button to turn the
air conditioning system on (indi
-
cator light will illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the
ai
r conditioning system off.
OON048308NR
OON048336NR
OON048309NR
Features of your vehicle
1344
Manual climate control system
Controlling rear climate
Rear
1.Rear temperature control button
2.Rear air conditioning OFF button
3.Rear mode selection button
4.Rear fan speed control button
If you operate the rear tempera
-
ture, rear fan speed or rear mode on
the rear climate control panel, the
corresponding rear temperature,
rear fan speed or rear mode will
operate independently regardless of
the front climate control system
operation.
Controlling rear fan speed
Front climate control panel
1.Press the REAR button located on
the
front climate control panel
and press the rear fan speed con
-
trol button on the audio or multi
-
media screen.
2.To change the fan speed, press
() the button for higher spe
e
d,
or press the () the button for
lower speed.
The fan speed is displayed on the
scr
e
en.
Rear climate control panel
OON048016NR
OON048310NR
OON048311NR
135
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual climate control system
1.To change the rear fan speed,
press the button (
) for higher
speed, or press the button () for
lower speed.
Controlling rear temperature
Front climate control panel
1.Press the REAR button located on
the
front climate control panel
and adjust the temperature on
the audio or multimedia screen.
2.Press the button (+) for warmer
air or pre
ss the button (-) for
cooler air.
Rear climate control panel
1.To change the rear air tempera
-
ture, press the button () for
warmer air or press the button
() for cooler air.
OFF mode
Front climate control panel
To turn off the rear climate con
-
trol system, press the REAR but
-
ton located on the front climate
control panel and OFF button on
the audio or multimedia screen.
Rear climate control panel
OON048310NR
OON048312NR
OON048310NR
OON049432NR
Features of your vehicle
1364
Manual climate control system
To turn off the rear climate con
-
trol system, press the rear blower
OFF button
Selecting rear mode
The rear mode is selected by press
-
ing the rear mode selection button
on the rear control panel as follows:
Rear air blows from the
upper vents.
: Rear air blows from the
upper vents on the rear ceiling
an
d the
lower vents.
: Rear air blows from the
right side lower vents.
: Air discharged from [A] spreads
over a wider area.
: Air discharged from [B] has a
centered and direct flow.
OON048313NR
OON048314NR
OON048315NR
137
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual climate control system
Opening/closing the vent and adjusting the direction
You can set the direction of air by adjusting the knob of air vents located
above the 2nd-row and 3rd-row seats. Adjust the outer and central parts of
the air vent to the desired positions.
NOTICE
If all the vents are closed, it may
cause some noise. Always open 2
vents or more.
Outer part of the vent (A)
Central part of the
vent (B)
Description
OpenClose
The air flow spreads broadly
around the passenger. However,
the air volume may decrease.
OpenOpen
The air flow spreads broadly
towards and around the passen
-
ger.
CloseOpen
The air blows only towards the
passenger.
Features of your vehicle
1384
Automatic climate control system
Automatic climate control system (if equipped)
The automatic climate control system uses cooling and heating to help
maintain a pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
1.Driver's temperature control knob
2.AUTO (automatic control) button
3.OFF button
4.Front windshield defroster button
5.Fan speed control button
6.Rear control button
7.Mode selection button
8.Air conditioning (A/C) button
9.Rear window defroster button
10.Air intake control button
11.Passenger's temperature control knob
12.SYNC button
13.Air conditioning display
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position could cause the bat
-
tery to discharge. Operate the
blower when the vehicle is ON.
OON048301NR
139
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Heating and air conditioning auto
-
matically
1.Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and ai
r-conditioning will be con
-
trolled automatically by setting
the temperature.
2.Turn the temperature control
switch to the desired tempera
-
ture.
To turn the automatic operation
off, select any of the following
buttons or switches:
-Mode selection button
-Air conditioning (A/C) button
-Front windshield defroster but
-
ton (Press the button one more
time to deselect the front
windshield defroster function.
The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate
on the information display once
again.)
-Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be
c
o
ntrolled manually while other
functions operate automati
-
cally.
For your convenience and to
i
mprove the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature
to 72 F (22 C).
NOTICE
Do not place anything over the sen
-
sor located on the instrument panel
to ensure better control of the
heating and cooling system.
Driver's sidePassenger's side
OON048316NR
OON048317NR
OON048018NR
Features of your vehicle
1404
Automatic climate control system
Heating and air conditioning manually
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing but
-
tons or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works seq
uentially according to the order of but
-
tons or knob(s) selected.
1.Start the vehicle.
2.Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
Heating:
Cooling:
3.
Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4.Set the air intake control to the outside (fre
sh) air position.
5.Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air c
onditioning system on.
OON048303NR
141
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to fully automatic control of
the system.
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet ports are
swit
ched in the following sequence:
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the
upper body and face.
Additionally,
each outlet can be controlled to
direct the air discharged from the
outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face
an
d the fl
oor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the floor, with a small amount of
the air being directed to the wind
-
shield and side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the
floor and the windshield with a
small amount directed to the side
window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the windshield with a small amount
of air directed to the side window
defrosters.
OON048318NR
OON048319NR
Features of your vehicle
1424
Automatic climate control system
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by turning the knob
all the way to the right.
The temperature will decrease to
the minimum (Lo) by turning the
knob all
t
he way to the left.
When turning the knob, the tem
-
perature will increase or decrease
by 1 F/0.5 C. When set to the low
-
est temperature setting, the air
conditioning will operate continu
-
ously.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature, fan speed and
air flow direction equally
1.Press the "SYNC" button to adjust
the driver and front/rear passen
-
ger side temperature, fan speed
and air flow direction equally.
The front and rear passenger side
temperatur
e, fan speed and air
flow direction will be set to the
same temperature, fan speed and
air flow direction as the driver's
side.
2.Turn the driver side temperature
c
o
ntrol knob. The driver and
front/rear passenger side tem
-
perature will be adjusted equally.
Press the fan speed control but
-
ton. The driver and front/rear
passenger side fan speed will be
adjusted equally.
Press the driver side mode selec
-
tion button. The driver and front/
rear passenger side air flow will
be adjusted equally.
3.When the rear climate control is
tur
ne
d ON, the fan speed and air
flow direction will automatically
follow the first row setting.
Driver's sidePassenger's side
OON048317NR
OON048320NR
143
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature, fan speed and
air flow direction individually
Press the "SYNC" button again to
adjust the driver and front/rear
passenger side temperature, fan
speed and air flow direction indi
-
vidually.
Changing temperature scale
You can switch the temperature
mode from Centigrade to Fahren
-
heit as follows:
While pressing the OFF button,
pr
ess the AUTO button for 3 sec
-
onds or more.
The display will change from Centi
-
grade to Fahrenheit, or from Fahr
-
enheit to Centigrade. If the battery
has been discharged or discon
-
nected, the temperature mode dis
-
play will reset to Fahrenheit.
Controlling air intake
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control
posi
tion:
Push the desir
ed c
ontrol button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air
enter
s the vehicle from
outside and is heated or cooled
according to the function selected.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the
passenger compart
-
ment will be drawn through the
heating system and heated or
cooled according to the function
selected.
Prolonged operation o
f
the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and make the air in the
passenger compartment stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
c
o
nditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
OON048321NR
Features of your vehicle
1444
Automatic climate control system
Controlling fan speed
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by operating the fan
speed control button.
To change the fan speed:
Pr
ess button right for higher
speed,
or press button left for
lower speed.
To turn the fan speed control off:
Press the front blower OFF
but
-
ton.
Air conditioning (A/C)
Press the A/C button to turn the
air conditioning system on (indi
-
cator light will illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the
a
ir conditioning system off.
WARNING
Reduced Visibility
Continuous use of the climate con
-
trol system in the recirculated air
position may allow humidity to
increase inside the vehicle which
may fog the glass and obscure visi
-
bility.
WARNING
Recirculated Air
Continued use of the climate control
system in the recirculated air posi
-
tion can cause drowsiness or sleepi
-
ness, and loss of vehicle control. Set
the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as pos
-
sible while driving.
WARNING
Sleeping with A/C on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
conditioning or heating on as this
may cause serious harm or death
due to a drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
OON048322NR
OON048323NR
145
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Turning off the front air climate
control
Press the OFF button to turn off
the front and rear air climate con
-
trol system.
However, you can still operate the
mode and a
ir intake buttons as
long as the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ON position.
Controlling rear climate
Rear
1.Rear temperature control button
2.Rear AUTO button
3.Rear mode selection button
4.Rear air conditioning display
5.Rear air conditioning OFF button
6.Rear fan speed control button
When the "SYNC" is ON
,
the rear
temperature, rear fan speed and
rear mode is controlled automati
-
cally by the front climate control
system.
If you operate the rear tempera
-
ture, rear fan speed or rear mode
on the rear climate control panel,
the corresponding rear tempera
-
ture, rear fan speed or rear mode
will operate independently
regardless of the front climate
control system operation.
Controlling rear fan speed
Front climate control panel
1.Press the REAR button located on
the f
ront climate control panel
and press the rear fan speed con
-
trol button on the audio or multi
-
media screen.
2.To change the fan speed, press
() the button for highe
r speed,
or pr
ess the () the button for
lower speed.
The fan speed is displayed on the
scr
e
en.
OON048324NR
OON048017NR
OON048325NR
Features of your vehicle
1464
Automatic climate control system
Rear climate control panel
1.Adjust the fan speed by pressing
the re
ar fan speed control button.
2.To change the speed, press the
button () for higher speed, or
press the button () for lower
speed.
The fan speed is displayed on the
scr
e
en.
Controlling rear temperature
Front climate control panel
1.Press the REAR button located on
the
front climate control panel
and adjust the temperature on
the audio or multimedia screen.
2.Press the button (+) for warmer
air or pr
e
ss the button (-) for
cooler air.
Rear climate control panel
1.Adjust the temperature by press
-
ing the rear temperature control
button.
2.To change the temperature, press
the button () for warmer air or
press the button () for cooler
air.
The temperature is displayed on
the
scr
een.
OFF mode
Front climate control panel
OON048326NR
OON048325NR
OON048327NR
OON048325NR
147
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
To turn off the rear climate con
-
trol system, press the REAR but
-
ton located on the front climate
control panel and OFF button on
the audio or multimedia screen.
Rear climate control panel
T
o turn off the rear climate con
-
trol system, press the rear blower
OFF button
Selecting rear mode
The rear mode is selected by press
-
ing the rear mode selection button
on the rear control panel as follows:
: Rear air blows from the
upper vents.
: Rear air blows from the
upper vents on the rear ceiling
a
n
d the lower vents.
: Rear air blows from the
right side lower vents.
: Air discharged from [A]
spr
eads
over a wider area.
: Air discharged from [B] has a
centered and direct flow.
OON049433NR
OON048328NR
OON048314NR
OON048315NR
Features of your vehicle
1484
Automatic climate control system
Opening/closing the vent and adjusting the direction
You can set the direction of air by adjusting the knob of air vents located
above the 2nd-row and 3rd-row seats. Adjust the outer and central parts of
the air vent to the desired positions.
NOTICE
If all the vents are closed, it may
cause some noise. Always open 2
vents or more.
Outer part of the vent (A)
Central part of the
vent (B)
Description
OpenClose
The air spreads widely around the
passenger. However, the air vol
-
ume may decrease.
OpenOpen
The air is spread widely towards
and around the passenger.
CloseOpen
The air blows only towards the
passenger.
149
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindshield defrosting and defogging
Windshield defrosting and
defogging
When the windshield is covered with
frost or moisture, the front view is
blurred, so you should remove the
frost and moisture.
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the or position
during cooling operation in
extr
emely humid weather. The dif
-
ference between the temperature
of the outside air and the windshield
could cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility. In this case, set the mode
selection to the position and
fan speed control to the lower
speed.
For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the
extreme right/hot position and
the fan speed control to the high
-
est speed.
If warm air to the floor is desired
w
hile defrosting or defogging, set
the mode to the floor-defrost
position.
Be
fore driving, clear all snow and
ic
e from the windshield, rear win
-
dow, outside rear view mirrors,
and all side windows.
Clear all snow and ice from the
hood a
nd air inlet in the cowl grill
to improve heater and defroster
efficiency and to reduce the prob
-
ability of fogging up the inside of
the windshield.
CAUTION
Do not place anything on the instru
-
ment panel which may cover the air
outlets. Otherwise, air flow may be
obstructed, preventing the wind
-
shield defoggers from defogging.
Defogging inside windshield with
manual climate control system
OON058154NR
OON048329NR
Features of your vehicle
1504
Windshield defrosting and defogging
1.Select any fan speed except "0"
position.
2.Select desired temperature.
3.Select the or position.
The outside (fresh) air and air
c
o
nditioning will be selected auto
-
matically.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fr
esh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the corre
-
sponding button manually.
Defrosting outside windshield with
manual climate control system
1.Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2.Set the temperature to the
extr
eme hot position.
3.Select the position.
The outside (fresh) air and air
c
o
nditioning will be selected auto
-
matically.
Defogging inside windshield with
the automatic climate control
1.Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2.Select desired temperature.
3.Press the defros
ter button ().
The outside (fr
esh) air position
will
be selected automatically and
the air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambi
-
ent temperature.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fre
sh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the corre
-
sponding button manually. If the
position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
OON048330NR
OON048331NR
151
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindshield defrosting and defogging
Defrosting outside windshield with
automatic climate control
1.Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2.Set the temperature to the
extre
me hot (HI) position.
3.Press the defrost
e
r button ().
The outside (fresh) air position
will
be selected automatically and
the air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambi
-
ent temperature.
Defogging logic (if equipped)
To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is con
-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
position.
To cancel automatic defogging logic
or re
turn to the automatic defog
-
ging logic, do the following.
Canceling/returning automatic
defogging logic on manual climate
control system
1.Turn the Engine Start/Stop to the
ON position.
2.Turn the mode selection knob to
the defrost position ().
3.
Push the air intake control button
at lea
st 5 times
within 3 seconds.
The indicator light in the air intake
co
ntrol button will blink 3 times. It
indicates that the defogging logic
is canceled or returned to the
programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged
or dis
c
onnected, it resets to the
defog logic status.
OON048332NR
OON048333NR
Features of your vehicle
1524
Windshield defrosting and defogging
Canceling/returning automatic
defogging logic on automatic cli
-
mate control system
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position.
2.Press the defroster button ().
3.While pressing the air conditioning
(A/
C
) button, press the air intake
control button at least 5 times
within 3 seconds.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
t
i
mes in 0.5 second of intervals. It
indicates that the defogging logic
is canceled or returned to the
programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged
or
d
isconnected, it resets to the
defog logic status.
Auto Defogging System (ADS) (only
for automatic climate control sys
-
tem) (if equipped)
The Auto Defogging System (ADS)
reduces the probability of fogging
up the inside of the windshield by
automatically sensing the moisture
inside the windshield.
The ADS operates when the heater
or air c
ondit
ioning is on.
The indicator illuminates when the
ADS
senses the moisture on the
inside of the windshield and oper
-
ates.
The ADS addresses excess moisture
on the inside of the
windshield in
stages. For example if auto defog
-
ging does not defog inside the wind
-
shield at step 1, it tries to defog
again at step 2.
1.Outside air position
2.Operating the air conditioning
3.Increasing air flow toward the
wi
ndshield
4.Blowing air flow towar
d the wind
-
shield
OON048334NR
OON048407NR
153
4
4
Features of your vehicleAdditional features of climate control
Turning the ADS on or off
Press the front windshield
defroster button for 3 seconds
when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ON position.
When the ADS system is canceled,
the
defroster
button indicator will
blink 3 times per 0.5 sec.
T
o reset the ADS system to ON,
hold
the front windshield defrost
for 0.25 sec and the "ADS OFF"
will be removed from the climate
control screen.
CAUTION
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to the system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
Additional features of climate
control
Sunroof inside air recirculation (if
equipped)
For air ventilation, when you open
the sunroof while in operation of
the heater or air conditioner, it
changes to outside air inflow mode.
At this time, when you select the
inside air circulation mode, the mode
is maintained for 3 minutes and
then the mode is switched to out
-
side air inflow mode.
When you close the sunroof, the
mode change
s to the previous one.
Automatic ventilation (if equipped)
The system automatically selects
the outside (fresh) air position when
the climate control system operates
over a certain period of time
(approximately 30 minutes) in low
temperature with the recirculated
air position selected.
To cancel or reset the Automatic
Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is
on, select Face Level mode and
while pressing the A/C button, press
the
recirculated air position button
five times within three seconds.
When the automatic ventilation is
ca
nceled, the indicator blinks 3
times. When the automatic ventila
-
tion is activated, the indicator blinks
6 times.
Features of your vehicle
1544
Storage compartment
Storage compartment
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.
T
o avoid possible theft, do not
l
eave valuables in the storage
compartment.
Alw
ays keep the storage com
-
partment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to place
so many items in the storage
compartment that the storage
compartment cover cannot close
securely.
WARNING
Flammable materials
Do not store, propane cylinders or
other flammable/explosive materi
-
als in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the vehi
-
cle is exposed to hot temperatures
for extended periods.
Center console storage
To open the center console storage:
Pull up the lever.
Glove box
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key
(1).
To open:
Pull
the lever (2).
Clos
e the glove box after use.
WARNING
Glove Box
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed while
driving.
NOTICE
If the temperature control switch is
in the warm or hot position, warm
or hot air will flow into the glove
box.
OON048019NR
OON048020NR
155
4
4
Features of your vehicleStorage compartment
Sunglass holder
To open the sunglass holder:
Press the cover and the holder will
slowly open
.
Place your sunglasses with the
lens
es facing out. To close the sun
-
glass holder push it up.
WARNING
Sunglass holder
Do not keep objects except sun
-
glasses inside the sunglass holder.
Such objects can be thrown from
the holder in the event of a sud
-
den stop or an accident, possibly
injuring the passengers in the
vehicle.
D
o not open the sunglass holder
w
hile the vehicle is moving. The
rear view mirror of the vehicle can
be blocked by an opened sunglass
holder.
Luggage box
You can place a first aid kit, a reflec
-
tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for
easy access.
G
rasp the handle on the edge of
th
e cover and lift it.
OON048021NR
OON048022NR
Features of your vehicle
1564
Interior features
Interior features
There are various features inside
the vehicle for the convenience of
the occupants.
Cup holder
The front and rear seats of the
vehicle have cup holders to accom
-
modate cups.
WARNING
Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups with
hot liquid in the cup holder while the
vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid
spills, you may burn yourself. Such a
burn to the driver could lead to loss
of control of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/elec
-
tronic system and damage elec
-
trical/electronic parts.
When cleaning spilled liquids, do
n
ot use heat to dry the cup hold
-
ers. This may damage the cup
holder.
Use shatter-proof and light con
-
tainers. Otherwise, there is the
increased danger of injury in an
accident.
Do n
ot forcefully push unsuitable
c
ontainers into the cup holders.
This may result in damage.
Front
2nd row
2nd row - center (if equipped)
OON048025NR
OON048026NR
OON048046NR
157
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
3rd row
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
2nd row center (if equipped)
Pull the armrest down to use the
cup holders.
Seat warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmer is provided to
warm the front seats during cold
weather.
Front seat
Rear seat
With the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position:
Push either of the toggle switch
up (front s
eat) or push either of
the switches (rear seat) to warm
the front seat or the rear seat.
During mild weather or under condi
-
tions where the operation of the
seat warmer is not needed, keep
the switches in the "OFF" position.
Manual temperature control
Each time you up the lever (front
seat) or press the switch (rear seat),
the temperature setting of the seat
will change as follows:
The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whene
ver the ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned on.
OON048027NR
OON048028NR
OON048029NR
Features of your vehicle
1584
Interior features
Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to auto
-
matically control the seat tempera
-
ture in order to prevent low-
temperature burns after being
manually turned on.
You may manually push the toggle
switch
u
p (front seat) or press the
switch (rear seat) to increase the
seat temperature. However, it soon
returns to the automatic mode
again. When pushing the toggle
switch up (front seat) or pressing
the switch (rear seat) for more than
1.5 seconds with the seat warmer
operating, the seat warmer will turn
OFF. The seat warmer defaults to
the OFF position whenever the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position.
NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automati
-
cally depending on the seat tem
-
perature.
WARNING
Seat warmer burns
The seat warmer may cause burns,
even at low temperature, if used
over a long period of time. Never
allow passengers who may not be
able to take care of themselves to
be exposed to the risk of seat
heater burns. These include:
1.Infants, children, elderly or dis
-
abled persons, or hospital outpa
-
tients
2.Persons with sensitive skin or
those that burn easily
3.Fatigued individuals
4.Intoxicated individuals
5.Individuals taking medication that
ca
n c
ause drowsiness or sleepi
-
ness (sleeping pills, cold tablets,
etc.)
Air ventilation seat (if equipped)
Front seat
OON048030NR
159
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
Rear seat
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the switch
position.
T
o ventilate your seat cushion,
pu
sh the toggle switch down
(front seat) or press the switch
(rear seat).
Each time you push the toggle
switc
h down
(front seat) or press
the switch (rear seat), the airflow
will change as follows:
The seat warmer (with air ventila
-
tion) defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned on.
CAUTION
Seat damage
When cleaning the seats, do not
use an organic solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
and gasoline. Doing so may dam
-
age the air ventilation seat.
Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on the seat. Those things
may damage the air ventilation
seat.
Be careful not to spill liquid such
as wat
er or beverages on the
seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe
the seat with a dry towel. Before
using the air ventilation seat, dry
the seat completely.
Sun visor
Use the sun visor to shield direct
light through the front or side win
-
dows.
* The actual sun visor lamp in the
ve
hicle may differ from the illus
-
tration.
To use the sun visor, pull it down
-
ward.
To use the sun visor for the side
w
indow, pull it downward, unsnap
it from the bracket (1) and swing
it to the side (2).
OON048031NR
OON048423NR
Features of your vehicle
1604
Interior features
To use the vanity mirror, pull
down the visor and slide the mir
-
ror cover (3).
Adjust the sun visor forward or
back
ward (4) as needed.
The ticket holder (5) is provi
ded
for holding a tollgate ticket.
CAUTION
Vanity mirror lamp
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the vanity mir
-
ror cover securely after using the
mirror.
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to
provide power for mobile tele
-
phones or other devices designed to
operate with vehicle electrical sys
-
tems.
Front
2nd row
Rear
The devices should draw less than
10 amps with the vehicle on.
Use
the power outlet only when
the
vehicle is on and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using
the accessory plug for prolonged
periods of time with the vehicle
off could cause the battery to
discharge.
Only use 12 V electric accessories
whic
h are less than 10 A in elec
-
tric capacity.
OON048032NR
OON048033NR
OON048034NR
161
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
Close the cover when not in use.
Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when
plugged into a vehicle's power
outlet. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and mal
-
functions in other electronic sys
-
tems or devices used in your
vehicle.
Push the plug in as far as it will
go. If good contact is not made,
the plug may overheat and the
fuse may open.
Plug in battery equipped elec
-
tronic devices with reverse cur
-
rent protection. The current from
the battery may flow into the
vehicle's electrical/electronic sys
-
tem and cause system malfunc
-
tion.
WARNING
Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign
object (pen, etc.) into a power outlet
and do not touch with a wet hand.
You may get an electric shock.
USB charger
The USB car charger allows drivers
to charge their digital devices like
smartphone, and PC tablets. Con
-
nect the cable to the USB port,
charging will begin.
Front
Center (if equipped)
2nd row
OON048035NR
OON048036NR
OON048037NR
Features of your vehicle
1624
Interior features
3rd row
The USB car charger is available
with either the ACC state or the
ignition on. But we recommend you
to connect the USB port and digital
devices with the engine starting.
See the display screen of the device
to check its charging process com
-
pletion. Your smartphone or table
PC could get heated up while
charging. This is no reason to worry,
as it doesn't impact life or functions
of the device. For safety, charging
can be stopped if the battery gets
heated up to a certain point of tem
-
perature that the devices can be
negatively affected. Charging some
digital devices is not available or
requires special dedicated adapters
if their charging methods don't fit
the way the USB car charger works.
CAUTION
Use the USB car charger with the
ignition on. Otherwise, vehicle
battery can be discharged.
Use the official USB cable of the
manufacturer of the digital device
to be charged.
M
ake sure that any foreign object,
drinks, and water do not c
ome
into contact with the USB car
charger. Water or foreign object
can damage the USB charger.
D
o not charge a device those cur
-
rent consumption exceeds 2.1 A.
Do not connect an electrical
de
vice that generates excessive
electromagnetic noise to the USB
car port. If you do so, noise can be
caused or vehicle electronic
devices can be interrupted while
audio or AV is on.
If
the charger is connected incor
-
rectly, it can cause serious dam
-
age on the devices. Please note
that damages due to incorrect
usage are not covered by war
-
ranty service.
OON048038NR
163
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
AC inverter (if equipped)
The AC inverter supplies 115 V / 150
W electric power to operate electric
accessories or equipment.
If you wish to use the AC inverter,
open
up the
AC inverter cover and
connect a plug to it. The AC inverter
supplies electric power when vehi
-
cle is on.
NOTICE
Rated voltage: AC 115 V
Maximum electric power: 150 W
WARNING
In order to avoid an electrical sys
-
tem failure, electric shock, etc., be
sure to read owner's manual
before use.
Be
sure to close the cover except
for when in use.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the AC
inverter while the vehicle is not
on.
Afte
r using an electric accessory
or
equipment, pull the plug out.
Leaving the accessory or equip
-
ment plugged in for a long time
may cause battery discharge.
Do not use an electric accessory
or e
quipment the power con
-
sumption of which is greater than
150 W (115 V).
When the AC inv
erter input volt
-
age is less than 11.3 V, automati
-
cally turn off the power.
AC inverter will opera
te as normal
when the voltage i
s increased.
When the AC inv
erter input volt
-
age is less than 10.7 V, power will
turn off. The AC inverter will
operate as normal when the volt
-
age is increased.
While the power consumption of
some
electrical devices/appliances
may be within the AC inverter's
electric power range, it may mal
-
function in the following cases.
-If the device/appliance requires
high el
ectric power for initial
start up.
-If the device/appliance pro
-
cesses precise/very accurate
data.
-If the device/appliance requires
ve
ry stable supply of electricity.
OON048039NR
Features of your vehicle
1644
Interior features
CAUTION
Electric accessory devices
Do not use broken electric acces
-
sories which may damage the AC
inverter and electrical systems of
the vehicle.
D
o not use two or more electric
a
ccessories at the same time. It
may cause damage to the electri
-
cal systems of the vehicle.
Wireless smart phone charging
system (if equipped)
A wireless smart phone charging
system is located in front of the
center console.
Firmly close all doors, and turn the
ve
hicle on. To start wireless
charging, place the smart phone
capable of wireless charging on the
wireless charging pad.
For best wireless charging results,
plac
e the smart phone on the center
of the charging pad.
The wireless charging system is
des
igned for one smart phone
equipped with QI. Please refer to the
smart phone accessory cover or the
smart phone manufacturer homep
-
age to check whether your smart
phone supports QI function.
Charging smart phone wirelessly
1.Remove any object on the smart
phone charging pad including the
smart key. If there is any foreign
object on the pad other than a
smart phone, the wireless
charging function may not oper
-
ate properly.
2.Place the smart phone on the
ce
nter of the wireless charging
pad.
The indicator light will change to
orange
o
nce the wireless charging
begins. After the charging is com
-
plete, the orange light will change
to green.
You can choose to turn the wireless
c
h
arging function on or off by
selecting the USM on the instru
-
ment cluster. (Please refer to
"Instrument cluster" on page 4-64
for details).
If the wireless charging does not
work
, gently move your smart
phone around the pad until the
charging indicator light turns
orange.
Depending on the smart phone, the
char
ging indicator light may not
turn green even after the charging
is complete.
If the wireless charging is not func
-
tioning properly, the orange light
will blink and flash for ten seconds
OON048411NR
165
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
then turn off. In such cases, remove
the smart phone from the pad and
replace it on the pad again, or dou
-
ble check the charging status.
If you leave the smart phone on the
char
ging pad when the vehicle is
turned off, the vehicle will alert you
through warning messages and
sound (applicable for vehicles with
the voice guidance function) after
the 'Goodbye' function on the
instrument cluster ends.
For some manufacturers' smart
phones, the system may not warn
you even though the smart phone is
left on the wireless charging unit.
This is due to the particular charac
-
teristic of the smart phone and not
a malfunction of the wireless
charging.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in
a loss of vehicle control that may
lead to an accident, severe bodily
injury, and death. The driver's pri
-
mary responsibility is in the safe
and legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices, other
equipment, or vehicle systems
which take the driver's eyes, atten
-
tion and focus away from the safe
operation of a vehicle or which are
not permissible by law should never
be used during operation of the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Liquid in Wireless Smart Phone
Charger
To prevent liquid from damaging the
wireless smart phone charging sys
-
tem in your vehicle, be sure not to
spill liquid over the charging system
when charging your phone.
CAUTION
Metal in Wireless Charging system
If any metallic object such as a coin
is located between the wireless
charging system and the smart
phone, the charging may be dis
-
rupted. Also, the metallic object may
heat up and potentially damage the
charging system. If there is any
metallic object between the smart
phone and the charging pad, imme
-
diately remove the smart phone.
Remove the metallic object after it
has cooled down.
NOTICE
When the interior temperature of
the wireless charging system
rises above a set temperature,
the wireless charging will cease to
function. After the interior tem
-
perature drops below the thresh
-
old, the wireless charging function
will resume.
The wireless charging may not
function properly when
there is a
heavy accessory cover on the
smart phone.
Features of your vehicle
1664
Interior features
The wireless charging will stop
when using the wireless smart
key search function to prevent
radio wave disruption.
T
he wireless charging will stop
whe
n the smart key is moved out
of the vehicle with the vehicle in
ON.
T
he wireless charging will stop
when
any of the doors are opened
(applicable for vehicles equipped
with smart keys).
T
he wireless charging will stop
wh
en the vehicle is turned OFF.
The wireless charging will stop
wh
en the smart phone is not in
complete contact with the wire
-
less charging pad.
Items equipped with magnetic
c
omponents such as credit card,
telephone card, bankbook or any
transportation ticket may
become damaged during wireless
charging.
Pl
ace the smart phone on the
ce
nter of the charge pad for best
results. The smart phone may not
charge when placed near the rim
of the charging pad. When the
smart phone does get charged, it
may heat up excessively.
F
or smart phones without built-in
w
ireless charging system, an
appropriate accessory has to be
equipped in order to use the vehi
-
cle's wireless charging system.
Certain smart phones may display
messages
on a weak current. This
is due to the particular character
-
istics of that smart phone, and
does not imply a malfunction of
the wireless charging function.
The indicator light of some manu
-
facturers' smart phones may still
be orange after the smart phone
is fully charged. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the
smart phone and not a malfunc
-
tion of the wireless charging.
When any smart phone without a
wir
eless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to
the vehicle discerning compatibil
-
ity of the object placed on the
charging pad. It does not affect
your vehicle or the smart phone in
any way.
T
he wireless cellular phone
ch
arging system may not support
certain cellular phones, which are
not verified for Qi specification .
When placing your cellular phone
on the char
ging mat, position the
phone in the middle of the mat
for optimal charging performance.
If your cell phone is off to the
side, the charging rate may be
less and in some cases the cell
phone may experience higher
heat conduction.
Wh
en charging some cellular
p
hones with a self-protection
feature, the wireless charging
speed may decrease and the
wireless charging may stop.
167
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
This device complies with part 15
of the FCC Rules
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
inter
ference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Coat hook (if equipped)
A Coat hook is next to the rear grab
handle.
* This actual feature may differ
from the illustration.
CAUTION
Hanging clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since
they may damage the hook.
WARNING
Do not hang other objects such as
hangers or hard objects except
clothes. Also, do not put heavy,
sharp or breakable objects in the
clothing's pockets. In an accident or
when the curtain air bag is inflated,
it may cause vehicle damage or
bodily injury.
Side curtain (if equipped)
To use the side curtain:
1.Lift the curtain by the handle (1).
2.Hang the curtain on both sides of
the hook.
OON048040NR
OON048041NR
OON048409NR
Features of your vehicle
1684
Interior features
If the hook is hung on one side, it
may cause the wrinkles.
CAUTION
Do not hang any other object
except the side curtain on the
hooks.
If you pull the door curtain or
apply force to return the curtain
to its original position after use,
the curtain may be wrinkled or
lose its shape. To lower the door
curtain, be sure to put the handle
downward and slowly return the
curtain to its original position.
C
urtains may not work properly if
for
eign objects (coins, toys, cook
-
ies, etc.) are stuck in the door. Be
careful that the foreign objects do
not get into the door.
Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)
Type A / Type B
When using a floor mat on the front
floor carpet, make sure it attaches
to the floor mat anchor(s) in your
vehicle. This keeps the floor mat
from sliding forward.
WARNING
Aftermarket floor mat
Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that are not capable of being
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere
with pedal operation.
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to the
vehicle.
Ensur
e that the floor mats are
se
curely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driv
-
ing the vehicle.
Do not use ANY floor mat that
ca
nnot be firmly attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
Do not stack floor mats
on top of
one another (e.g., all-weather
rubber mat on top of a carpeted
floor mat). Only a single floor mat
should be installed in each posi
-
tion.
ODEEV068210NR
169
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
Luggage net holder
Type A
Type B
To keep items from shifting in the
cargo area, you can use the 4 hold
-
ers located in the cargo area to
attach the luggage net.
If necessary, Kia recommends con
-
tacting an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or
the vehicle, be careful when carrying
fragile or bulky objects in the lug
-
gage compartment.
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over
-
stretch the luggage net, ALWAYS
keep your face and body out of the
luggage net's recoil path. DO NOT
use when the strap has visible signs
of wear or damage.
OON048067NR
OON048066NR
Features of your vehicle
1704
Exterior features
Exterior features
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you
can load cargo on top of your vehi
-
cle.
Roof rack (if equipped)
Crossbars and fixing components
needed to install the roof rack on
your vehicle may be obtained from
an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
The crossbars (if equipped) should
be placed in the proper load car
-
rying positions prior to placing
items onto the roof rack.
If the vehicle is equipped with a
su
nroof, be sure not to position
cargo onto the roof rack in such a
way that it could interfere with
sunroof operation.
Whe
n the roof rack is not being
u
sed to carry cargo, the crossbars
may need to be repositioned if
wind noise is detected.
CAUTION
Loading Roof Rack
When carrying cargo on the roof
rack, take the necessary precau
-
tions to make sure the cargo does
not damage the roof of the vehi
-
cle.
When carrying large objects on
the
roof rack, make sure they do
not exceed the overall roof length
or width.
Wh
en you are carrying cargo on
the roof rack, do not operate the
sunroof (if equippe
d). This can
damage the sunroof.
The following specification is the
maximum weight that can be loaded
onto the roof rack. Distribute the
load as evenly as possible across the
crossbars (if equipped) and roof
rack and secure the load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in excess
of the specified weight limit on the
roof rack may damage your vehicle.
OON048043NR
ROOF
RACK
220 lbs. (100 kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
171
4
4
Features of your vehicleAudio system
WARNING
The vehicle center of gravity will
be higher when items are loaded
onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden
starts, braking, sharp turns,
abrupt maneuvers or high speeds
that may result in loss of vehicle
control or rollover resulting in an
accident.
Always drive slowly and turn cor
-
ners carefully when carrying
items on the roof rack. Severe
wind updrafts, caused by passing
vehicles or natural causes, can
cause sudden upward pressure on
items loaded on the roof rack.
This is especially true when car
-
rying large, flat items such as
wood panels or mattresses. This
could cause the items to fall off
the roof rack and cause damage
to your vehicle or others around
you.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently
before and while driving to make
sure the items on the roof rack are
securely fastened.
Audio system
NOTICE
If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle's audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
* If your vehicle is equipped with
multimedia system, refer to a sep
-
arately supplied manual for
detailed information.
Shark fin antenna
The shark fin antenna will receive
the transmitted data.
OON048044NR
Features of your vehicle
1724
Audio system
USB port
You can use an USB port to plug in
an USB.
NOTICE
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet,
noise may occur during playback. If
this happens, use the power source
of the portable audio device.
How vehicle radio works
FM reception
AM and FM radio signals are broad
-
cast from transmitter towers
located around your city. They are
intercepted by the radio antenna on
your vehicle. This signal is then pro
-
cessed by the radio and sent to your
vehicle speakers.
However, in some cases the signal
c
o
ming to your vehicle may not be
strong and clear.
This can be due to factors, such as
the di
stan
ce from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio sta
-
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions
in the area.
AM reception
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broad
-
casts. This is because AM radio
waves are transmitted at low fre
-
quencies. These long distance, low
frequency radio waves can follow
the curvature of the earth rather
than traveling straight. In addition,
OON048045NR
ODEEV068216NR
ODEEV068217NR
173
4
4
Features of your vehicleAudio system
they curve around obstructions
resulting in better signal coverage.
FM radio station
FM broadcasts are transmitted at
high frequencies and do not bend to
follow the earth's surface. Because
of this, FM broadcasts generally
begin to fade within short distances
from the station. Also, FM signals
are easily affected by buildings,
mountains, and obstructions. This
can lead to undesirable or unpleas
-
ant listening conditions which might
lead you to believe a problem exists
with your radio.
The following conditions are normal
and do not indicate radio trouble:
F
ading - As your vehicle moves
aw
ay from the radio station, the
signal will weaken and sound will
begin to fade. When this occurs,
we suggest that you select
another station with a stronger
signal.
F
lutter/Static - Weak FM signals
o
r large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can
disturb the signal causing static or
fluttering noises to occur. Reduc
-
ing the treble level may lessen
this effect until the disturbance
clears.
Station
Swapping - As an FM sig
-
nal weakens, another more pow
-
erful signal near the same
frequency may begin to play. This
is because your radio is designed
to lock onto the clearest signal. If
this occurs, select another station
with a stronger signal.
ODEEV068219NR
OSK3048403NR
ODEEV068220NR
Features of your vehicle
1744
Audio system
Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
signals being received from sev
-
eral directions can cause distor
-
tion or fluttering. This can be
caused by a direct and reflected
signal from the same station, or
by signals from two stations with
close frequencies. If this occurs,
select another station until the
condition has passed.
Using a cellular phone or a two-
way radio
When a cellular phone is used inside
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio system. This does
not mean that something is wrong
with the audio equipment. In such a
case, try to operate mobile devices
as far from the audio equipment as
possible.
When using a communication sys
-
tem such as a cellular phone or a
radio set inside the vehicle, a sepa
-
rate external antenna must be fit
-
ted. When a cellular phone or a radio
set is used with only the internal
antenna, it may interfere with the
vehicle's electrical system and
adversely affect the safe operation
of the vehicle.
WARNING
Cell phone use
Do not use a cellular phone while
driving. Stop at a safe location to
use a cellular phone.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in
a loss of vehicle control that may
lead to an accident, severe bodily
injury, or death. The driver's pri
-
mary responsibility is the safe and
legal operation of the vehicle, and
the use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems
which take the driver's eyes, atten
-
tion, and focus away from the safe
operation of the vehicle, or which
are not permissible by law, should
never be used during the operation
of the vehicle.
175
4
4
Features of your vehicleDeclaration of Conformity
Declaration of Conformity
FCC
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to
part 15 of the FCC Rules. These lim
-
its are designed to provide reason
-
able protection against harmful
interference in a residential installa
-
tion.
This equipment generates, uses and
can radiate radio frequency energy
and, if not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However,
there is no guarantee that interfer
-
ence will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio
or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equip
-
ment off and on, the user is encour
-
aged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the
following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving
an
tenna.
Increase the separation between
the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an
outlet on a cir
cuit different from
that to which the receiver is con
-
nected.
Consult the dealer or an experi
-
enced radio/TV technician for
help.
CAUTION
Any changes or modifications to this
device not explicitly approved by
manufacturer could void your
authority to operate this equip
-
ment.
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
inte
rference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC
ra
dia
tion exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and
ope
rated with minimum 8 in (20
cm) between the and your body.
This transmitter must not be collo
-
cated or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or trans
-
mitter unless authorized to do so by
the FCC.
5Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. ........................5-6
Before driving............................................................................5-7
ENGINE START/STOP button..................................................5-9
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button...........................5-9
ENGINE START/STOP button position.................................
5-9
Starting the engine..................................................
............5-11
Automatic transmission................................................
........5-13
Transmission ranges............................................................5-14
Shift lock system...................................................
...............5-16
ENGINE START/STOP button interlock system...............5-17
Good driving practices.............................................
............5-17
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system.........................................
.....5-19
AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE)....................................................5-19
For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD) operation........................5-
21
Brake system........................................................
..................5-26
Power brakes........................................................................5-26
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB).....................................
.....5-28
AUTO HOLD..........................................................
..................5-33
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..
.........................................5-36
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system........................5-38
V
ehicle Stability Management (VSM) s
ystem.................5-41
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) system..............................
..5-43
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)
...........................................5-43
Good braking practices................................................
........5-44
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system.........................................
.....5-45
Auto stop...............................................................................5-46
Auto start............................................................
..................5-46
Operating conditions................................................
............5-47
5Driving your vehicle
Deactivating the ISG.............................................................5-48
ISG malfunction.....................................................
................5-48
Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)...................5-49
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)...................5-53
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion
type (front Camera + front radar type) system...............5-57
Setting and activating the FCA.......................................
...5-58
Setting the initial warning act
ivation time.......................5-59
Prerequisite for the FCA activation................................
...5-59
FCA warning message and brake control.........................5-60
Brake operation....................................................
................5-62
FCA front radar / Camera sensor...
...................................5-62
Warning message and warning light.................................5-64
F
CA malfunction ......................................................
.............5-64
Limitations of the FCA...............................................
..........5-66
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.......5-71
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:..........5-71
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with
Stop & Go system.........5-72
SCC switch..............................................................................5-73
Adjusting the sensitivity of the
SCC..................................5-74
Converting to Cruise Control mode....................................
5-74
Setting the SCC speed ...............................................
..........5-75
Increasing the SCC set speed ..........................................
...5-76
Decreasing the SCC set speed.........................................
...5-76
Accelerating temporarily with
the SCC on.......................5-77
SCC will be temporarily cancel
ed when:...........................5-77
Resuming the SCC set speed...........................................
...5-79
Turning the SCC off.................................................
.............5-79
Setting vehicle-to-vehicle distance................................
...5-79
5Driving your vehicle
When the lane ahead is clear:............................................5-80
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in
your lane:........5-80
Radar to detect distance to the ve
hicle ahead...............5-82
SCC malfunction message .........
.........................................5-83
Limitations of the SCC..........
...............................................5-84
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
rules.......5-88
Radio frequency radiation exposur
e information:..........5-88
Leading vehicle departure alert system.............................
5-89
Setting the leading vehicle departure alert.....................5-89
Operating conditions................................................
............5-89
Leading vehicle departure alert activation
......................5-89
Lane Following Assist (LFA) system..................................
..5-90
Activating/deactivating the LFA.........................................5-91
Steering assist....................................................
..................5-92
Warning message.....................................................
............5-92
LFA malfunction.....................................................
...............5-93
Limitations of the LFA..........
...............................................5-94
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system................................
5-96
Setting and activating the HDA..........................................5-96
Operating conditions................................................
............5-96
HDA operation........................................................
...............5-96
HDA malfunction....................................................
...............5-98
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system....................................
5-101
Activating/deactivating the LKA......................................5-102
LKA activation.....................................................
................5-103
Warning message.....................................................
..........5-105
Warning light and message...........................................
...5-106
LKA will be canceled when:............................................
...5-106
Driver's Attention..................................................
.............5-107
5Driving your vehicle
LKA function change......................................................... 5-108
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system.........................5-109
Setting and activating the DAW......................................
5-109
Displaying the driver's attention lev
el ...........................5-109
Taking a break.......................................................
............. 5-110
Resetting the DAW..................................................
..........5-110
DAW standby.........................................................
............. 5-110
DAW malfunction.....................................................
..........5-111
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot C
ollision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA) system.........................................
5-112
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)................................ 5-112
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)................. 5-113
Activating/deactivating the BCA and BCW.................... 5-114
Setting initial warning activation
time...........................5-115
BCW alert............................................................
................ 5-115
BCA operation.......................................................
............. 5-117
Detecting Sensor (Camera and Radar)..........................5-118
Warning messages.....................................................
.......5-120
Limitations of the BCW/BCA............................................
5-121
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.... 5-124
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)
/ Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system......... 5-125
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW).
.............. 5-125
Rear Cross-Traffic Co
llision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)5-125
Setting and activating the RCCW/RCCA.........................5-126
Setting the initial warning act
ivation time....................5-126
Setting the warning volume of the RCCW..................... 5-127
Operating conditions...............................................
..........5-127
RCCW alert..........................................................
................ 5-127
RCCA alert...........................................................
................ 5-128
5Driving your vehicle
Detecting Sensor................................................................5-131
Warning message.....................................................
..........5-131
Limitations of the RCCW/RCCA.....
...................................5-132
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
rules.....5-136
Economical operation.................................................
..........5-137
Special driving conditions....................................................5-139
Winter driving........................................................................5-143
Trailer towing........................................................................5-148
Hitches .................................................................................5-149
Safety chains ......................................................
................5-149
Trailer brakes......................................................
................5-149
Driving with a trailer.............................................
.............5-150
Maintenance when trailer towing ...................................5-153
If you
do decide to pull a trailer....................................
...5-153
Vehicle load limit...................................................
................5-155
Tire and loading information label...................................5-155
Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit -
.................5-157
Certification label ..................................................
.............5-158
Vehicle weight.......................................................
................5-160
Driving your vehicle
65
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE
Be sure the exhaust system
does not leak.
The exhaust system should be
checked whenever the vehicle is
raised to change the oil or for any
other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of
th
e
exhaust or if you drive over
something that strikes the under
-
neath side of the vehicle, have the
exhaust system checked as soon as
possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Engine exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged time.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon mon
-
oxide, a colorless, odorless gas that
can cause unconsciousness and
death by asphyxiation.
WARNING
Open liftgate
Do not drive with the liftgate open.
Poisonous exhaust gases can enter
the passenger compartment. If you
must drive with the liftgate open
proceed as follows:
1.Close all windows.
2.Open side vents.
3.Set the air intake c
ontrol at
"F
resh", the air flow control at
"Floor" or "Face" and the fan at
the highest speed.
7
5
5
Driving your vehicleBefore driving
Before driving
Before getting into the vehicle, you
should examine the car and its sur
-
roundings. After getting into the
vehicle, you should check a number
of things before driving.
Before entering vehicle
Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
Ch
eck the condition of the tires.
Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
Be sure there are no obstacles
be
hind you if you intend to back
up.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
washer fluid should be checked on a
regular basis, at the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in chapter 7,
"Maintenance".
WARNING
Distracted driving
Focus on the road while driving. The
driver's primary responsibility is in
the safe and legal operation of the
vehicle. Use of any handled devices,
other equipment or vehicle systems
that distract the driver should not
be used during vehicle operation.
Before starting
Close and lock all doors.
Position the seat so that all con
-
trols are easily reached.
Buckle your seat belt.
Adjust the inside and outside
r
earview mirrors.
Be sure that all lights work.
Check all gauges.
Check the operation of warning
li
ghts when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned to the ON
position.
R
elease the parking brake and
ma
ke sure the brake warning light
is not on.
For safe operation, be sure you are
fa
mili
ar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
Driving your vehicle
85
Before driving
WARNING
Fire risk
When you intend to park or stop the
vehicle with the engine on, be care
-
ful not to depress the accelerator
pedal for a long period of time. It
may overheat the engine or exhaust
system and cause fire.
WARNING
Check surroundings
Always check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, espe
-
cially children, before putting a vehi
-
cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
WARNING
Loose objects
Securely store items in your vehicle.
When you make a sudden stop or
turn the steering wheel rapidly,
loose objects may drop on the floor
and it could interfere with the oper
-
ation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident.
WARNING
Driving while intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated.
Drinking and driving is dangerous.
Even a small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perceptions
and judgment.
Driving while under
t
he influence of
drugs is as dangerous as or more
dangerous than driving drunk.
WARNING
Proper footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere
with your ability to use the brake
and accelerator pedals.
9
5
5
Driving your vehicleENGINE START/STOP button
ENGINE START/STOP button
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP
button
The light will go off after about 30
seconds when the door is closed. It
will also go off immediately when
the theft-alarm system is armed.
ENGINE START/STOP button posi
-
tion
Your vehicle is equipped with four
different ignition positions.
OFF
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON posi
-
tion), press the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position. When you
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton without the shift lever in the P
(Park) position, the ENGINE START/
STOP button will not change to the
OFF position but to the ACC position.
NOTICE
You are able to turn off the engine
(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON),
only when the vehicle is not in
motion.
CAUTION
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
position by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for more than 2
seconds or 3 times repeatedly
within 3 seconds.
If the vehicle is still moving, to
restart the vehicle:
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button when vehicle speed is 3
mph (5 km/h)or over.
ACC (Accessory)
Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton while it is in the OFF position
without engaging the brake pedal.
OON058002NR
OON058071NR
Driving your vehicle
105
ENGINE START/STOP button
Some electrical accessories are
operational.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is
in the
A
CC position for more than 1
hour, the button is turned off auto
-
matically to prevent battery dis
-
charge.
ON
Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton while it is in the ACC position
without depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
bef
o
re the engine is started. Do not
leave the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position for a long
time. The battery may discharge,
because the engine is not running.
START/RUN
To start the engine, press the brake
pedal and push the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the shift lever in
the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) posi
-
tion. For your safety, start the
engine with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position.
NOTICE
If you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button without pressing the
brake pedal, the engine will not start
and the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes as follow:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC
WARNING
Never press the ENGINE START/
STOP button while the vehicle is in
motion. This would result in loss
of directional control and braking
function, which could cause an
accident.
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is engaged in P (Park), set the
parking brake fully and shut the
engine off. Unexpected and sud
-
den vehicle movement may occur
if these precautions are not taken.
Never reach for the ENGINE
ST
ART/STOP button or any other
controls through the steering
wheel while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in the area could
cause loss of vehicle control, an
accident and serious bodily injury
or death.
D
o not place any movable objects
around the driver's seat as they
may move while driving, interfere
with the driver and lead to an
accident.
11
5
5
Driving your vehicleENGINE START/STOP button
Starting the engine
WARNING
Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal engaged. The
vehicle can move and lead to an
accident.
Wait until the engine rpm is nor
-
mal. The vehicle may suddenly
move if the brake pedal is
released when the rpm is high.
Starting the engine
1.Make sure the smart key is
located inside the vehicle and
close the driver seat. The vehicle
may not start if it is not located
near the driver seat.
2.Make sure the parking brake is
ap
pli
ed.
3.Make sure the shift lever in P
(Pa
rk).
Press the brake pedal fully.
Y
ou can also start the engine
when the shift l
ever is in the N
(Neutral) position.
4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button
.
M
ake sure that the accelerator
pedal is not pr
essed.
5.Do not wait for the engine to
warm up whil
e the vehicle
remains stationary. Start driving
at moderate engine speeds.
(Steep accelerating and deceler
-
ating should be avoided.)
Starting the engine with smart key
At the time that the vehicle doors
are opened or when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is pressed the
vehicle will check for the smart key.
If the smart key is not in the vehicle,
the "" indicator and a message
"Key is not in the vehicle" will appear
on the
instr
ument cluster and LCD
window. And if all doors are closed,
the chime will sound for 5 seconds.
The indicator or warning will turn
off while the vehicle is moving.
Always have the smart key with
you.
WARNING
The engine will start, only when the
smart key is in the vehicle. Never
allow children or any person who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle touch the
ENGINE START/STOP button or
related parts. Pushing the ENGINE
START/STOP button while the smart
key is in the vehicle may result in
unintended engine activation and/or
unintended vehicle movement.
Driving your vehicle
125
ENGINE START/STOP button
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while the vehicle
is in motion, do not attempt to
move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position. If the traffic and road con
-
ditions permit, you may put the
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position
while the vehicle is still moving and
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in an attempt to restart the
engine.
NOTICE
If the battery is weak or the
smart key does not work cor
-
rectly, you can start the engine by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button with the smart key.
When you press the ENGINE
ST
AR
T/STOP button directly with
the smart key, the smart key
should contact the button at a
right angle.
W
hen the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you
cannot start the engine nor
-
mally.
Replace the fuse with a new one.
If i
t is not possible, you can start
the engine by pressing the engine
start/ stop button for 10 seconds
while it is in the ACC position. The
engine can start without pressing
the brake pedal. But for your
safety always press the brake
pedal before starting the engine.
CAUTION
Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button for more than 10 sec
-
onds except when the stop lamp
fuse is blown.
OON058004NR
13
5
5
Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission
Automatic transmission
The automatic transmission has 8
forward speeds and one reverse
speed.
Press the brake pedal and the
lock release button when shifting.
Press the lock release button
when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted
freely.
The individual speeds are selected
a
u
tomatically, depending on the
position of the shift lever.
NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehi
-
cle, if the battery has been discon
-
nected, may be somewhat abrupt.
This is a normal condition, and the
shifting sequence will adjust after
shifts are cycled a few times by the
TCM (Transmission Control Module)
or PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
For smooth operation, press the
brake pedal when shifting from N
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse
gear.
WARNING
Automatic transmission
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for peo
-
ple, especially children, before
shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or
R (Reverse).
Be
fore leaving the driver's seat,
al
ways make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then set
the parking brake fully and shut
the engine off. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are not
followed in the order identified.
Do not use
t
he engine brake
(shifting from a high gear to
lower gear) rapidly on slippery
roads. The vehicle may slip caus
-
ing an accident.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your trans
-
mission, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any for
-
ward gear position with the
brakes on.
When stopped on an incline, do
not h
old the vehicle stationary
with engine power. Use the ser
-
vice brake or the parking brake.
OON058005NR
Driving your vehicle
145
Automatic transmission
Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
(Park) into D (Drive), or R
(Reverse) when the engine is
above idle speed.
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument
cluster displays the shift lever posi
-
tion when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This
position locks the transmission and
prevents the front wheels from
rotating.
WARNING
Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion will cause the
drive wheels to lock which will
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and possibly damage the
transmission.
Do not use the P (Park) position in
place of the parking brake. Always
make sure the shift lever is
latched in the P (Park) position
and set the parking brake fully.
Ne
ver leave a child unattended in
a vehicle.
CAUTION
The transmission may be damaged
if you shift into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R while
the vehicle is in motion, except as
explained in "Rocking the vehicle" in
this section.
N (Neutral)
When in Neutral, wheels and trans
-
mission are not engaged. The vehi
-
cle will roll freely even on the
slightest incline unless the parking
brake or service brakes are applied.
WARNING
Do not drive with the shift lever in N
(Neutral).
The engine brake will not work and
lead to an accident.
15
5
5
Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission
CAUTION
Always park the vehicle in "P" (Park)
for safety and engage the parking
brake.
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transmission will auto
-
matically shift through a 8-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
WARNING
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
Manual mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, Manual mode is selected
by pushing the shift lever from the
D (Drive) position into the manual
gate. To return to D (Drive) range
operation, push the shift lever back
into the main gate.
Manual mode manages the driving
dy
na
mics by automatically adjusting
the steering effort, and the engine
and transmission control logic for
enhanced driver performance.
In Manual mode, moving the shift
le
v
er backwards or forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rap
-
idly. In contrast to a manual trans
-
mission, the Manual mode allows
gearshifts with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
Up
(+): Push the le
ver forward
once to shift up one gear.
Down (-): Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one gear
.
NOTICE
In Manual mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, being careful
to keep the engine speed below
the red zone.
In Manual mode, only the 8 for
-
ward gears can be selected. To
reverse or park the vehicle, move
the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
or P (Park) position as required.
In
Manual mode, downshifts are
ma
de automatically when the
vehicle slows down. When the
vehicle stops, 1st gear is auto
-
matically selected.
In Manual mode, when the engine
r
pm approaches the red zone,
shift points are varied to upshift
automatically.
OON058006NR
Driving your vehicle
165
Automatic transmission
To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute cer
-
tain gearshifts when the shift
lever is operated.
When driving on a slippery road,
push the
shift lever forward into
the + (up) position. This causes
the transmission to shift into the
2nd gear which is better for
smooth driving on a slippery road.
Push the shift lever to the -
(down) side to shift back to the
1st gear.
W
hen Manual mode is activated:
-The engine rpm will tend to
re
main raised over a certain
length of time even after
releasing the accelerator.
-Upshifts are delayed when
ac
ce
lerating.
In Manual mode, the fuel effi
-
ciency may decrease.
Shift lock system
For your safety, the Automatic
transmission has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the trans
-
mission from P (Park) into R
(Reverse) unless the brake pedal is
engaged.
Shifting the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse)
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1.Press and hold the brake pedal.
2.Start the engine or place the
ENGINE STAR
T/STOP button in
the ON position.
3.Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
en
ga
ged and released with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, a chat
-
tering noise near the shift lever may
be heard. This is a normal condition.
WARNING
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting out
of the P (Park) position into another
position to avoid inadvertent motion
of the vehicle which could injure per
-
sons in or around the vehicle.
Overriding the shift lock
OON058007NR
17
5
5
Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal engaged, continue engaging
the brake, then do the following:
1.Place the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the OFF position.
2.Apply the parking brake.
3.Carefully remove the cap cover
-
ing the shift-lock release access
hole.
4.Insert a tool (e.g., flathead screw
-
driver) into the access hole and
press down on the tool.
5.Move the shift lever.
6.Remove the tool from the shift-
loc
k
override access hole then
install the cap.
7.Have your vehicle inspected by an
a
u
thorized Kia dealer immedi
-
ately.
ENGINE START/STOP button inter
-
lock system
The ENGINE START/STOP button will
not change to the OFF position
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position.
Good driving practices
Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator
pedal engaged.
N
ever move the shift lever into P
(P
ark) when the vehicle is in
motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to
shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
N
ever take the vehicle out of gear
and
coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always
leave the vehicle in gear when
moving.
D
o not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to ov
erheat and mal
-
function. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, slow down
and shift to a lower gear. When
you do this, engine braking will
help slow down the vehicle.
Slow down befor
e
shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
Always use t
he
parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the trans
-
mission in P (Park) to keep the
vehicle from moving.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and the vehi
-
cle to go out of control.
Optimum vehicle performance
and economy is obtained by
smoothly pressing and releasing
the accelerator pedal.
Driving your vehicle
185
Automatic transmission
WARNING
Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
unbelted occupant is significantly
more likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted
occupant.
Avoid high speeds when cornering
or turning.
Do not make quick steering wheel
mov
ements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
The risk of a rollover is greatly
in
creased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
Losing control often occurs if two
or more wheels drop off the road
-
way and the driver oversteers to
reenter the roadway.
In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down
before pulling back into the travel
lanes.
Never exceed posted speed limits.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may
attempt to rock the vehicle free by
moving it forward and backward. Do
not attempt this procedure if people
or objects are anywhere near the
vehicle. During the rocking operation
the vehicle may suddenly move for
-
ward or backward as it becomes
unstuck, causing injury or damage
to nearby people or objects.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start:
1.Press the brake pedal, release the
pa
rki
ng break, and shift the shift
lever to D (Drive).
2.Select the appropriate gear
de
pe
nding on load weight and
steepness of the grade, and
release the parking brake.
3.Press the accelerator gradually
whi
l
e releasing the service brakes.
When accelerating from a stop on a
steep hill,
the vehicle may have a
tendency to roll backwards.
WARNING
When you start driving after the car
was stopped on a hill, even though
the shift lever is in D (Driving) posi
-
tion, if you do not step on the accel
-
erator pedal or brake pedal, the car
may roll backward, resulting in a
fatal accident.
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
19
5
5
Driving your vehicleAll Wheel Drive (AWD) system
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system (if
equipped)
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
delivers engine power to front and
rear wheels for maximum traction.
AWD is useful when extra traction is
r
e
quired, such as when driving slip
-
pery, muddy, wet, or snow-covered
roads.
If the system determines there is a
ne
ed for four whe
el drive, the
engine's driving power is distributed
to all four wheels automatically.
WARNING
If the AWD warning light () stays
on the instrument cluster, your
vehicle
may have a malfunction with
the AWD system. When the AWD
warning light () illuminates, have
your vehicle checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicle's intended
design such as challenging off-
road conditions.
Avoid high speeds when cornering
or tur
ning.
Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
The risk of a rollover is greatly
incr
eased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
Loss of control often occurs if two
or more wheels drop off the road
-
way and the driver over steers to
reenter the roadway.
In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway,
do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down
before pulling back into the travel
lanes.
AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE)
AWD helps the vehicle's perfor
-
mance by controlling 4 wheels.
Switching from/to SNOW MODE
You can switch from DRIVE MODE to
SNOW mode by turning the knob.
NOTICE
Even if you turn off the vehicle in
SNOW mode, DRIVE mode will be set
when you restart the vehicle.
OON058158NR
Driving your vehicle
205
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
AWD transfer mode selection
When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive
power is delivered entirely to the front wheels. This shock is not a mechani
-
cal failure.
Transfer
mode
Selection modeDescription
AWD
AUTO
-
AWD AUTO is used when driving on
roads in normal conditions, roads in
urban areas, and on highways.
All wheels are in operation when a
v
ehicle travels at a constant speed.
Required tractions are applied on front
and rear wheels vary depending on
road and driving conditions, which will
be automatically controlled by the
computing system.
When the cluster's AWD display mode
is selected, the cluster displays the
status of how four wheels' traction
forces are distributed.
SNOW
SNOW mode is used to appropriately dis
-
tribute the vehicle's traction forces and
help prevent wheel slippage when driving
on snowy or slippery road.
AWD LOCK
(Indicator light
is illuminated)
The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to
allow a driver to maximize the vehicle's
traction under extreme driving condi
-
tions such as unpaved off-road, sandy
roads, and muddy roads.
AWD Lock mode is in operation only
when a vehicle travels at 25 mph (40
km/h) or less. When travelling at 25
mph (40 km/h) or faster, the mode will
switch to AWD Auto.
When travelling at 20 mph (30 km/h)
or le
ss, the mode will switch back to
AWD Lock.
Press the AWD Lock mode switch again
to
switch back to AWD Auto.
SNOW
21
5
5
Driving your vehicleAll Wheel Drive (AWD) system
NOTICE
Normal road conditions
Maintain AWD Auto mode when
driving on roads in normal condi
-
tions.
When driving under normal road
c
onditions (especially when cor
-
nering) in AWD Lock mode, a
driver may find minor mechanical
vibration or noise, which is
extremely normal phenomenon,
not a malfunction. When AWD
Lock mode is released, such noise
or vibration will be immediately
gone.
For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD)
operation
WARNING
All Wheel Drive
The conditions of on-road or off-
road that demand All Wheel Drive
mean all functions of your vehicle
are exposed to extreme stress than
under normal road conditions. Slow
down and be ready for changes in
the composition and traction of the
surface under your tires. If you have
any doubt about the safety of the
conditions you are facing, stop and
consider the best way to proceed.
Do not try to drive in deep stand
-
ing water or mud since such con
-
ditions can stall your engine and
clog your exhaust pipes. Do not
drive down steep hills since it
requires extreme skill to maintain
control of the vehicle.
When you ar
e driving up or down
hills drive as straight as possible.
Use extreme caution in going up
or down steep hills, since you may
flip your vehicle over depending
on the grade, terrain and water/
mud conditions.
OON058159NR
OON058160NR
Driving your vehicle
225
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
WARNING
Hills
Driving across the contour of steep
hills can be extremely dangerous.
This danger can come from slight
changes in the wheel angle which
can destabilize the vehicle or, even if
the vehicle is maintaining stability
under power, it can lose that stabil
-
ity if the vehicle stops its forward
motion. Your vehicle may roll over
without warning and without time
for you to correct a mistake that
could cause serious injury or death.
You must learn how to corner in a
AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your
experience in conventional FWD
vehicles when cornering the vehi
-
cle in AWD mode. For starters,
you must drive slower in AWD.
WARNING
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Reduce speed when you turn cor
-
ners. The center of gravity of AWD
vehicles is higher than that of con
-
ventional FWD vehicles, making
them more likely to roll over when
you turn corners too fast.
WARNING
Steering wheel
Do not grab the inside of the steer
-
ing wheel when you are driving on
unpaved roads. You may hurt your
arm by a sudden steering maneuver
or from steering wheel rebound due
to impact with objects on the
ground. You could lose control of the
steering wheel.
Always hold the steering wheel
firmly when you are driving on
unpaved roads.
M
ake sure all passengers are
we
aring seat belts.
WARNING
Wind danger
If you are driving in heavy wind, the
vehicle's higher center of gravity
decreases your steering control
capacity and requires you to drive
more slowly.
OON058009NR
23
5
5
Driving your vehicleAll Wheel Drive (AWD) system
If you need to drive in the water,
stop your vehicle, set your trans
-
fer to the AWD LOCK mode and
drive at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
WARNING
Driving through water
Drive slowly. If you are driving too
fast in water, the water can get into
the engine compartment and wet
the ignition system, causing your
vehicle to suddenly stop. If this hap
-
pens and your vehicle is in a tilted
position, your vehicle may roll over.
NOTICE
Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the
vehicle.
Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water.
Press the brake pedal several
times as you move slowly until
you feel normal braking forces
return.
Shorte
n your scheduled mainte
-
nance interval if you drive in
offroad conditions such as sand,
mud or water (refer to "Mainte
-
nance Under Severe Usage Condi
-
tions - Non Turbo Models" on
page 7-12). Always wash your
vehicle thoroughly afte
r off-road
use, especially cleaning the bot
-
tom of the vehicle.
Since the driving torque is always
appl
ied to the 4 wheels the per
-
formance of the AWD vehicle is
greatly affected by the condition
of the tires. Be sure to equip the
vehicle with four tires of the same
size and type.
A f
ull time All Wheel Drive vehicle
c
annot be towed by an ordinary
tow truck. Make sure that the
vehicle is placed on a flat bed
truck for moving.
WARNING
All Wheel Drive (AWD) driving
Avoid high cornering speed.
Do not make quick steering wheel
mov
ements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
The
risk of rollover is greatly
incr
eased if you lose control of
your vehicle at high speed.
I
n a collision, an unbelted person is
sig
nificantly more likely to die
compared to a person wearing a
seat belt.
Loss
of control often occurs if two
or
more wheels drop off the road
-
way and the driver over-steers to
re-enter the roadway. In the
event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
Driving your vehicle
245
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
CAUTION
Mud or snow
If one of the front or rear wheels
begins to spin in mud, snow, etc. the
vehicle can sometimes be driven out
by engaging the accelerator pedal
further; however avoid running the
engine continuously at high rpm
because doing so could damage the
AWD system.
Driving in sand or mud
Maintain slow and constant
speed. Operate the accelerator
pedal slowly to ensure safe driv
-
ing (wheel-slip prevention).
Use tire chains driving in mud if
necessary.
Keep sufficient distance between
you
r vehicle and the vehicle in
front of you.
Re
duce vehicle speed and always
check the road c
ondition.
Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
s
udden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent getting
stuck.
W
hen the vehicle is stuck in snow,
sa
nd or mud, the tires may not
operate.
This is to protect
the
transmis
-
sion and not a malfunction.
NOTICE
Moving the car forcibly to get out of
mud or sand can cause damage/
overheat of the engine or damage/
breakdown of the transaxle, differ
-
ential or 4WD system as well as
damage to tires. If excessive wheel
slip occurs after entering a sandy/
muddy road, the vehicle may fall
into the sand/mud. When it hap
-
pens, put a stone or a tree branch
under the tire, and then try to pull
out the car, or try to get it unstuck
by repeatedly moving forwards and
backwards.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and
handling capability. Do not use a size
and type of tire and wheel that is
different from the one that is origi
-
nally installed on your vehicle. It can
affect the safety and performance
of your vehicle, which could lead to
steering failure or rollover and seri
-
ous injury. When replacing the tires,
be sure to equip all four tires with
the tire and wheel of the same size,
type, tread, brand and load-carrying
capacity.
25
5
5
Driving your vehicleAll Wheel Drive (AWD) system
WARNING
Jacked vehicle
While the full-time AWD vehicle is
being raised on a jack, never start
the engine or cause the tires to
rotate.
There is the danger that rotating
tir
es touching the ground could
cause the vehicle to go off the jack
and to jump forward.
Full-time AWD vehicles must be
tested on a special four wheel
chassis dynamometer.
NOTICE
Never engage the parking brake
while performing these tests.
A full-time AWD vehicle should
not be tested on a FWD roll tester.
If a FWD roll tester must be used,
perform the following:
1. Check the tire pressures recom
-
mended for your vehicle.
2.Place the front wheels on the roll
tester
(1) for a speedometer test
as shown in the illustration.
3.Release the parking brake.
4.Place the rear wheels on the tem
-
porary free roller (2) as shown in
the illustration.
WARNING
Dynamometer testing
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in gear on
the dynamometer. This is very dan
-
gerous as the vehicle can jump for
-
ward and cause serious injury or
death.
CAUTION
When lifting up the vehicle, do not
operate front and rear wheel sep
-
arately. All four wheels should be
operated.
If you need to operate the front
wh
eel and rear wheel when lifting
up the vehicle, you should release
the parking brake.
OON058010NR
Driving your vehicle
265
Brake system
Brake system
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes, parking brake, and various
braking systems for safe driving.
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
In the event that the power-
assisted brakes
lose power
because
of a stalled engine or some other
reason, you can still stop your vehi
-
cle by applying greater force to the
brake pedal than you normally
would. The stopping distance, how
-
ever, will be longer.
When the engine is not running, the
re
serve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
ne
ce
ssary to maintain steering con
-
trol on slippery surfaces.
CAUTION
Brake Pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. This will create
abnormally high brake tempera
-
tures which can cause excessive
brake lining and pad wear.
WARNING
Steep hill braking
Avoid continuous application of the
brakes when descending a long or
steep hill by shifting to a lower gear.
Continuous brake application will
cause the brakes to overheat and
could result in a temporary loss of
braking performance.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's
ability to safely slow down; the
vehicle may also pull to one side
when the brakes are applied. Apply
-
ing the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been affected in
this way. Always test your brakes in
this fashion after driving through
deep water. To dry the brakes, apply
them lightly while maintaining a
safe forward speed until brake per
-
formance returns to normal.
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate
while the vehicle is in motion, you
can make an emergency stop with
the parking brake. The stopping dis
-
tance, however, will be much
greater than normal.
27
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
WARNING
Parking brake
Avoid applying the parking brake to
stop the vehicle while it is moving
except in an emergency situation.
Applying the parking brake while the
vehicle is moving at normal speeds
can cause a sudden loss of control
of the vehicle. If you must use the
parking brake to stop the vehicle,
use great caution in applying the
brake.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply
steady and firm pressure to the
brake pedal to slow the vehicle and
reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, take
the fol
l
owing steps:
1.Apply the brakes and bring your
v
e
hicle to a safe stop.
2.Move the transmission to P
(P
ark), switch the engine off and
apply the parking brake.
3.Inspect the accele
ra
tor pedal for
any interference.
If none are found and the condition
persists,
have your vehicle towed to
an authorized Kia dealer and
inspected.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes.
You may hear this sound come and
go or it may occur whenever you
press the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving
c
o
nditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply
(or lightly apply) the brakes. This is
normal and does not indicate a
problem with your brakes.
Always replace the front or rear
br
ak
e pads as pairs.
CAUTION
Replace brake pads
Do not continue to drive with worn
brake pads. Continuing to drive with
worn brake pads can damage the
braking system and result in costly
brake repairs.
WARNING
Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear
sounds from your brakes. If you
ignore this audible warning, you will
eventually lose braking perfor
-
mance, which could lead to a serious
accident.
Driving your vehicle
285
Brake system
NOTICE
Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable
as the brakes wear and does con
-
tribute to brake noise.
Check the brake warning light by
turning the ENGINE START/STOP
button ON (do not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when
the parking brake is applied with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
br
ak
e is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
If the brake warning light remains
on
a
fter the parking brake is
released while engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention
is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
v
e
hicle immediately. If that is not
possible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only con
-
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
After parking the vehicle, apply the
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) to
prevent the vehicle from being
moved by the external force.
Applying the EPB
1.Press the brake pedal.
2.Pull up the EPB switch.
3.Make sure the warning light
com
es on.
Also, the EPB is applied automati
-
cally if the Auto Hold button is on
when the vehicle is turned off. How
-
ever, if you pull up the EPB switch
after the vehicle is turned off, the
EPB will not be Applied.
WARNING
Risk of accident and injury due to
children left unattended in the vehi
-
cle.
If you leave children unaccompanied
in the
vehicle, they may be able to
set the vehicle in motion, for exam
-
ple by:
ODEEV068228NR
OON058013NR
29
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
Releasing the parking brake.
Shifting the transmission out of P
(Park) position.
Starting the engine. In addition,
they may operate v
ehicle equip
-
ment.
Never leave children and animals
un
attended in the vehicle.
When leaving the vehicle, always
ta
ke the smart key with you and
lock the vehicle.
NOTICE
On a steep incline or when pulling a
trailer, if the vehicle does not remain
at a standstill, do as follows:
1.Apply the EPB.
2.Pull up the EPB switch for more
than 3 seconds.
Do not operate the EPB while the
vehicle is moving except in an emer
-
gency situation.
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating
or releasing the EPB.
These conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
Releasing the EPB with EPB switch
Releasing the parking brake with
EPB switch,
1.Have the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position
.
2.
Press the brake pedal.
3.The shift lever must be in P
(P
a
rk).
4.Make sure the brake warning light
goes o
ff.
Automatic release of EPB
The EPB is released automatically
under following conditions.
Shi
ft lever in P (Park)
W
ith the engine running engage
the
brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
Sh
ift lever in N (Neutral)
W
ith the engine running engage
the
brake pedal and shift out of N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D
(Drive).
Automatic transmiss
i
on
1.Start the engine.
2.Fasten the driver's seat belt.
OON058014NR
Driving your vehicle
305
Brake system
3.Close the driver's door, hood
and liftgate.
4.Press the accelera
tor pedal
while the shift lever is in R
(Rear), D (Drive) or Manual
mode.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes
off.
NOTICE
For your safety, you can engage
the EPB even though the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the OFF
position, but you cannot release
it.
For your safety, press the brake
pedal and release the parking
brake manually with the EPB
switch when you drive downhill or
when backing up the vehicle.
Do not follow the abov
e procedur
e
when driving on a flat level ground.
The vehicle may suddenly move for
-
ward.
NOTICE
If the parking brake warning light is
still on even though the EPB has
been released, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with the
EPB applied. It may cause excessive
brake pad and brake rotor wear.
Automatic application of EPB
The EPB is applied automatically
under following conditions.
Th
e EPB is overheated
Requested by other systems
NOTICE
For Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
equipped vehicles with AUTO HOLD
function used while driving, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button has
been turned OFF, the EPB will be
engaged automatically. Therefore,
AUTO HOLD function should be
turned off before the ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned off.
EPB warning
The EPB will display a warning mes
-
sage with sound under certain con
-
ditions.
If you try to drive off while
e
ngaging the accelerator pedal
with the EPB applied, but the EPB
doesn't release automatically, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
31
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
If the driver's seat belt is not fas
-
tened and the vehicle hood,
driver's door or liftgate is opened,
a warning will sound and a mes
-
sage will appear.
If there is a problem with the
v
ehicle, a warning may sound and
a message may appear.
If the above situation occurs, press
the br
ak
e pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
WARNING
Parking Brake Use
Never allow a passenger to touch
the parking brake. If the parking
brake is released unintentionally,
serious injury may occur.
Al
l vehicles should always have
the
parking brake fully engaged
when parked to avoid inadvertent
movement of the vehicles which
can injure occupants or pedestri
-
ans.
A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB.
These conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is function
-
ing properly.
When leaving your keys with a
parking lot atten
dant or valet,
make sure to inform him/her how
to operate the EPB.
T
he EPB may malfunction if you
driv
e with the EPB applied.
When you automatically release
EP
B by pressing the accelerator
pedal, press it slowly.
When the conversion from Auto
Hold to
EPB is not wor
king properly
a warning will sound and a message
will appear.
NOTICE
Engage the brake pedal when the
above message appears for the
Auto Hold and EPB may not acti
-
vate.
OON058074NR
OON058075NR
Driving your vehicle
325
Brake system
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated because of an Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) signal, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
EPB malfunction indicator
This warning light illuminates if the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
changed to the ON position and goes
off in approximately 3 seconds if
the system is operating normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator
r
e
mains on, comes on while driving,
or does not come on when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
changed to the ON position, this
indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
c
h
ecked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
i
llu
minate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does
not indicate a malfunction of the
EPB.
The EPB warning light may illumi
-
nate if the EPB switch operates
abnormally. Shut the engine off and
turn it on again after a few minutes.
The warning light will go off and the
EPB switch will operate normally.
However, if the EPB warning light is
still on, have the system checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
If the parking brake warning light
does
n
ot illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
up, the EPB is not applied.
If the parking brake warning light
bl
in
ks when the EPB warning light is
on, press the EPB switch, then pull it
up. Once more press it back to its
original position and pull it back up.
If the EPB warning does not go off,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OON058076NR
OON058126NR
33
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
Emergency braking with the EPB
switch
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency
braking is possible by pulling up and
holding the EPB switch.
Braking is possible only while you
ar
e
holding the EPB switch.
WARNING
Do not operate the Electronic Park
-
ing Brake while the vehicle is moving
except in an emergency situation.
Applying the Electronic Parking
Brake while the vehicle is moving at
normal speeds can cause a sudden
loss of control of the vehicle. If you
must use the Electronic Parking
Brake to stop the vehicle, use great
caution in applying the brake.
NOTICE
During emergency braking by the
EPB, the parking brake warning light
will illuminate to indicate that the
system is operating.
If you notice a continuous noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used
for emergency braking, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
When the EPB is not released
If the EPB does not release nor
-
mally, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer by loading the
vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and
have the system checked.
AUTO HOLD
The Auto Hold is designed to main
-
tain the vehicle in a standstill even
though the brake pedal is not
pressed after the driver brings the
vehicle to a complete stop by press
-
ing the brake pedal.
Applying Auto Hold function
1.Press the brake pedal and start
the vehicle.
2. Press the Auto Hold button. The
whit
e AUTO HOLD indicator will
come on indicating the system is
in standby.
Before the Auto Hold will engage,
the
driver's door and engine hood
must be closed and the liftgate
must be closed.
OON058015NR
Driving your vehicle
345
Brake system
When coming to a complete stop by
pressing the brake pedal, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from white
to green indicating the AUTO HOLD
is engaged. The vehicle will remain
at a standstill even if you release
the brake pedal.
If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
re
l
eased.
If you press the accelerator pedal
with the s
hift
lever in D (Drive) or
Manual mode, the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the vehi
-
cle will start to move. The indicator
changes from green to white indi
-
cating the Auto Hold is in standby
and the EPB is released.
When driving off from Auto Hold by
p
r
essing the accelerator pedal,
always check the surrounding area
near your vehicle.
Slowly press the accelerator pedal
f
o
r a smooth launch.
Canceling Auto Hold function
To cancel the Auto Hold operation,
press the Auto Hold switch. The
AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.
T
o cancel the Auto Hold operation
w
hen the vehicle is at a standstill,
press the Auto Hold switch while
pressing the brake pedal.
NOTICE
The following are conditions when
the Auto Hold will not engage
(Auto Hold light will not turn
green and the Auto Hold system
remains in stand by):
-The driver's door is opened
-The engine hood or liftgate
is
opened
-The shift lever is in P (Park)
-The EPB is applied
F
or your safety, the Auto Hold
au
tomatically switches to EPB
under any of the following condi
-
tions (Auto Hold light remains
white and the EPB automatically
applies):
-The driver's door is opened.
OON058016NR
OON058015NR
35
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
-The engine hood or liftgate is
opened.
-The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes.
-The vehicle is standing on a
steep slope.
-
The vehicle moved for a few
seco
nds.
In these cases, the brake warn
-
ing light comes on, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from
green to white, and a warning
sounds and a message will
appear to inform you that EPB
has been automatically
engaged. Before driving off
again, press foot brake pedal,
check the surrounding area
near your vehicle and release
parking brake manually with
the EPB switch.
If
the AUTO HOLD indicator lights
up
yellow, the Auto Hold is not
working properly. Take your vehi
-
cle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an accident, do
not activate Auto Hold while driving
downhill, backing up or parking your
vehicle.
If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door or engine hood or lift
-
gate open detection system, the
Auto Hold may not work properly.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Ki
a de
aler and have the system
checked.
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating
or releasing the EPB, but these con
-
ditions are normal and indicate that
the EPB is functioning properly.
Warning messages
The Auto Hold function will display a
warning message with sound under
certain conditions.
When the EPB is applied from Auto
Hol
d, a wa
rning will sound and a
message will appear.
OON058076NR
Driving your vehicle
365
Brake system
When the conversion from Auto
Hold to EPB is not working properly
a warning will sound and a message
will appear.
NOTICE
When this message is displayed, the
Auto Hold and EPB may not operate.
For your safety, press the brake
pedal.
If you do not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
When you press the
[AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver's door and
engine hood are not closed or the
liftgate is not closed, a warning will
sound and a message will appear on
the LCD display.
At this moment, press the [AUTO
H
OLD
] button after closing the
driver's door, engine hood and lift
-
gate.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
prevents the wheels from locking.
So the vehicle remains stable and
can still be steered.
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci
-
dents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always main
-
tain a safe distance between you
and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The vehicle
OON058075NR
OON058127NR
OON058128NR
37
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
should be driven at reduced speeds
in the following circumstances:
When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
When driving with tire chains
in
stalled
When driving on roads where the
road s
urface is pitted or has dif
-
ferent surface heights.
Driving in these conditions increases
the
stopping distance for your vehi
-
cle.
The ABS continuously senses the
spee
d of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS repeat
-
edly modulates the hydraulic brake
pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
c
o
nditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik''
sound from the brakes, or feel a
corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum
be
ne
fit from your ABS in an emer
-
gency situation, do not attempt to
modulate your brake pressure and
do not try to pump your brakes.
Press your brake pedal as hard as
possible to allow the ABS to control
the force being delivered to the
brakes.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
vehicle compartment when the
vehicle begins to move after the
vehicle is started. These conditions
are normal and indicate that the
Anti-lock Brake System is function
-
ing properly.
Even with the Anti-lock Brake Sys
-
tem, your vehicle still requires suffi
-
cient stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
Always slow down when cornering.
T
h
e Anti-lock Brake System cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
ope
r
ation of the Anti-lock Brake
System may result in a longer stop
-
ping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional brake
system.
The ABS warning light will stay on
for
appr
oximately 3 seconds after
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
ON.
ODEEV068101NR
Driving your vehicle
385
Brake system
During that time, the ABS will go
through selfdiagnosis and the light
will go off if everything is normal. If
the light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. Contact an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
When you drive on a road having
poor
tr
action, such as an icy road,
and have operated your brakes con
-
tinuously, the ABS will be active
continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehi
-
cle over to a safe place and stop the
vehicle.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS
w
a
rning light goes off, then your
ABS is normal. Otherwise, you may
have a problem with the ABS. Con
-
tact an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
vehicle may not run as smoothly
and the ABS warning light may turn
on at the same time. This happens
because of low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS has mal
-
functioned.
Do not pump your brakes!
Have the battery recharged
before driving the vehicle.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) is designed to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC applies the brakes on individual
whee
ls and intervenes with the
vehicle management system to sta
-
bilize the vehicle.
ESC will not prevent accidents.
Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces can still result in serious
accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can
pr
e
vent accidents by avoiding
maneuvers that cause the vehicle to
lose traction. Even with ESC
installed, always follow all the nor
-
mal precautions for driving - includ
-
ing driving at safe speeds for the
conditions.
OON058017NR
39
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
WARNING
For maximum protection, always
wear your seat belt. No system, no
matter how advanced, can compen
-
sate for all driver error and/or driv
-
ing conditions. Always drive
responsibly.
The ESC system is an electronic
system designed to help the driver
maintain vehicle control under
adverse conditions. It is not a sub
-
stitute for safe driving practices.
Factors including speed, road condi
-
tions and driver steering input can
all affect whether ESC will be effec
-
tive in preventing a loss of control. It
is still your responsibility to drive
and corner at reasonable speeds
and to leave a sufficient margin of
safety.
When you apply your brakes under
c
o
nditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik''
sound from the brakes, or feel a
corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ESC is active.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
vehicle compartment when the
vehicle begins to move after the
vehicle is started. These conditions
are normal and indicate that the
Electronic Stability Control system is
functioning properly.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned ON, ESC and ESC
OFF indicator lights illuminate for
approximately 3 seconds, then
ESC is turned on.
Pr
ess the ESC OFF button for at
le
ast half a second after turning
the vehicle ON to turn ESC off.
(ESC OFF indicator will illuminate).
To turn the ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF indicator
light will go off).
When starting the v
e
hicle, you
may hear a slight ticking sound.
This is the ESC performing an
automatic system self-check and
does not indicate a problem.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation,
the ESC indicator light blinks.
When the Electronic Stability
Co
ntrol is operating properly, you
can feel a slight pulsation in the
vehicle. This is only the effect of
brake control and indicates nothing
unusual.
When moving out of the mud or
dri
v
ing on a slippery road, pressing
the accelerator pedal may not cause
the vehicle rpm (revolutions per
minute) to increase.
Driving your vehicle
405
Brake system
ESC operation off
This car has 2 kinds of ESC off
states.
If the vehicle stops when ESC is off,
ESC r
e
mains off. Upon restarting
the vehicle, the ESC will automati
-
cally turn on again.
ESC off state 1 - Traction control
disabled
To turn off the traction control
function and only operate the brake
control function of the ESC, press
the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF )
for less than 3 seconds and the ESC
OFF
indicator
light (ESC OFF ) will
illuminate.
ESC off state 2 - Traction & stabil
-
ity control disabled
To turn off the traction control
function and the brake control func
-
tion of the ESC, press the ESC OFF
button (ESC OFF ) for more than
3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator light
(ESC
O
FF ) will illuminate and ESC
OFF warning chime will sound. At
this state, the car stability c
ont
rol
function does not operate any
more.
Indicator light
ESC indicator light
ESC OFF indicator light
When ENGINE START/STOP button
is turned to ON, the indicator light
illuminates, then goes off if the ESC
system is operating normally.
OON058077NR
OON058078NR
41
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
The ESC indicator light blinks when
-
ever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on
w
hen the ESC is turned off with
the button.
WARNING
Electronic Stability Control
Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has Electronic Stability Con
-
trol. It can only assist you in main
-
taining control under certain
circumstances.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
To turn ESC off while driving,
pr
ess the ESC OFF button while
driving on a flat road surface.
WARNING
Operating ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button
while ESC is operating (ESC indicator
light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the v
ehicle may slip out
of control.
NOTICE
When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it
may prevent the vehicle speed
from increasing, and result in
false diagnosis.
Turning the ESC off does not
affect ABS or brake system oper
-
ation.
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) system
The Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) provides further enhance
-
ments to vehicle stability and steer
-
ing responses under the following
condition:
wh
en driving on a slippery road or
when a change in the coefficient
of
friction between left and right
wheels is detected.
WARNING
Tire/Wheel size
When replacing tires and wheels,
make sure they are the same size
as the original tires and wheels
installed. Driving with varying tire or
wheel sizes may diminish any sup
-
plemental safety benefits of the
VSM system.
Driving your vehicle
425
Brake system
VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light () blinks.
When the VSM is operating properly,
you can feel a slight pulsation in the
vehicle and/or abnormal steering
responses (Electronic Power Steer
-
ing (EPS)). This is only the effect of
brake and EPS control and indicates
nothing unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
Driving on a sloping road such as a
gradient or incline
Driving in reverse
ESC OFF indicator light ()
r
emains on the instrument cluster
EPS indicator light remains on the
in
strument cluster
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light () illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the but
-
ton again. The ESC OFF indicator
light goes out.
WARNING
Vehicle Stability Management
Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has Vehicle Stability Man
-
agement. It can only assist you in
maintaining control of the vehicle
under certain circumstances.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you don't cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
light () or EPS warning light
remains on, take your v
e
hicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
NOTICE
The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 13 mph (22
km/h) on curves.
The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 6 mph (10
km/h) when a vehicle is braking on
a split-mu surface. A split-mu
surface is made of two surfaces
which have different friction
forces.
43
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
The VSM is not a substitute for safe
driving practices but a supplemen
-
tary function only. It is the respon
-
sibility of the driver to always check
the speed and the distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
Your vehicle is designed to activate
a
ccording to the driver's intention,
even with installed VSM. Always fol
-
low all the normal precautions for
driving at safe speeds for the condi
-
tions including driving in clement
weather and on a slippery road.
WARNING
For maximum protection, always
wear your seat belt. No system, no
matter how advanced, can compen
-
sate for all driver error and/or driv
-
ing conditions. Always drive
responsibly.
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) sys
-
tem
The Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) is
operated as vehicle stability control
system. The TSA has an effort to
stabilize the vehicle and trailer when
the trailer sways or oscillates. There
are various reasons making vehicle
sway and oscillate. Almost case it
happens at high speed however, if
the trailer is affected by crosswinds,
buffeting, and improper overloading,
it may be a risk of swaying.
Factors of swaying such as:
Hi
gh speed
Strong crosswinds
Improper ove
rloading
Sudden controlling of steering
wh
eel
Uneven road
Th
e TSA continuously analyzes the
ve
hicle and trailer instability. When
the TSA detects some sway, the
brakes are applied automatically to
stabilize the vehicle on the front
wheel. However, if it is not enough
to stabilize, the brakes are applied
on all wheels automatically and
engine power is properly reduced.
When the vehicle is stable from
swaying, the TSA does not operate.
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll
back on a steep hill when it starts to
go after stopping. The Hill-start
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
vehicle from rolling back by applying
the brakes automatically for about
2 seconds.
The brakes are released when the
a
c
celerator pedal is engaged or
after about 2 seconds.
The HAC is activated only for about
2 se
c
onds, so when the vehicle is
starting off always engaged the
accelerator pedal.
Driving your vehicle
445
Brake system
WARNING
Maintaining Brake Pressure on
Incline
HAC does not replace the need to
apply brakes while stopped on an
incline. While stopped, make sure
you maintain brake pressure suffi
-
cient to prevent your vehicle from
rolling backward and causing an
accident. Don't release the brake
pedal until you are ready to acceler
-
ate forward.
Good braking practices
Good braking practices help keep
occupants safe and extend brake
life.
Chec
k to be sure the parking
br
ake is not engaged and the
parking brake indicator light is out
before driving away.
D
riving through water may get
the
brakes wet. They can also get
wet when the vehicle is washed.
Wet brakes can be dangerous!
Your vehicle will not stop as
quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the vehicle to
pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the
brakes lightly until the
bra
king
action returns to normal, taking
care to keep the vehicle under
control at all times. If the braking
action does not return to normal,
stop as soon as it is safe to do so
and call an authorized Kia dealer
for assistance.
Don't c
oast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear. This is
extremely hazardous. Keep the
vehicle in gear at all times, use the
brakes to slow down, then shift to
a lower gear so that vehicle brak
-
ing will help you maintain a safe
speed.
Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Rest
-
ing your foot on the brake pedal
while driving can be dangerous
because the brakes might over
-
heat and lose their effectiveness.
It also increases the wear of the
brake components.
I
f a tire goes flat while you are
dr
iving, apply the brakes gently
and keep the vehicle pointed
straight ahead while you slow
down. When you are moving
slowly enough for it to be safe to
do so, pull off the road and stop in
a safe place.
45
5
5
Driving your vehicleIdle Stop and Go (ISG) system
Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shifter dial in P. If
your vehicle is facing downhill,
turn the front wheels into the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling.
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
keep the vehicle from rolling,
block the wheels.
Under
some conditions your park
-
ing brake can freeze in the
engaged position. This is most
likely to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or
if the brakes are wet. If there is a
risk that the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily
while you put the shifter dial in P
and block the rear wheels so the
vehicle cannot roll. Then release
the parking brake.
D
o not hold the ve
hicle on an
incline with the accelerator pedal.
This can cause the reduction gear
to overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
The Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
reduces fuel consumption by auto
-
matically shutting down the engine
when the vehicle is at a standstill.
(For example: red light, stop sign
and traffic jam)
The engine starts automatically as
soon as the st
arting c
onditions are
met.
The ISG is ON whenever the engine
i
s
running.
NOTICE
When the engine automatically
starts by the ISG system, some
warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF,
EPS or Parking brake warning light)
may turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of low bat
-
tery voltage. It does not mean the
system has malfunctioned.
Driving your vehicle
465
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
Auto stop
If you depress the brake pedal and
the vehicle comes to a stop with the
ISG ON, the engine will stop auto
-
matically.
Stop the vehicle completely by
pre
ssing the brake pedal when the
shift lever is in the D (Drive) or N
(Neutral) position.
The engine will stop and the green
A
U
TO STOP () indicator on the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
NOTICE
If you open the engine hood in auto
stop mode, the following will hap
-
pen:
The ISG system will deactivate
(
the light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate).
A
message will appear on the LCD
disp
lay.
If you move the transmission
le
ver from N to D (Manual mode)
or R without depressing the brake
pedal after stopping engine auto
-
matically, the engine does not
restart automatically and a warn
-
ing chime alarms. When this hap
-
pens, press the brake pedal for
auto start.
Auto start
When the engine stops automati
-
cally by ISG, the engine will restart if
one of the following driver actions.
R
elease the brake pedal.
OON058132NR
OON058133NR
OON058134NR
47
5
5
Driving your vehicleIdle Stop and Go (ISG) system
Move the shift gear to the R
(Reverse) position or the Manual
mode while depressing the brake
pedal.
The engine will start and the green
AUTO STOP indicator () on the
instrument cluster will go out.
The engine will also restart auto
-
matically without any driver
actions if the following occurs:
The fan speed of manual climate
control system is set above the
3rd position when the air condi
-
tioning is on.
The fan speed of automatic cli
-
mate control system is set above
the 5th position when the air con
-
ditioning is on.
When a certain amount of time
has
passed with the climate con
-
trol system on.
When the defroster is on.
The brake vacuum pressure is
low.
The battery charging status is
low.
The v
ehicle speed exceeds 1 mph
(1 k
m/h).
Engine is turned off by Auto Stop
for a
long time.
If you unfasten the
seat belt or
open the driver's door while
depressing the brake pedal.
Operating conditions
The ISG will operate under the fol
-
lowing condition:
The driver's seat belt is fastened.
The driver's door and engine hood
ar
e closed.
The brake vacuum pressure is
adequa
te.
The battery is sufficiently
char
ged.
The outside temperature is
b
etween 14 F to 95 F (-10 C to
35 C).
T
he engine coolant temperature
is not too low.
NOTICE
If the ISG system does not meet
the operation condition, the ISG
system is deactivated. The light
on the ISG OFF button will illumi
-
nate and a message "Auto Stop
conditions not met" will appear on
the LCD display.
If
the light or warning message
c
omes on continuously, please
check the operation condition.
OON058135NR
Driving your vehicle
485
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
Deactivating the ISG
If you wish to deactivate the ISG,
press the ISG OFF button. The
light on the ISG OFF button will
illuminate.
If you
press the ISG OFF button
ag
ain, the ISG will be activated
and the light on the ISG OFF but
-
ton will turn off.
ISG malfunction
The ISG may not operate when:
The ISG may not operate when an
ISG re
lated sensor or system error
occurs.
The following will happen:
Th
e yellow AUTO STOP () i
ndi
-
cator on the instrument cluster
will stay on after blinking for 5
seconds.
T
he light on the ISG OFF button
w
ill illuminate.
When the engine is in Idle Stop
mode, it's possible to r
estart the
engine without the driver taking any
action. Before leaving the car or
doing anything in the engine com
-
partment, stop the engine by the
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
OFF position.
NOTICE
If the AGM battery is reconnected or
replaced, ISG function will not oper
-
ate immediately. If you want to use
the ISG function, the battery sensor
needs to be calibrated for approxi
-
mately 4 hours with the ignition off.
After calibration, turn the engine on
and off 2 or 3 times.
OON058136NR
OON058132NR
49
5
5
Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system (FWD)
Drive mode integrated control
system (FWD)
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE
MODE knob is turned.
SMAR
T mode: SMART mode auto
-
matically adjusts the driving mode
(ECO ↔ COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in
accordance with the driver's driv
-
ing habits.
COMFORT mode: COMFOR
T mode
provides soft driving and com
-
fortable riding.
SPORT mode: SPORT mode pro
-
vides sporty but firm riding.
ECO mode: ECO mode imp
roves
fuel efficiency for eco-friendly
driving.
The driving mode will be set to
COMFOR
T or ECO mod
e when the
engine is restarted. If it is in COM
-
FORT/SPORT mode, COMFORT mode
will be set, when the engine is
restarted.
If it is in Eco mode, Eco mode will be
set when
the engine is r
estarted.
SMART mode
OON058003NR
OON058120NR
OON058112NR
OON058113NR
Driving your vehicle
505
Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode
am
ong ECO, COMFORT and
SPORT by judging the
driver's driving habits (i.e., mild or
dynamic) from the brake pedal or
the steering wheel operation.
T
urning the DRIVE MODE knob to
activ
ate SMART mode. When
SMART mode is activated, the
indicator illuminates on the
instrument cluster.
The
vehicle starts in SMART
mode
, when the engine was
turned OFF in SMART mode.
SMAR
T mode automatically con
-
trols the vehicle driving, such as
gear shifting patterns, engine
torque, in accordance with the
driver's driving habits.
NOTICE
When you mildly drive the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve
fuel efficiency. However, the
actual fuel efficiency may differ in
accordance with your driving situ
-
ations (i.e., upward/downward
slope, vehicle deceleration/accel
-
eration).
When you dynamically drive the
v
ehicle in SMART mode by
abruptly decelerating or sharply
curving, the driving mode changes
to SPORT mode. However, it may
adversely affect fuel economy.
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART mode
The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a cer
-
tain period of time, when you
gently press the accelerator pedal
(Your driving is categorized to be
mild.).
T
he driving mode automatically
c
hanges from SMART ECO mode
to SMART NORMAL mode after a
certain period of time, when you
sharply or repetitively press the
accelerator pedal.
T
he driving mode automatically
changes to SMAR
T COMFORT
mode with the same driving pat
-
terns, when the vehicle starts to
drive on an upward slope of a cer
-
tain angle. The driving mode
automatically returns to SMART
ECO mode, when the vehicle
enters a leveled road.
T
he driving mode automatically
chang
es to SMART SPORT, when
you abruptly accelerate the vehi
-
cle or repetitively operate the
steering wheel (Your driving is
categorized to be sporty.). In this
mode, your vehicle drives in a
lower gear for abrupt accelerat
-
ing/decelerating and increases the
engine brake performance.
60$57
51
5
5
Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system (FWD)
You may still sense the engine
brake performance, even when
you release the accelerator pedal
in SMART SPORT mode. It is
because your vehicle remains to
be in a lower gear over a certain
period of time for next accelera
-
tion. Thus, it is a normal driving
situation, not indicating any mal
-
function.
The driving mode automatically
c
hanges to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situa
-
tions, the driving mode sets to be
either in SMART ECO mode or in
SMART COMFORT mode.
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations. (The OFF indi
-
cator illuminates in those situa
-
tions.)
The driver manually moves the
shift le
ver: It deactivates SMART
mode. The vehicle moves, as the
driver manually moves the shift
lever.
The cruise c
ontrol is
activated:
The cruise system may deacti
-
vate the SMART mode. When a
higher system is set by the cruise
system, it starts to control vehicle
speed and deactivates SMART
mode. (SMART mode is not deac
-
tivated just by activing the cruise
system.)
The tr
ansmission oil temperature
is e
ither extremely low or
extremely high: The SMART mode
can be active in most of the nor
-
mal driving situations. However,
an extremely high/ low transmis
-
sion oil temperature may tempo
-
rarily deactivate the SMART
mode, because the transmission
condition is out of normal opera
-
tion condition.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the
driving dynamics by auto
-
matically adjusting the
steering effort, and the
engine and transmission control
logic for enhanced driver perfor
-
mance.
When SPORT mode is selected by
tu
rning the DRIVE MODE knob, the
SPORT indicator (orange color)
will illuminate.
When
ever the engine is restarted,
th
e Drive Mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode
from the DRIVE MODE knob.
When
SPORT mode is activated:
-
The engine rpm will tend to
re
main raised over a certain
length of time even after
releasing the accelerator.
-Upshifts are delayed when
ac
ce
lerating.
63257
Driving your vehicle
525
Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)
NOTICE
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set
to ECO mode, the engine
and transmission control
logi
c are changed to maxi
-
mize fuel efficiency.
When ECO mode is selected by
turning the Driv
e mode knob, the
ECO indicator (green color) will
illuminate.
If the
vehicle is set to ECO mode,
whe
n the engine is turned OFF
and restarted the Drive Mode set
-
ting will remain in ECO mode.
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the
driver's driving habit and road condi
-
tion.
When ECO mode is activated:
The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is engaged moderately.
The shift pattern of the auto
-
matic transmission may change.
The above situations are normal
co
nditions when ECO mode is acti
-
vated to improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur
while ECO mode is operating, the
system operation is limited even
though there is no change in the
ECO indicator.
Wh
en driving the vehicle with the
automatic
transmission gear shift
lever in Manual mode.
The system will be limited accord
-
ing to the shift location.
(&2
53
5
5
Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system (AWD)
Drive mode integrated control
system (AWD)
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
The Drive mode is activated by
turning the knob.
The Drive mode is changes when
-
ever the knob is turned.
SMART mode: SMART mode auto
-
matically adjusts the driving mode
(ECO ↔ COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in
accordance with the driver's driv
-
ing habits.
OON058033NR
OON058149NR
OON058150NR
OON058151NR
OON058152NR
Driving your vehicle
545
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)
COMFORT mode: COMFORT mode
provides soft driving and com
-
fortable riding.
SPORT mode: SPORT mode pro
-
vides sporty but firm riding.
ECO mode:
ECO mode improves
fuel efficiency for eco-friendly
driving.
The driving mode will be set to
COMFOR
T or ECO mode
when the
engine is restarted. If it is in COM
-
FORT/SPORT mode, COMFORT mode
will be set, when the engine is
restarted.
If it is in Eco mode, Eco mode will be
set
when
the engine is restarted.
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode
among ECO,
COMFORT and
SPORT by judging the
driver's driving habits (i.e., mild or
dynamic) from the brake pedal or
the steering wheel operation.
T
urning the knob to activate
S
MART mode. When SMART mode
is activated, the indicator illumi
-
nates on the instrument cluster.
The vehicle starts in SMART
mode
, when the engine was
turned OFF in SMART mode.
OON058120NR
OON058112NR
OON058113NR
60$57
55
5
5
Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system (AWD)
SMART mode automatically con
-
trols the vehicle driving, such as
gear shifting patterns, engine
torque, in accordance with the
driver's driving habits.
NOTICE
When you mildly drive the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve
fuel efficiency. However, the
actual fuel efficiency may differ in
accordance with your driving situ
-
ations (i.e., upward/downward
slope, vehicle deceleration/accel
-
eration).
When you dynamically drive the
v
ehicle in SMART mode by
abruptly decelerating or sharply
curving, the driving mode changes
to SPORT mode. However, it may
adversely affect fuel economy.
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART mode
The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a cer
-
tain period of time, when you
gently press the accelerator pedal
(Your driving is categorized to be
mild.).
T
he driving mode automatically
c
hanges from SMART ECO mode
to SMART NORMAL mode after a
certain period of time, when you
sharply or repetitively press the
accelerator pedal.
T
he driving mode automatically
changes
to SMART COMFORT
mode with the same driving pat
-
terns, when the vehicle starts to
drive on an upward slope of a cer
-
tain angle. The driving mode
automatically returns to SMART
ECO mode, when the vehicle
enters a leveled road.
T
he driving mode automatically
changes
to SMART SPORT, when
you abruptly accelerate the vehi
-
cle or repetitively operate the
steering wheel (Your driving is
categorized to be sporty.). In this
mode, your vehicle drives in a
lower gear for abrupt accelerat
-
ing/decelerating and increases the
engine brake performance.
You may still sense the engine
br
ake performance, even when
you release the accelerator pedal
in SMART SPORT mode. It is
because your vehicle remains to
be in a lower gear over a certain
period of time for next accelera
-
tion. Thus, it is a normal driving
situation, not indicating any mal
-
function.
The driving mode automatically
changes
to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situa
-
tions, the driving mode sets to be
either in SMART ECO mode or in
SMART COMFORT mode.
Driving your vehicle
565
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations. (The OFF indi
-
cator illuminates in those situa
-
tions.)
The driver manually moves the
shift le
ver: It deactivates SMART
mode. The vehicle moves, as the
driver manually moves the shift
lever.
The cruise c
ontrol is activated:
Th
e cruise system may deacti
-
vate the SMART mode. When a
higher system is set by the cruise
system, it starts to control vehicle
speed and deactivates SMART
mode. (SMART mode is not deac
-
tivated just by activing the cruise
system.)
The transmission oil temperature
is e
ither extremely low or
extremely high: The SMART mode
can be active in most of the nor
-
mal driving situations. However,
an extremely high/ low transmis
-
sion oil temperature may tempo
-
rarily deactivate the SMART
mode, because the transmission
condition is out of normal opera
-
tion condition.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the
driving dynamics by auto
-
matically adjusting the
steering effort, and the engine and
transmission control logic for
enhanced driver performance.
Wh
en SPORT mode is selected by
tur
ning the knob, the SPORT indi
-
cator (orange color) will illumi
-
nate.
Whenever the engine is restarted,
the
Drive Mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode
from the knob.
Wh
en SPORT mode is activated:
-
The engine rpm will tend to
re
main raised over a certain
length of time even after
releasing the accelerator.
-Upshifts are delayed when
a
c
celerating.
NOTICE
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set
to ECO mode, the engine
and transm
ission control
logic are changed to maxi
-
mize fuel efficiency.
63257
(&2
57
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
When ECO mode is selected by
turning the knob, the ECO indica
-
tor (green color) will illuminate.
If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
w
hen the engine is turned OFF
and restarted the Drive Mode set
-
ting will remain in ECO mode.
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the
driver's driving habit and road condi
-
tion.
When ECO mode is activated:
The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is engaged moderately.
The shift pattern of the auto
-
matic transmission may change.
The above situations are normal
co
nditions when ECO mode is acti
-
vated to improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur
while ECO mode is operating, the
system operation is limited even
though there is no change in the
ECO indicator.
Wh
en driving the vehicle with the
automatic
transmission gear shift
lever in Manual mode.
The system will be limited accord
-
ing to the shift location.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type
(front Camera + front radar
type) system
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) is designed to detect
and monitor a vehicle ahead or
detect a pedestrian or cyclists in the
roadway through radar signals and
camera recognition to warn the
driver that a collision is imminent,
and if necessary, apply emergency
braking.
WARNING
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) Limitations
The FCA system is a supplemental
system and is not a substitute for
safe driving practices.
It is the responsibility of the driver
to a
lways check the speed and dis
-
tance to the vehicle ahead and to be
prepared to apply the brakes.
Driving your vehicle
585
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA) system:
This system is only a supplemen
-
tal system and it is not intended
to, or does it replace the need for
extreme care and attention of the
driver. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sensors
are limited. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
NEVER dr
iv
e too fast in accor
-
dance with the road conditions or
while cornering.
Always drive cautiously to prevent
un
expected and sudden situations
from occurring. FCA does not stop
the vehicle completely and does
not avoid all collisions due to sys
-
tem limitations.
Setting and activating the FCA
The driver can activate the FCA by
placing the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position and by
selecting:
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → For
-
ward safety' with the MOVE
switch ( / ) and the OK but
-
ton on the steering wheel.
3.Select one of the following
options:
Activ
e assist: The FCA pro
-
duces warning messages and
warning alarms in accordance
with the collision risk levels.
Also, it controls the brakes in
accordance with the collision
risk levels.
W
arning only: The FCA pro
-
duces only warning alarms in
accordance with the collision
risk levels. You should control
the brake directly because the
FCA system do not control the
brake.
OF
F: The FCA deactivates.
T
he warning light illumi
-
nates on the LCD display,
when you cancel the FCA.
The driver can monitor the FCA ON/
OFF status on the LCD display. Also,
the warning light illuminates when
the Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
is turned off (Traction & Stability
control disabled.).
When the warning light remains ON
with the
F
CA activated, take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
59
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
Setting the initial warning activa
-
tion time
The driver can select the initial
warning activation time in the User
Settings in the instrument cluster
LCD display.
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → Warn
-
ing Timing' with the MOVE switch
( / ) and the OK button on
the steering wheel.
3.Select one of the following
options:
Norma
l: The initial Forward Col
-
lision Warning is activated sen
-
sitively. If you feel the warning
activates too early, set the For
-
ward Collision Warning to
'Later'.
La
ter: The initial Forward Colli
-
sion Warning is activated later
than normal. This setting
reduces the amount of distance
between the vehicle, pedestrian
or cyclist ahead before the ini
-
tial warning occurs. Select
'Later' when traffic is light and
when driving speed is slow.
* If you change the warning timing,
the warning tim
ing of othe
r sys
-
tems may change.
* Always be aware of warning timing
befo
re changing the warning tim
-
ing.
Prerequisite for the FCA activation
The FCA will activate when the FCA
is selected on the LCD display, and
when the following prerequisites are
satisfied:
The Electronic Stability C
ontro
l
(ESC) is activated.
The driving speed is over 5 mph (8
k
m/h). (The FCA only works within
a certain range of vehicle speeds)
The syste
m
detects a pedestrian,
cyclist or a vehicle in front, which
may collide with your vehicle. (The
FCA may not be activated or may
sound a warning alarm in accor
-
dance with the driving situation or
vehicle condition. If you select
"Warning only", the FCA activates
and produces only warning alarms
in accordance with the collision
risk levels.)
* The FCA may not operate properly
ac
c
ording to the frontal situation,
the direction of pedestrian or
cyclist and speed.
Driving your vehicle
605
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
WARNING
Completely stop the vehicle on a
safe location before operating the
switch on the steering wheel to
activate/deactivate the FCA sys
-
tem.
The FCA automa
tically activates
upon placing the engine start/
stop button to the ON position.
The driver can deactivate the FCA
by canceling the system setting
on the LCD display.
T
he FCA automatically deacti
-
vates upon canceling the ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
When the ESC is canceled, the FCA
cannot be activated on the LCD
display. The FCA warning light will
illuminate which is normal.
FCA warning message and brake
control
The FCA produces warning mes
-
sages and warning alarms in accor
-
dance with the collision risk levels,
such as abrupt stopping of the vehi
-
cle in front, insufficient braking dis
-
tance, pedestrian or cyclist
detection. Also, it controls the
brakes in accordance with the colli
-
sion risk levels.
The driver can select the initial
warning activation time in the Use
r
Settings in the LCD display. The
options for the initial Forward Colli
-
sion Warning include Normal or
Later initial warning time.
Collision Warning (1st warning)
The warning message appears on
the LCD display with a warning
chime.
Additionally, some vehicle system
in
ter
vention occurs by the engine
management system to help decel
-
erate the vehicle.
The Vehicle may slow down slightly.
Th
e FCA system will operate if
the
vehicle speed is greater than 5
mph (8 km/h) and less than or
equal to 100 mph (160 km/h) on a
forward vehicle. (Depending on
the condition of the vehicle ahead
and the environment surrounding
it, the possible maximum operat
-
ing speed may be reduced.)
OON058079NR
61
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
For pedestrians and cyclists to be
detected, the vehicle speed must
be greater than or equal to 5 mph
(8 km/h) and less than 55 mph
(90 km/h). (Depending on the
condition of pedestrians and bike
riders and the surrounding envi
-
ronment the possible maximum
operating speed may be reduced.)
-If you select "Warning only", the
FCA activates and produces
on
ly warning alarms in accor
-
dance with the collision risk lev
-
els. You must control the brake
directly because the FCA in this
setting does not control the
brake.
Emergency braking (2nd warning)
The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the a warning
chime.
Additionally, some vehicle system
in
ter
vention occurs by the engine
management system to help decel
-
erate the vehicle.
The brake control is maximized just
before
a collision, reducing impact
when it strikes a forward vehicle.
The F
CA system will operate if
the
vehicle speed is greater than 5
mph (8 km/h) and less than or
equal to 50 mph (80 km/h) on a
forward vehicle. (Depending on
the condition of the vehicle ahead
and the environment surrounding
it, the possible maximum operat
-
ing speed may be reduced.)
For pedestrians and
cyclists to be
detected, the vehicle speed must
be greater than or equal to 5 mph
(8 km/h) and less than 45 mph
(70 km/h). (Depending on the
condition of pedestrians and bike
riders and the surrounding envi
-
ronment the possible maximum
operating speed may be reduced.)
-If you select "Warning only", the
FCA activates and
produces
only warning alarms in accor
-
dance with the collision risk lev
-
els. You must control the brake
directly because the FCA in this
setting does not control the
brake.
OON058080NR
Driving your vehicle
625
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
Brake operation
In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction to assist the
driver in utilization of the brake
pedal.
The FCA provides additional brak
-
ing power for optimum braking
performance when the driver
presses the brake pedal.
Th
e braking control is automati
-
cally deactivated when the driver
sharply presses the accelerator
pedal, or when the driver abruptly
operates the steering wheel.
Th
e braking control is automati
-
cally canceled when risk factors
disappear.
CAUTION
The driver should always exercise
caution when operating the vehicle,
even though there is no warning
message or warning alarm.
WARNING
The braking control cannot com
-
pletely stop the vehicle nor avoid all
collisions. The driver should hold the
responsibility to safely drive and
control the vehicle.
WARNING
The FCA system logic operates
within certain parameters, such as
the distance from the vehicle,
pedestrian or cyclist ahead, the
speed of the vehicle ahead, and the
driver's vehicle speed. Certain condi
-
tions such as inclement weather and
road conditions may affect the
operation of the FCA system.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive dangerously
to activate the system.
FCA front radar / Camera sensor
In order for the FCA to operate
properly, always make sure the
sensor or sensor cover is clean and
free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt,
snow, or foreign substances on the
sensor or its external parts may
adversely affect the sensing perfor
-
mance of the sensor.
OON058025NR
63
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
NOTICE
Do not apply license plate molding
or foreign objects such as a
bumper sticker or a bumper guard
near the radar sensor. Doing so
may adversely affect the sensing
performance of the radar.
Always keep the radar sensor and
over clean and free of dirt and
debris.
Use only soft clothes to wash the
ve
h
icle. Do not spray pressurized
water directly on the sensor or
sensor cover.
Be
careful not to apply unneces
-
sary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is forc
-
ibly moved out of proper align
-
ment, the FCA system may not
operate correctly. In this case, a
warning message may not be dis
-
played. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
If the front bumper becomes
d
amaged in the area around the
radar sensor, the FCA system
may not operate properly. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Us
e only genuine parts to repair
or r
eplace a damaged sensor or
sensor cover. Do not apply paint
to the sensor cover.
NEVER
install any accessories or
sti
ckers on the front windshield,
nor tint the front windshield.
NEVER
place any reflective
obj
ects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may cause a malfunc
-
tion of the system.
Pay special attention to keep the
cam
era out of water.
NEVER disassemble the camera
asse
mbly, nor impact the camera
assembly.
Do not disasse
mble
the sensor.
Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume
may prevent you
from hearing the system warning
sounds.
NOTICE
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer when:
The windshield glass is replaced.
The radar sensor or cover gets
damaged or replaced.
OON058018NR
Driving your vehicle
645
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
Warning message and warning light
When the sensor cover is blocked
with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA
system operation may stop tempo
-
rarily.
In this case, a warn
ing message
("Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system disabled. Radar
blocked") will appear to notify the
driver.
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris
an
d
clean the radar sensor cover
before operating the FCA system.
The system will operate normally
when such dirt, snow or debris is
removed.
The FCA may not properly operate
in a
n a
rea (e.g. open terrain), where
any substances are not detected
after turning ON the engine.
WARNING
The FCA system may not activate
according to the road conditions,
inclement weather, driving condi
-
tions or traffic conditions.
FCA malfunction
When the FCA is not working prop
-
erly, the FCA warning light ()
will illuminate and the warning mes
-
sage will appear for a few seconds.
After the message disappears, the
master
warning light () will illu
-
minate. In this case, take your vehi
-
cle to an authorized Kia dealer and
have the system checked.
OON058083NR
OON058082NR
65
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
The FCA warning message may
appear along with the illumination
of the Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) warning light.
WARNING
The FCA is only a supplemental
system for the driver's conve
-
nience. The driver should hold the
responsibility to control the vehi
-
cle operation. Do not solely
depend on the FCA system.
Rather, maintain a safe braking
distance, and, if necessary, utilize
the brake pedal to reduce the
driving speed.
In
certain instances and under
ce
rtain driving conditions, the FCA
system may activate uninten
-
tionally. This initial warning mes
-
sage appears on the LCD display
with a warning chime. Also, in cer
-
tain instances the front radar
sensor or camera recognition sys
-
tem may not detect the vehicle,
pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped)
ahead. The FCA system may not
activate and the warning mes
-
sage will not be displayed.
Even if there is any problem with
th
e brake control function of the
FCA system, the vehicle's basic
braking performance will operate
normally. However, brake control
function for avoiding collision will
not activate.
If
the vehicle in front stops sud
-
denly, you may have less control
of the brake system. Therefore,
always keep a safe distance
between your vehicle and the
vehicle in front of you.
The F
CA system may activate
d
uring braking and the vehicle
may stop suddenly shifting loose
objects toward the passengers.
Always keep loose objects
secured.
The
FCA system may not activate
i
f the driver applies the brake
pedal to avoid a collision.
The br
ake control may be insuffi
-
cient, possibly causing a collision,
if a vehicle in front abruptly stops.
Always exercise extreme caution.
O
ccupants may get injured, if the
v
ehicle abruptly stops by the acti
-
vated FCA system. Exercise
extreme caution.
The FCA system operates
only to
detect vehicles, pedestrian or
cyclist in front of the vehicle.
T
he FCA system does not operate
w
hen the vehicle is in reverse.
The FCA system i
s not designed
to detect other objects on the
road such as animals.
The FCA system
d
oes not detect
vehicles in the opposite lane.
The FCA system d
oes not detect
cross traffic vehicles that are
approaching.
The F
CA system cannot detect
the
side profile of a vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
665
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
The FCA system cannot detect
the cross traffic cyclist that are
approaching.
In these cases, you must maintain a
saf
e
braking distance, and if neces
-
sary, press the brake pedal to
reduce the driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
Limitations of the FCA
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system is designed to
monitor the vehicle ahead or a
pedestrian or cyclist in the roadway
through radar signals and camera
recognition to warn the driver that a
collision is imminent, and if neces
-
sary, apply emergency braking.
In certain situations, the radar sen
-
sor or the camera may not be able
to detect the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist ahead. In these cases, the
FCA may not operate normally. The
driver must pay careful attention in
the following situations where the
FCA operation may be limited.
Limitations of the sensors
The sensor may be limited when:
The radar sensor or camera is
c
overed with a foreign object or
debris.
In
clement weather such as heavy
ra
in or snow obscures the field of
view of the radar sensor or cam
-
era.
There is interference by electro
-
magnetic waves.
There is severe irregular reflection
from the rada
r sensor.
The radar/camera sensor recog
-
nition is limited.
The vehicle in front is too small to
be detected (for exam
ple a
motorcycle etc.)
T
he vehicle in front is an oversize
ve
hicle or trailer that is too big to
be detected by the camera recog
-
nition system (for example a
tractor trailer, etc.)
The camera's field of view is not
w
ell illuminated (either too dark
or too much reflection or too
much backlight that obscures the
field of view)
T
he vehicle in front does not have
th
eir rear lights or their rear lights
does not turned ON or their rear
lights are located unusually.
Th
e outside brightness changes
sudde
nly, for example when
entering or exiting a tunnel.
Wh
en light coming from a street
li
ght or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road.
Th
e field of view in front is
obstr
ucted by sun glare or head
light of oncoming vehicle.
T
he windshield glass is fogged up;
a
clear view of the road is
obstructed.
T
he vehicle in front is driving
e
rratically.
67
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
The vehicle is on unpaved or
uneven rough surfaces, or road
with sudden gradient changes.
The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances as a
construction zone, railroad, etc.
Th
e vehicle drives inside a build
-
ing, such as a basement parking
lot.
The camera does not recognize
the
entire vehicle in front.
The camera is damaged.
The brightness outside
is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel.
A
shadow is on the road by a
me
dian strip, trees, etc.
The vehicle drives through a toll
-
gate.
The rear part of the vehicle in
front is not norm
ally visible. (the
vehicle turns in other direction or
the vehicle is overturned.)
Adv
erse road conditions cause
e
xcessive vehicle vibrations while
driving.
The sensor r
ec
ognition changes
suddenly when passing over a
speed bump.
T
he vehicle in front is moving ver
-
tically to the driving direction.
The vehicle in front is stopped
v
ertically.
The vehicle in fr
ont is driving
towards your vehicle or reversing.
You are on a roundabout and the
v
ehicle in front circles.
When driving on a narrow road or
thr
ough under a low overhead
structure (bridge, tunnel, fly-
under, etc.)
W
hen vehicle's front part is raised
or lower
ed depending on loading
conditions
When the dir
ection of
radar sen
-
sor is misaligned by strong
impact applied on an area around
the radar sensor.
Driving on a curve
The performance of the FCA system
may be limited when driving on a
curved road.
On curved roads, the other vehicle
on the s
ame
lane is not recognized
and the FCA system's performance
may be degraded. This may result in
unnecessary alarm or braking or no
alarm or braking when necessary.
Also, in certain instances the front
ra
da
r sensor or camera recognition
system may not detect the vehicle
traveling on a curved road.
OON058019NR
Driving your vehicle
685
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
When driving on a curve, the driver
must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
The FCA may recognize a vehicle in
th
e
next lane when driving on a
curved road.
In this case, the system may alarm
the
driver and apply the brake.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving. If
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in
order to maintain a safe distance.
Also, when necessary depress the
a
c
celerator pedal to prevent the
system from unnecessarily deceler
-
ating your vehicle.
Check to be sure that the road con
-
ditions permit safe operation of
FCA.
Driving on a slope
The FCA performance may be lim
-
ited while driving upward or down
-
ward on a slope, and may not
recognize the vehicle in front in the
same lane. It may produce the
warning message and the warning
alarm prematurely, or it may not
produce the warning message and
the warning alarm at all.
When the FCA suddenly recognizes
th
e v
ehicle in front while passing
over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
Always keep your eyes forward
wh
il
e driving upward or downward
on a slope, and, if necessary, press
the brake pedal to reduce your driv
-
ing speed in order to maintain dis
-
tance.
OON058020NR
OON058026NR
69
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the FCA may not
immediately detect the vehicle,
especially if the vehicle changes
lanes abruptly. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and
a
stopped vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the FCA
may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must maintain
a safe braking distance, and if nec
-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
Recognizing the vehicle
If the vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward from
the cab, or when the vehicle in front
of you has higher ground clearance,
additional special attention is
required.
The FCA may not be able to detect
the car
g
o extending from the vehi
-
cle. In these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in
order to maintain distance.
OON058022NR
OON058023NR
OON058027NR
Driving your vehicle
705
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
Recognizing pedestrians or cyclists
The sensor may be limited when:
The pedestrian or cyclist is not
fu
lly detected by the camera rec
-
ognition system, for example, if
the pedestrian is leaning over or is
not fully walking upright.
T
he pedestrian or cyclist is mov
-
ing very quickly or appears
abruptly in the camera detection
area.
T
he pedestrian or cyclist is wear
-
ing clothing that easily blends into
the background, making it difficult
to be detected by the camera
recognition system.
T
he outside lighting is too bright
(e
.g. when driving in bright sun
-
light or in sun glare) or too dark
(e.g. when driving on a dark rural
road at night).
It i
s difficult to
detect and distin
-
guish the pedestrian or cyclist
from other objects in the sur
-
roundings, for example, when
there is a group of pedestrians,
cyclists or a large crowd.
T
here is an item similar in shape
or
appearance to a person.
The pedestrian or cyclist is below
th
e sensor's viewing range.
The sensor can not identify the
pedestr
ian's outline because of
other items changing their profile,
such as mobility assistance
devices.
Th
e radar sensor or camera is
obstr
ucted by a foreign object or
debris.
In
clement weather such as heavy
rain
or snow obscures the field of
view of the radar sensor or cam
-
era.
When light coming from a street
li
ght or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road.
Th
e field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glar
e.
The windshield glass is fogged up;
a
clear view of the road is
obstructed.
Th
e adverse road c
onditions
cause excessive vehicle vibrations
while driving.
Wh
en the pedestrian or cyclist
s
uddenly enters the path of travel
of the vehicle.
W
hen the cyclist in front is riding
inters
ected with the driving direc
-
tion.
When there is any other electro
-
magnetic interference.
When the construction area, rail
or other me
tal object is near the
pedestrians or cyclists.
I
f the bicycle material is not
re
flected well on the radar.
71
5
5
Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
system
WARNING
Do not use the Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA) system
when towing a vehicle. Application
of the FCA system while towing
may adversely affect the safety
of your vehicle or the towing vehi
-
cle.
Use extreme caution when the
v
ehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the
cab, or when the vehicle in front
of you has higher ground clear
-
ance.
The FCA system is designed to
de
tect and monitor the vehicle
ahead or detect a pedestrian or
cyclist in the roadway through
radar signals and camera recogni
-
tion. It may not always detect
bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller
wheeled objects such as luggage
bags, shopping carts, or strollers.
Ne
ver try to test the operation of
the
FCA system. Doing so may
cause severe injury or death.
I
f the front bumper, front glass,
ra
dar or camera have been
replaced or repaired, take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
NOTICE
In some instances, the FCA system
may be canceled when subjected to
electromagnetic interference.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
inte
rference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expr
essl
y approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper
-
ate the device.
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum dis
-
tance of 8 in (20 cm) between the
radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-
loc
a
ted or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or trans
-
mitter.
Driving your vehicle
725
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with
Stop & Go system
The Smart Cruise Control (SCC) is
designed to allow you to program
the vehicle to maintain a constant
speed and a predetermined distance
to the vehicle ahead without
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal depending on road and traffic
conditions.
1.Cruise indicator
2.Set speed
3.Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
To see the SCC screen on the LCD
display
on the clus
ter, select Assist
mode. For more information, refer
to "LCD display" on page 4-68.
WARNING
For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
Smart Cruise Control system.
WARNING
Smart Cruise Control system Lim
-
itations
The Smart Cruise Control system is
not a substitute for s
afe driving
practices, but a convenience func
-
tion only.
It is the responsibility of the driver
to a
lways check the speed and dis
-
tance to the vehicle ahead.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit in your
country.
If
the Smart Cruise Control is left
on
, (cruise indicator in the instru
-
ment cluster illuminated) the
Smart Cruise Control can be acti
-
vated unintentionally. Keep the
Smart Cruise Control system off
(cruise indicator off) when the
Smart Cruise Control is not in use,
to avoid inadvertently setting a
speed.
Use the
Smart Cruise Control sys
-
tem only when traveling on open
highways in good weather.
Do not use the Smart Cruise Con
-
trol when it may not be safe to
keep the car at a constant speed.
For instance.
OON058119NR
73
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
-When driving in heavy traffic or
when traffic conditions make it
difficult to drive at a constant
speed
-When driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
-When driving on a steep down
-
hill or uphill
-When driving in windy areas
-When driving in parking lots
-When driving near crash barri
-
ers
-When driving on a sharp curve
-When driving with limited view
(possibly
due to bad weather,
such as fog, snow, rain or sand
-
storm)
-When the vehicle sensing ability
de
creases due to vehicle modi
-
fication resulting level differ
-
ence of the vehicle's front and
rear
Unexpected situations may lead
to
possible accidents. Pay atten
-
tion continuously to road condi
-
tions and driving even when the
smart cruise control system is
being operated.
P
ay particular attention to the
dri
ving conditions whenever using
the Smart Cruise Control system.
B
e careful when driving downhill
using the SCC.
Cruise function should not be
u
sed when the vehicle is being
towed to prevent any damage.
Always se
t
the vehicle speed
under the speed limit in your
country.
Al
ways pay continuous attention
to road and drivin
g conditions
even when the Smart Cruise Con
-
trol system is being operated.
SCC switch
The SCC switch has the following
functions.
CANCEL: Cancels cruise control
operation.
CRUISE: Turns cruise control sys
-
tem on or off.
RES+: Resumes or increases
cruise c
ontrol speed.
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise
co
ntrol speed.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle dis
-
tance
OON058034NR
Driving your vehicle
745
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
Adjusting the sensitivity of the SCC
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
when following the front vehicle to
maintain the set distance can be
adjusted.
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → SCC
r
e
sponse' with the MOVE switch
( / ) and the OK button on
the steering wheel.
3.Select one of the following
options:
F
ast: Vehicle speed to the vehi
-
cle ahead to maintain the set
distance is faster than normal
speed.
Normal
: VehiclFe speed to the
v
ehicle ahead to maintain the
set distance is normal.
S
low: Vehicle speed to the vehi
-
cle ahead to maintain the set
distance is slower than normal
speed.
NOTICE
The last selected speed sensitivity
of the smart cruise control is
remained in the system.
Converting to Cruise Control mode
The driver may choose to only use
the cruise control mode (speed con
-
trol function) by doing as follows:
1.Turn the SCC on (the cruise indi
-
cator light will be on but the sys
-
tem will not be activated).
2.Push and hold the Vehicle-to-
Ve
hicle Distance button for more
than 2 seconds.
3.Choose between "Smart Cruise
C
o
ntrol" and "Cruise Control".
When the system is canceled using
the CRUISE button
or the CRUISE
button is used after the vehicle is
turned on, the SCC mode will turn
on.
OON058090NR
OON058091NR
75
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
WARNING
When using the Cruise Control
mode, you must manually adjust
the distance to other vehicles by
depressing the brake pedal. The
system does not automatically
adjust the distance to vehicles in
front of you
Setting the SCC speed
1.Press the CRUISE button, to turn
the system on. The CRUISE indi
-
cator in the instrument cluster
will illuminate.
2.Accelerate to the desired speed.
The SCC speed can be set as fol
-
lows:
5 mph (10 km/h) ~
110 mph
(170 km/h): when there is no
vehicle in front
0
mph (0 km/h) ~ 100 mph (160
k
m/h): when there is a vehicle in
front
3.Move the lever down (to SET-),
an
d
release it at the desired
speed. The set speed and vehicle
to vehicle distance on the LCD
screen will illuminate.
4.Release the accelerator pedal.
The desir
e
d speed will automati
-
cally be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you,
the spe
ed may decrease to maintain
the distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
NOTICE
Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
OON058029NR
OON058030NR
Driving your vehicle
765
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
CAUTION
When vehicle speed is under 6
mph (10 km/h), the Smart Cruise
Control is canceled. The driver
must adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the accelerator or
brake pedal according to the road
condition ahead and driving condi
-
tion.
The speed i
s set to 20 mph (30
km/h) when there is a preceding
car in the front direction, and
when it is set in the situation
where the car is 0 ~20 mph (0~30
km/h).
Increasing the SCC set speed
Follow either of these procedures:
Move the lever up (to RES+), and
hold it. Y
our vehicle set speed will
increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the lever at the speed
you want.
Mov
e the lever up (to RES+), and
r
elease it immediately. The cruis
-
ing speed will increase by 1.0 mph
(1.0 km/h) each time you move
the lever up (to RES+) in this man
-
ner.
You can set the speed to a maxi
-
mum speed of 110 mph (170 km/h).
However, all speed limit laws must
be followed.
CAUTION
Check the traffic and driving condi
-
tions before using the toggle switch.
Driving speed may sharply increase,
when you push up and hold the tog
-
gle switch.
Decreasing the SCC set speed
Follow either of these procedures:
Move the lever down (to SET-),
an
d hold it. Your vehicle set speed
will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the lever at the speed
you want.
OON058031NR
OON058030NR
77
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will decrease by 1.0
mph (1.0 km/h) each time you
move the lever down (to SET-) in
this manner.
You can set the cruise control speed
above 20 mph (30 km/h).
Accelerating temporarily with the
SCC on
If you want to speed up tempo
-
rarily when the cruise control is
on, depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
T
o return to the set speed, take
your foot off the a
ccelerator.
If you move the lever down (to
SET
-) at increased speed, the
cruising speed will be set again.
NOTICE
Be careful when accelerating tem
-
porarily, because the speed is not
controlled automatically at this time
even if there is a vehicle in front of
you.
SCC will be temporarily canceled
when:
You are able to temporarily cancel
the SCC. In some circumstances, the
SCC will cancel automatically.
Canceled manually
The SCC is temporarily canceled
when the brake pedal is depressed
or the CANCEL button is pressed.
Depress the brake pedal and press
the CANC
E
L button at the same
time, when the vehicle is at a stand
-
still. The speed and vehicle to vehicle
distance indicator on the cluster is
disappeared and the CRUISE indica
-
tor is illuminated continuously.
Canceled automatically
The SCC will automatically cancel in
the following situations. (the set
speed and vehicle to vehicle distance
on the LCD display will go off.)
The driv
er's door is opened.
The shift lever is shifted to N
(Neu
tral), R (Reverse) or P (Park
-
ing).
The Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB
) is applied.
The vehicle speed is over 110 mph
(170 km/h).
OON058036NR
Driving your vehicle
785
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
The ESC, ABS or Traction Control
System (TCS) is operating.
The ESC is turned off.
The sensor or the cover is dirty or
blocked with for
eign matter.
When the vehicle is stopped for
ov
er 5 minutes.
The vehicle stops and goes
r
epeatedly for a long period of
time.
Th
e accelerator pedal is continu
-
ously depressed for more than
one minute.
The engine performance is abnor
-
mal.
Engine rpm is in the red zone.
The driver starts driving by push
-
ing the toggle switch up (RES+)/
down (SET-) or depressing the
accelerator pedal, approximately
after the vehicle is stopped by the
Smart Cruise Control system with
no other vehicle ahead.
The driv
er starts driving by push
-
ing the toggle switch up (RES+)/
down (SET-) or depressing the
accelerator pedal, approximately
after stopping the vehicle with a
vehicle stopped far away in front.
T
he Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA)
is activated.
The engine speed is in dangerous
ra
nge.
When engine is stopped by Idle
Stop & Go
(ISG). Each of these
actions will cancel the Smart
Cruise Control operation. The Set
Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Dis
-
tance on the LCD display will go
off.
In a condition the Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is cancelled automatically, the
Smart Cruise Control will not resume
even though the RES+ or SET- tog
-
gle switch is moved.
NOTICE
If the Smart Cruise Control is can
-
celed during a situation is that is not
described above, take your vehicle
to an authorized Kia dealer and have
the system checked.
NOTICE
If the system is automatically can
-
celed, the warning chime will sound
and a message will appear for a few
seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed
by
d
epressing the accelerator or
brake pedal according to the road
condition and driving conditions.
OON058122NR
79
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
Always check the road conditions.
Do not rely on the warning chime.
Resuming the SCC set speed
If any method other than the
"RES+" or "SET-" lever was used
to cancel cruising speed and the
system is still activated, the
cruising speed will automatically
resume when you push the lever
up (RES+) or down (SET-).
I
f you push the lever up (RES+),
the
speed will resume to the
recently set speed. However, if
vehicle speed drops below 5 mph
(10 km/h), it will resume when
there is a vehicle in front of your
vehicle.
NOTICE
Always check the road conditions
when you push the toggle switch up
(RES+) to resume speed.
Turning the SCC off
When the SCC is not needed, press
the [CRUISE] switch and deactivate
the system.
Pr
ess the CRUISE button (The
C
RUISE indicator light will go off.).
Setting vehicle-to-vehicle distance
You can program the vehicle to
maintain a predetermined distance
to the vehicle ahead without
depressing the accelerator pedal or
brake pedal.
The vehicle to vehicle distance will
automatically
activat
e when the SCC
is on.
OON058031NR
OON058029NR
OON058035NR
Driving your vehicle
805
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
Select the appropriate distance
according to road conditions and
vehicle speed.
Each time the button is pressed,
the v
e
hicle to vehicle distance
changes as follows:
For example, if you drive at 56
mph (90 km/h), the distance
mai
n
tain as follows;
Distance
4
- approximately 172
ft (52.5 m)
Distance 3
- approximately 131
ft (40 m)
Distance 2
- approximately 107
ft (32.5 m)
Distance 1 - approximately 82
ft (25 m)
NOTICE
The distance is set to the last set
distance when the system is used
for the first time after starting the
vehicle.
When the lane ahead is clear:
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed.
When there is a vehicle ahead of
you in your lane:
OON058092NR
OON058087NR
OON058086NR
81
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
Your vehicle speed will slow down or
speed up to maintain the selected
distance. (A vehicle will appear in
front of your vehicle in the LCD dis
-
play only when there is an actual
vehicle in front of you.)
If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your
v
e
hicle will travel at a steady cruis
-
ing speed after accelerating to the
set speed.
WARNING
When using the Smart Cruise Con
-
trol system:
The warning messa
ge appears
and warning chime sounds if the
vehicle is unable.
If
the warning message appears
an
d warning chime sounds,
depress the brake pedal to
actively adjust the vehicle speed,
and the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
Ev
en if the warning message does
not a
ppear and warning chime
does not sound, always pay
attention to the driving conditions
to prevent dangerous situations
from occurring.
OON058085NR
OON058084NR
OON058079NR
Driving your vehicle
825
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed:
less than 20 mph (30 km/h) moves
to the next lane, the warning chime
will sound and a message will
appear. Adjust your vehicle speed
for vehicles or objects that can sud
-
denly appear in front of you by
depressing the brake pedal accord
-
ing to the road and driving condi
-
tions.
In traffic situation
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
In traffic,
your vehicle will stop if
the vehicle ahead of you stops.
Also, if the vehicle ahead of you
starts moving, your vehicle will
start as well. However, if the vehi
-
cle stops for more than 3 sec
-
onds, you must depress the
accelerator pedal or push up the
toggle switch (RES+) or push
down the toggle switch (SET-) to
start driving.
If
you push the Smart Cruise Con
-
trol (SCC) toggle switch (RES+ or
SET-) while Auto Hold and SCC is
operating the Auto Hold will be
released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation and the vehicle
will start to move. The AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from
green to white.
Radar to detect distance to the
vehicle ahead
The sensor detects the distance to
the vehicle ahead.
If the sensor is covered with dirt or
other for
e
ign matter, the vehicle to
vehicle distance control may not
operate correctly.
OON058088NR
OON058121NR
OON058025NR
83
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
Always keep the area in front of the
sensor clean.
Warning message
When the sensor lens cover is cov
-
erd with dirt, snow, or debris, the
SCC operation may stop temporar
-
ily. If this occurs, a warning message
will appear on the LCD display.
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris
and clean the radar sensor lens
cover before operating the SCC.
The SCC may not properly activate,
if the
ra
dar is totally covered, or if
any vehicles are not detected after
turning ON the vehicle (e.g. in an
open terrain).
SCC malfunction message
The message will appear when the
vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
In this case, take your vehicle to an
a
u
thorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
CAUTION
Do not apply foreign objects such
as a bumper sticker or a bumper
guard near the radar sensor.
Doing so may adversely affect the
sensing performance of the radar.
Always keep the radar sensor and
lens cover clean and free of dirt
and debris.
U
se only a soft cloth to was
h the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized
water directly on the sensor or
sensor cover.
Be
careful not to apply unneces
-
sary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is forc
-
ibly moved out of proper align
-
ment, the Smart Cruise Control
OON058123NR
OON058089NR
Driving your vehicle
845
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
system may not operate cor
-
rectly. In this case, a warning
message may not be displayed.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized
Kia dealer.
If the front bumper becomes
dama
ged in the area around the
radar sensor, the Smart Cruise
Control system may not operate
properly. If this occurs, take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
Use
only a genuine Kia sensor
c
over for your vehicle. Do not
paint anything on the sensor
cover.
Limitations of the SCC
The SCC may have limits to its abil
-
ity to detect distance to the vehicle
ahead due to road and traffic condi
-
tions.
Driving on a curve
The Smart Cruise Control system
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and then your vehicle
could accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will decrease
wh
en
the vehicle ahead is recog
-
nized suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
cur
ves and apply the brakes or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a v
ehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and
select the app
ropr
iate set speed.
Check to be sure that the road c
on
-
ditions permit safe operation of the
SCC.
OON058019NR
OON058020NR
85
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
Driving on a slope
During uphill or downhill driving, the
SCC may not immediately detect a
moving vehicle in your lane, and may
cause your vehicle to accelerate to
the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly
dow
n
when the vehicle ahead is rec
-
ognized suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
in
clines and apply the brake or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
Changing lanes
A vehicle which moves into your lane
from an adjacent lane cannot be
recognized by the sensor until it is in
the sensor's detection range.
The radar may not detect im
m
edi
-
ately when a vehicle cuts in sud
-
denly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
If a vehicle which mov
es into your
la
ne is slower than your vehicle,
your speed may decrease to main
-
tain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
If a vehicle which mov
es into your
lane
is faster than your vehicle, your
vehicle will accelerate to the
selected speed.
Recognizing the vehicle
Some vehicles ahead in your lane
cannot be recognized by the sensor
as follows:
Narrow v
ehicles such as motor
cy
-
cles or bicycles
Vehicles offset to one side
OON058026NR
OON058022NR
OON058037NR
Driving your vehicle
865
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
Stopped ve
hicles
Vehicles with small rear profiles
such as trailers with
no loads
A vehicle ahead cannot be recog
-
nized correctly by the sensor if any
of following occurs:
W
hen the vehicle is pointing
up
wards due to overloading in the
luggage compartment
W
hile the steering wheel is oper
-
ating
When driving to one side of the
la
ne
When driving on narrow lanes or
on curv
es
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal
if nec
essary.
Your vehicle may accelerate when a
vehicle ahead of you disappears.
When you are warned that the vehi
-
cle ahead of you is not detected,
drive with caution.
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and
a
stopped vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the system
may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you.
In this case, you must maintain a
saf
e
braking distance, and if neces
-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
Always look out for pedestrians
when
your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
OON058038NR
OON058023NR
OON058039NR
87
5
5
Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
Always be cautious when approach
-
ing vehicles that are taller with
higher clearance, or vehicles carry
-
ing loads that stick out of the back
of the vehicle.
WARNING
When using the Smart Cruise Con
-
trol take the following precautions:
If an emergency stop is neces
-
sary, you must apply the brakes.
The Smart Cruise Control system
may not be able to completely
stop the vehicle or avoid a collision
in every situation.
Keep a safe distance according to
r
oad conditions and vehicle speed.
If the vehicle to vehicle distance is
too close during a high-speed
driving, a serious collision may
result.
Always maintain sufficient brak
-
ing distance and decelerate your
vehicle by applying the brakes if
necessary.
The Smart Cruise Control system
cannot recognize a stopped vehi
-
cle, pedestrians or an oncoming
vehicle.
Always look ahead cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
Vehicles moving in front of you
with a frequent lane change may
cause a delay in the system's
reaction or may cause the system
to react to a vehicle actually in an
adjacent lane.
Always drive cautiously to prevent
unex
pected and sudden situations
from occurring.
Always be aware of the selected
sp
eed and vehicle to vehicle dis
-
tance. The driver should not solely
rely on the system but always
pay attention to driving condi
-
tions and control your vehicle
speed.
The Smart Cruise Control system
may not recognize complex driv
-
ing situations so always pay
attention to driving conditions
and control your vehicle speed.
For safe operation, carefully read
a
nd follow the instructions in this
manual before use.
Do not use Smart Cruise Control
system on steep inclines or when
towing another vehicle or trailer
since such extreme loading can
interfere with your vehicle's abil
-
ity to maintain the selected
speed.
Do not use Smart Cruise Control
when the vehicle is towed.
OON058040NR
Driving your vehicle
885
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go
system
NOTICE
The Smart Cruise Control system
may not operate temporarily due
to:
Electrical interference.
A modified suspension.
Differences of tire abrasion or tire
pr
essure.
Installing different type of tires.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
in
terference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
ex
pr
essly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper
-
ate the device.
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum dis
-
tance of 8 in (20 cm) between the
radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-
lo
cate
d or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or trans
-
mitter.
89
5
5
Driving your vehicleLeading vehicle departure alert system
Leading vehicle departure alert
system (if equipped)
The leading vehicle departure alert
system alerts the driver of the
departure of the vehicle in front
when the vehicle is stopped and the
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) is in acti
-
vation.
Setting the leading vehicle depar
-
ture alert
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → Driv
-
ing assist → Leading vehicle
departure alert' with the MOVE
switch ( / ) and the OK but
-
ton on the steering wheel.
With the engine ON, Leading Vehicle
De
parture Alert system turns on
and gets ready to be activated.
The system stops operation when
the
s
etting is deactivated. However,
if the engine is turned off then on
again, the system maintains the
previous state.
Operating conditions
While the SCC is in operation, your
vehicle stops behind the vehicle in
front when it stops. The message is
displayed on the cluster within 3
seconds after the stop and the sys
-
tem will be in the standby position.
Leading vehicle departure alert
activation
If the driver does not take action for
a certain period of time after the
vehicle in front departs, the mes
-
sage is displayed on the cluster.
OON058121NR
OON058124NR
Driving your vehicle
905
Lane Following Assist (LFA) system
The vehicle departs automatically if
the accelerator pedal is depressed
or [RES +] or [SET -] switch is acti
-
vated when there is a vehicle in
front.
The SCC is deactivated if the accel
-
erator pedal is depressed or [RES +]
or [SET -] switch is activated when
there is no vehicle in front.
WARNING
Always check the front of the vehi
-
cle and road conditions before
departure.
Lane Following Assist (LFA) sys
-
tem
The Lane Following Assist (LFA) sys
-
tem is designed to ensure the vehi
-
cle stays in its lane by monitoring
the detected lane ahead of the car
and providing steering inputs. (The
front camera is mounted on the top
of the windshield.)
WARNING
It is the driver's responsibility to
operate the steering wheel for
safe driving.
Do not turn the steering wheel
hastily if LFA is activated.
The LFA system is designed to
pr
ovide steering inputs so that
the vehicle can stay in the center
of the detected lane. The LFA
system does not automatically
control the steering wheel of at all
times, which means the driver
must have hands on the wheel at
all times while driving.
OON058018NR
91
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Following Assist (LFA) system
When using the LFA system,
always be aware of your sur
-
roundings and road conditions
that may interrupt or stop the
LFA system.
CAUTION
Do not attach glass tinting, stick
-
ers, accessories to the windshield
near the front camera near the
indoor mirror is placed.
Inspe
ction or modifi
cation may be
required when replacing parts
related to the windshield or front
camera. Have the system be
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Depending on your surroundings
a
n
d road conditions, the LFA sys
-
tem could fail to recognize the
lane and stop working. As such,
extra caution is required while
driving with the LFA system on.
Be
sure to check the non-operat
-
ing conditions and cautions for
the driver before using the LFA
system.
D
o not place reflective materials
such as white paper or mirror
on
the dashboard. Sunlight reflec
-
tions can cause the LFA system to
not function properly.
Loud audio volumes can prevent
the
occupants from hearing the
alarm sounds from the LFA sys
-
tem.
Keeping your hands off the wheel
wh
ile driving will trigger the
hands-off warning and deactivate
the steering-assist system.
When driving a
t a
high speed, the
steering assist force can become
weak and the vehicle can drive out
of its lane. Extra caution is
required, and comply with the
speed limit.
Attaching an object to the steer
-
ing wheel could deter steering
assistance.
Attaching an object to the steer
-
ing wheel could deter the hands-
off alarming system.
Activating/deactivating the LFA
To activate/deactivate the LFA, with
the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, take the following
steps:
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → Driv
-
ing assist → LFA (Lane Following
Assist)' with the MOVE switch (
/ ) and the OK button on the
steering wheel.
The set-up of the LFA system will
be
ma
intained, as selected, when
the vehicle is restarted.
Driving your vehicle
925
Lane Following Assist (LFA) system
Operating conditions
The system is activated when the
Lane Following Assist is selected
from the User settings menu when
the following conditions are satis
-
fied:
When SCC is in operation (Vehicle
de
celeration and acceleration
control)
Refer to "Smart Cruise Control
(SCC) with Stop & Go system" on
page 5-72.
V
ehicle speed is lower than 95
mph (153 km/h).
Once
the LFA starts working, the
indic
ator light () comes on the
instrument panel.
The indicator light colors according
to the L
F
A status are as follows.
Green: steering assist mode on
White: steering assist mode off
Steering assist
If the vehicle is inside the lane with
both lanes detected by the LFA, and
there is no steep steering made by
the driver, the LFA changes into
steering assist mode.
The indicator light will come on
gr
ee
n, and the LFA helps the vehicle
stay in line by providing steering
inputs.
When steering inputs ar
e
not being
provided, the indicator light will
flash green and changes to white.
Once the LFA recognizes the lanes,
the c
olor of the lane on the screen
will change from gray to white.
WARNING
The LFA system is designed to help
the vehicle stay in its detected lane.
It is a supplemental system only and
is not a substitute for safe driving.
Never completely rely on your LFA
system.
Warning message
If you keep your hands off the
wheel while driving with the LFA is in
steering assist mode, the hands-off
warning will be triggered.
OON058093NR
93
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Following Assist (LFA) system
If the driver keeps hands off the
wheel even with the hands-off
warning on, the steering assist is
temporarily deactivated automati
-
cally.
If you activate the Smart Cruise
Co
ntrol system with the LFA
released, the steering assist will re-
start.
CAUTION
Hands-off warnings may be
delayed depending on road condi
-
tions. Always keep your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
Hold the steering wheel tight.
Otherwise,
the LFA system could
misjudge that the driver's hands
are off the wheel, and a hands-
off warning may occur.
LFA malfunction
This warning message means there
is a problem with the LFA.
In this case, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
It is the driver's responsibility to
operate the steering wheel while
driving.
With the LFA system on, the
driver can still steer the vehicle by
operating the wheel on his own.
W
e recommend that the driver
tu
rn off the LFA system and
operate the steering wheel by
himself in the following situations:
-bad weather
-bad road conditions
-when frequent operation of the
stee
ri
ng wheel is required
-When towing other vehicle or
trailers
T
he steering wheel can feel heavy
or light if the
LFA system is
assisting the steering.
OON058131NR
OON058125NR
Driving your vehicle
945
Lane Following Assist (LFA) system
Limitations of the LFA
The LFA has the following limita
-
tions, so always pay attention to
your driving and do not rely solely
on the LFA.
If the driv
e
r turns on the turn sig
-
nal light or the emergency warn
-
ing light to change the lane
-Operate the turn signal light
sw
itch before changing the lane
-If you change the lane without
operati
ng the turn signal lights,
steering reaction force of the
wheel may occur.
Onc
e the LFA is turned on or the
lane
is changed, the vehicle should
be in the center of the road to
switch to the steering assist
mode. If the driver keeps driving
along the lane, the LFA will not
assist the steering.
Electronic Stability C
ontrol (E
SC)
or Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) is activated.
Whe
n driving on a curved road at
a
high speed, steering assist
mode may not work.
When sudden steeri
ng is made
,
the LFA could be temporarily
deactivated.
If you
change the lane in a hurry,
t
he LFA does not assist the steer
-
ing.
If the vehicle suddenly stops, the
LF
A does not assist the steering.
If the lane is too narrow or too
wide, steering is not as
sisted.
If either of the lanes is not recog
-
nized, the steering is not assisted
If the radius is too small for the
cu
rve
Caution for the driver
If lane recognition is difficult or lim
-
ited for the LFA as shown below, the
driver may need to be more careful
because the system may not oper
-
ate or may cause unnecessary
operation.
Roads or lane markings in bad con
-
dition
When the lane is tainted or invisi
-
ble.
When the driver cannot see the
la
ne due to rain, snow, dust, sand,
oil, puddles, etc.
Wh
en roads are set or the colors
of the
lane and road are not dis
-
tinctive.
If there is a sign other than the
la
ne near the lane or a mark simi
-
lar to the lane.
When the lane is not clear or
damaged.
If the road is covered in the shad
-
ows of objects around the road,
such as medians, guard rails,
noise walls, and trees.
If
the number of lanes increases
or
decreases, or if the lanes inter
-
sect with each other more
intensely. (tollgate entry section,
road section / joining section, etc.)
95
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Following Assist (LFA) system
When there are two or more lane
markings such as a construction
section, a designated lane, etc.
When the lane is crowded such as
the construction section or the
lane is replaced by some struc
-
tures.
If there is a road marking such as
a zigzag lane, crosswalk mark, or
road surface milestone.
When a lane suddenly becomes
invisible or disappears from an
intersection.
The external environment affects
the LFA
If the outside brightness of the
vehicle suddenly changes, such as
when entering or exiting the tun
-
nel or passing under the bridge.
If the vehicle's headlights are not
used at night or in the tunnel, or
the brightness of the headlights is
too weak.
If there are boundary structures
such as tollgate booths and side
-
walk blocks.
If it is difficult to distinguish lanes
due to the reflection on the wet
road made by sunlight, street
-
light, and oncoming traffic.
When the backlight is strongly
reflected in the direction of the
vehicle.
When Driving to the left or right
lane by bus lane or on the bus
lane.
If there is not enough distance
between the front car or if the
lane is covered by the car ahead
of me.
When the lane change is large,
such as a steep curve or a contin
-
uous curve.
When passing through speed
bump or there is sudden move
-
ment in any direction.
If the vehicle is severely shaken.
When the temperature around
the rearview mirror is very high
due to direct sunlight.
When the front camera has poor
visibility
If the windshield of the vehicle
and the camera lens are covered
with dust, fingerprints, or tinting.
If the camera has poor visibility
due to bad weather such as fog,
heavy rain, heavy snow.
If moisture is not completely
removed from the windscreen.
When placing objects on the dash
-
board, etc.
Driving your vehicle
965
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
system (if equipped)
The Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
system is designed to control the
vehicle distance and speed of the
vehicle when driving on a highway.
The system assists drivers by
receiving information about speed
limit of the highway that the vehicle
is on and automatically changing the
set speed of Smart Cruise Control
(SCC) when it is needed.
Setting and activating the HDA
1.With the engine on, press the
MODE button () several times
on the steering wheel until 'User
Se
ttin
gs' menu appears on the
LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → Driv
-
ing Assist → Highway Driving
Assist' with the MOVE switch (
/ and the OK button on the
steering wheel. The HDA will be
r
e
ady to be used.
If you want to turn off the function,
deactivate it on 'User Settings'.
The set-up of the HDA will be main
-
tained, as selected, when the engine
is re-started.
Operating conditions
If you activate the HDA in the
instrument cluster and the following
conditions are met, the HDA system
will be ready to operate, and the
indicator light will come
on green in the cluster.
Wh
en driving on a highway (the
HD
A does not work while driving
on highway branch lines)
Wh
en Smart Cruise Control is in
ope
ration (Vehicle deceleration
and acceleration control)
-Refer to "Smart Cruise Control
(SCC) with Stop & Go system"
on page 5-72.
-If the SCC is in standby mode
(the S
CC
is on but speed is not
set), the HDA system will be in
the same mode. The white indi
-
cator light will be
turned on.
When the vehicle speed is below
95 mph (15
3 km/h)
HDA operation
The speed is automatically set in
accordance with the steering con
-
trol and the highway speed limit
when all the operating conditions
are met.
97
5
5
Driving your vehicleHighway Driving Assist (HDA) system
Steering control
If both lanes are recognized properly
(lane color: white), the steering
wheel indicator () lights up in
green and then the steering control
is initiated. When the system cannot
provide temporary steering inputs,
the indicator flashes green and then
changes to white. Even when the
HDA system cannot provide tempo
-
rary steering inputs, it still controls
the distance from other vehicles.
(For information on non-operating
conditions of steering wheel control,
please refer to "Limitations of the
LFA" on page 5-94.)
Warning related to steering wheel
The hands-off warning appears
when the system detects that the
driver's hands are not on the steer
-
ing wheel while the HDA is in work.
(First warning: warning message,
Seco
nd warning: warning message
with warning sound)
CAUTION
The hands-off warning may be
delayed depending on road condi
-
tions. Always keep your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
If you hold the steering wheel
li
ghtly, it may be perceived that
the steering wheel is not held at
all and trigger the hands-off
warning.
OON058138NR
OON058137NR
OON058093NR
Driving your vehicle
985
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system
When the hands-off warning lasts
for a certain period of time
If you keep your hands off the
steering wheel even with the
hands-off warning on, the steering
assist and Smart Cruise Control will
be temporarily released automati
-
cally.
If you activate the Smart Cruise
Control system
with the HDA
released, the steering assist will re-
start.
Automatic speed setting
If the HDA operating conditions are
all met and setting speed matches
with the legal highway speed limit,
the HDA will enter the automatic
speed setting mode. (The set speed
and the "AUTO" symbol will be dis
-
played in green with an indicative
sound)
In the automatic speed setting
mode,
the se
t speed is automati
-
cally adjusted to the changing speed
limits of highway sections.
If the driver directly changes the
speed, it enters the manual speed
setting mode and the set speed is
displayed in white and the "AUTO"
symbol will disappear.
HDA malfunction
OON058141NR
OON058138NR
OON058139NR
OON058140NR
99
5
5
Driving your vehicleHighway Driving Assist (HDA) system
This message shows that there is a
problem with the HDA, so have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
CAUTION
In all situations, the driver's
behavior/judgment has the prior
-
ity.
The HDA operates only when the
driv
er has set it through the user
settings in the instrument cluster.
The automatic speed
setting
ope
rates only in accordance with
the speed limits of the highway
you driving and it does not
respond to speed camera's allow
-
ing speed limit.
The navigation guidance and the
start/end tim
e of the HDA may
different.
I
n the automatic speed setting
mode
, the navigation will send an
warning when the highway speed
limit is higher than the allowing
speed limit of the speed camera.
Th
e HDA works on highways and
does not wo
rk on urban express
-
ways, national highways or gen
-
eral roads.
The HDA is deactivated on the
use
r settings in the instrument
cluster when it is not in operable
condition.
Wh
en the vehicle is at resting
pl
aces or interchanges or junc
-
tions, away from the main line of
the highway, the HDA is automat
-
ically turned off so it requires
caution to the driver.
When the type of road changes as
the
vehicle enters an urban high
-
way, a national road, or a general
road from a highway, the HDA is
automatically turned off, so it
requires caution to the driver.
When you ar
e
0.3 mile (500 m)
before/after an open-type toll
gate while driving on the highway,
the HDA is automatically turned
off so it requires caution to the
driver. It automatically switches
to Smart Cruise Control and a
pop-up window will appear to
inform you of the change.
When the a
utomatic speed set
-
ting is in operation, the set speed
may automatically change on the
highway in accordance with
changes in speed limit, leading to
automatic acceleration/decelera
-
tion of the vehicle.
WARNING
Regardless of whether the HDA is
on or off, you must keep eyes on
the road while driving and must
obey all traffic laws.
The HDA depends entirely on road
information provided by the navi
-
gation system, and the car manu
-
facturer is not responsible for the
driver's violation of road traffic
laws or accidents.
Driving your vehicle
1005
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system
If the navigation system does not
operate properly, the HDA will not
work.
WARNING
The HDA may malfunction or not
work in the following cases.
-The map on the navigation
doesn't match with actual road
conditions as the information
has not been updated to the
recent version.
-The real-time GPS data or data
on
the
map is different from
actual road conditions because
of errors.
-The navigation system fails to
r
e
ceive the map information as
the system is overloaded with
many functions, such as route
search, video player, voice com
-
mands, hands-free function, at
the same time.
-The route is being re-searched
whil
e driving.
-GPS signals are not received in
place
s like a tunnel.
-The driver does not travel on
the
searched route or the route
is being re-searched or the pre
-
vious route is being deleted
after the driver set a new des
-
tination.
-The vehicle enters a resting
area
while the driving route is
different from the guided route
and the route is not automati
-
cally re-searched.
-The speed limits have been
change
d in some highway sec
-
tions.
-MirrorLink technology such as
Android Auto
or Car Play is acti
-
vated.
-When a road is located right
above /below/ next to the high
-
way
* Refer to "Smart Cruise Control
(SCC) with Stop & Go system" on
page 5-72 for cautions and warn
-
ings about inter-vehicle distance
control and front radar.
* Refer to "Lane Following Assist
(LFA) system" on page 5-90 for
cautions and warnings about
s
t
eering control and front camera.
101
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys
-
tem
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) is
designed to detect the lane markers
on the road with a front view cam
-
era at the front windshield, and
assists the driver's steering to help
keep the vehicle in the lanes.
When the LKA system detects the
ve
hicle straying from its lane, it
alerts the driver with a visual and
audible warning, while applying a
slight countersteering torque, trying
to prevent the vehicle from moving
out of its lane.
WARNING
Driver is responsible for being
aware of surroundings and steer
-
ing the vehicle for safe driving
practices.
Do not turn the steering wheel
suddenly
when the steering wheel
is being assisted by the system.
LKA helps prevent the driver from
moving out of the lane uninten
-
tionally by assisting the drivers
steering. However, the system is
just a convenience function and
the steering wheel is not always
controlled. While driving, the
driver should pay attention to the
steering wheel.
The oper
ati
on of the LKA can be
cancelled or not work properly
according to road condition and
surroundings. Always be cautious
when driving.
NOTICE
Do not disassemble a front view
camera temporarily for tinted
window or attaching any types of
coatings and accessories. If you
disassemble the camera and
assemble it again, take your vehi
-
cle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked to
need a calibration.
W
hen you replace the windshield
gl
ass, front view camera or
related parts of the steering, take
your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system
checked to need a calibration.
OON058018NR
Driving your vehicle
1025
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
The system detects lane markers.
And controls the steering wheel
by a front view camera, there
-
fore, if the lane markers are hard
to detect, the system may not
work properly. Always be cautious
when using the system.
W
hen the lane markers are hard
to
detect, please refer to "Driver's
Attention" on page 5-107.
Do
not remove or damage parts
of the L
KA system.
Do not place objects on the dash
-
board that reflects light such as
mirrors, white paper, etc. it may
cause malfunction of LKA if the
sunlight is reflected.
Y
ou may not hear warning sound
of LKA because of the
excessive
audio sound.
W
hile other beeps
such as the
seat belt warning sound are in
operation and override the LKA
alarming system, LKA beeps may
not occur.
If the
vehicle speed is high, steer
-
ing torque for assistance may not
be enough to keep your vehicle
within the lane. If so, the vehicle
may move out of its lane. Obey
speed limit when using LKA.
I
f you attach objects to the steer
-
ing wheel, the system may not
assist steering.
If you attach objects to the steer
-
ing wheel, hands off alarm may
not work properly.
Activating/deactivating the LKA
To activate/deactivate the LKA, with
the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, take the following
steps:
Pr
ess the LKA button located on
the
instrument panel on the lower
left hand side of the driver.
The indicator in the cluster
display will initially illuminate
whit
e.
If the indicator (white) was acti
-
vated in the previous vehicle ON,
the system turns on automati
-
cally.
If you press the LKA button again,
the indicator on the cluster
display will go off.
The color of indicator will change
depe
nd on the condition of the LKA.
White:
Sensor does not detect the
lane
marker or vehicle speed is
less than 40 mph (64 km/h).
Gr
een: Sensor detects the lane
marker
and system is able to con
-
trol the steering.
OON058041NR
103
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
If the function is turned off in
User settings, the system will not
operate. If you select Lane Keep
-
ing Assist / Lane Departure Warn
-
ing in User settings, the selected
function will be activated.
LKA activation
To see the LKA screen on the LCD
display in the cluster, Tab to the
ASSIST mode ().
For further details, refer to "LCD
Display Modes" on page 4-69.
After the LKA is activated, if a lane
ma
rk
er is detected, vehicle speed is
over 40 mph (64 km/h) and all the
activation conditions are satisfied, a
green indicator will illuminate and
the steering wheel will be controlled.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist system is a
system designed to help prevent the
driver from leaving the lane. How
-
ever, the driver should not solely
rely on the system but always check
the road conditions when driving.
If the speed of the vehicle is over 40
mph (64 km/h) and the LKA detects
lane markers, the color changes
from gray to white.
OON058097NR
OON058094NR
OON058097NR
Driving your vehicle
1045
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane
marker you cross will blink on the
LCD display and the warning sound
is provided.
* Haptic specification
If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane
marke
r
you cross will blink on the
LCD display with steering wheel
vibration warning.
When the conditions below are met,
the
LKA will be enabled to assist
steering.
V
ehicle speed is above 40 mph (64
km/h)
.
Both lane markers are detected
by LKA.
The vehicle is between the lane
markers.
I
f the LKA can assist steering, a indi
-
cator will illuminate.
OON058096NR
OON058095NR
OON058097NR
105
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
Warning message
If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane
marker you cross will blink on the
LCD display.
If the vehicle moves out its lane
be
ca
use steering torque for assis
-
tance is not enough, the line indica
-
tor of deviation direction will blink
and the warning sound is provided.
* Haptic specification
If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane
ma
rker you cross will blink on the
LCD display with steering wheel
vibration warning.
Keep hands on steering wheel
(When LKA is activated)
If the driver takes hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds
while the LKA is activated, the sys
-
tem will warn the driver.
WARNING
The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
If you hold the steering wheel
lightly, the system may generate
hands off warning.
OON058096NR
OON058095NR
OON058093NR
Driving your vehicle
1065
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
Warning light and message
Check LKA system
LKA system failure indicator
The LKA system failure indicator
(yellow) will illuminate with an audi
-
ble warning if the LKA is not working
properly. In this case, have the sys
-
tem checked by authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
The driver is responsible for accu
-
rate steering.
Even though the steering is
assi
sted by the system, the driver
may control the steering wheel.
T
urn off the system and drive the
v
ehicle in below situations.
-In bad weather
-In bad road condition
-When the steering wheel needs
to be
controlled by the driver
frequently.
-When towing a vehicle or trailer.
The steering wheel may feel
he
avier when the steering wheel
is assisted by the system than
when it is not.
LKA will be canceled when:
You change lanes with the turn
signal.
-Using the turn signal to change
lane
s.
-If you change lanes without the
turn
signal on, the steering
wheel might be controlled.
The
LKA can transition to steering
a
ssist mode when the car is near
to middle of the lane after the
LKA on or the lane was changed.
The LKA cannot assist steering if
the vehicle follows lane marker
too close continuously before
transition to steering assist
mode.
Th
e control of the Electronic Sta
-
bility Control (ESC) or the Vehicle
Stability Management (VSM) is
activated.
Th
e steering will not be assisted
when you driv
e fast on a sharp
curve.
Th
e steering will not be assisted
whe
n vehicle speed is below 40
mph (64 km/h). Always obey all
traffic laws and drive safely.
Th
e steering will not be assisted
w
hen you change lanes quickly.
OON058099NR
107
5
5
Driving your vehicleLane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
The steering will not be assisted
when you brake suddenly.
The steering will not be assisted
when the lane is very wide or nar
-
row.
There are more than two lane
markers s
uch as a construction
area.
Ra
dius of a curve is too small.
When you turn the steering wheel
suddenly, the L
KA will be disabled
temporarily.
D
riving on a steep slope or hill.
Driver's Attention
The driver must be cautious in the
following situations because the
LKA is limited when recognition of
the lane marker is poor or limited:
Wh
en lane and road condition is
poor
-
It is difficult to distinguish the
lane
marker from road when
the lane marker is covered with
dust or sand.
-It is difficult to distinguish the
c
o
lor of the lane marker from
road.
-There is something that looks
l
ik
e a lane marker.
-The lane marker is indistinct or
damag
ed.
-The number of lanes increases/
decr
eases or the lane lines are
crossing (Driving through a toll
plaza / toll gate, merged/
divided lane).
-There are more than two lane
markers.
-The lane marker is very thick or
thin
.
-
The lane marker is not visible
due to snow, rain,
stain, a pud
-
dle or other factors.
-A shadow is on the lane marker
beca
use of a median strip,
guardrail, noise barriers or
other objects.
-When the lane markers are
c
omplicated or a structur
e sub
-
stitutes for the lines such as a
construction area.
-There are crosswalk signs or
other symbols on the
road.
-The lane suddenly disappears
such as
at the intersection.
-The lane marker in a tunnel is
cov
ered with dirt or oil and etc.
-The lane is very wide or narrow.
Wh
en external conditions inter
-
vene
-The brightness of outside
changes suddenly w
hen enter
-
ing/exiting a tunnel or passing
under a bridge.
-The headlamps are not on at
ni
ght or in a tunnel, or light level
is low.
-There is a boundary structure
in
th
e roadway.
-The light reflects from the
water on the road.
-When light shines brightly from
behi
nd the v
ehicle.
Driving your vehicle
1085
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
-Road surface is not evenness.
-The distance from the vehicle
ahea
d is very short or the vehi
-
cle ahead covers up the lane
line.
-You drive on a steep grade or a
shar
p curve.
-The vehicle vibrates heavily.
-The temperature near the
r
e
arview mirror is very high due
to direct sun light and etc.
W
hen front visibility is poor
-
The lens or windshi
eld is cov
-
ered by foreign materials.
-The sensor cannot detect the
lane
because of fog, heavy rain
or snow.
-The windshield is fogged by
humi
d
air in the vehicle.
-Putting something on the crash
pad an
d etc.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist system is a
system designed to help prevent the
driver from leaving the lane. How
-
ever, the driver should not solely
rely on the system but always take
the necessary actions for safe driv
-
ing practices.
LKA function change
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → Lane
S
a
fety' with the MOVE switch (
/ ) and the OK button on the
steering wheel.
3.Select one of the following
options:
La
ne Keeping Assist: The Lane
Keep
ing Assist mode guides the
driver to keep the vehicle within
the lanes. It rarely provide
steering inputs when the vehi
-
cle drives well inside the lanes.
However, it starts to provide
steering inputs when the vehi
-
cle is about to deviate from the
lanes.
L
ane Departure Warning: LDW
alerts the
driver with a visual
and acoustic warning when the
system detects the vehicle
leaving the lane. In this mode,
the system will not provide
steering inputs. When the vehi
-
cle's front wheel contacts the
inside edge of lane line, LKA
issues the Lane Departure
Warning.
O
FF: Lane Keeping Assist/Lane
D
eparture Warning function is
OFF.
109
5
5
Driving your vehicleDriver Attention Warning (DAW) system
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system displays the condition of the
driver's fatigue level and inattentive.
Setting and activating the DAW
To turn ON the DAW.
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → DAW
(D
ri
ver Attention Warning)' with
the MOVE switch ( / ) and
the OK button on th
e
steering
wheel.
Displaying the driver's attention
level
The driver can monitor his/her driv
-
ing conditions on the LCD display.
The DAW screen will appear when
you select the
ASSIST mode tab
() on the LCD display if the
system is activated. (For more
de
tai
ls, refer to "LCD display" on
page 4-68.)
The driver's attention level is dis
-
played on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the number is, the more inat
-
tentive the driver is.
The level decreases when the driver
does not
take a break for a certain
period of time.
The level increases when the driver
a
tten
tively drives for a certain
period of time.
When the driver turns on the DAW
whi
l
e driving, it displays 'Last Break
time' and level reflected that.
OON058101NR
OON058100NR
Driving your vehicle
1105
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system
Taking a break
The "Consider taking a break" mes
-
sage appears on the LCD display and
a warning sounds to suggest that
the driver take a break when the
driver's attention level is below 1.
The DAW will not suggest a break
whe
n
the total driving time is
shorter than 10 minutes.
CAUTION
While other beeps such as the seat
belt warning sound are in operation
and override the DAW alarming sys
-
tem, DAW beeps may not occur.
Resetting the DAW
The last break time is set to 00:00
and the driver's attention level is set
to 5 (very attentive) when the driver
resets the DAW.
The DAW resets in the following sit
-
uations.
The engine is turned OFF.
The driver unfastens the seat belt
a
nd then opens the driver's door.
Stop lasting more than 10 min
-
utes.
The DAW system operates again,
wh
en the driver restarts driving.
DAW standby
The DAW enters the ready status
and displays the 'Standby' screen in
the following situations.
T
he camera sensor is unable to
de
tect the lanes.
Driving speed remains ov
er 110
mph (180 km/h).
OON058102NR
OON058103NR
111
5
5
Driving your vehicleDriver Attention Warning (DAW) system
DAW malfunction
When the "Check Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system" warning
message appears, the DAW is not
working properly.
In this case, take your vehicle to an
authori
zed Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
WARNING
The Driver Attention Warning
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. Pay attention to
the road conditions at all times.
It may suggest a break according
to the driver's driving pattern or
habits even if the driver doesn't
feel fatigued.
The driver, who feels fatigued,
shoul
d take a break, even though
there is no break suggestion by
the Driver Attention Warning sys
-
tem.
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning
system utilizes the camera sen
-
sor on the front windshield for its
operation.
To keep the camera sensor in the
best c
ondition, you should
observe the followings:
-Do not disassemble camera
tem
p
orarily for tinted window
or attaching any types of coat
-
ings and accessories. If you dis
-
assemble a camera and
assemble it again, take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system
checked to need a calibration.
-Do not place any reflective
objects (i.e., white paper
,
mir
-
ror) over the dashboard. Any
light reflection may prevent the
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system from functioning prop
-
erly.
-Pay extreme caution to keep
the camera sensor out of
water.
-
Do not disassemble the camera
ass
e
mbly, or apply any impact
on the camera assembly.
-Playing the vehicle audio sys
-
tem at high volume may offset
the Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system warning sounds.
OON058104NR
Driving your vehicle
1125
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
CAUTION
The Driver Attention Warning sys
-
tem may not provide alerts in the
following situations:
Not properly recognize lane. (For
more information, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) system" on
page 5-101.)
Rough or inte
n
tionally evasive
driving (road construction, nearby
vehicles, falling object, bump in
the road, etc.).
Whe
n the driving performance of
the v
ehicle deteriorates (Large
tire pressure deviation, uneven
wear, poor wheel alignment, etc.).
Se
vere winding road.
Uneven road surface condition.
Windy road.
The vehicle drives through a
wi
ndy area.
The vehicle is controlled by the
f
ollowing driver assistance sys
-
tems:
-Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys
-
tem
-Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assi
st (FCA) system.
-Smart Cruise Control (SCC) sys
-
tem
-Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assi
st (BCA) system
-Lane Following Assist (LFA) sys
-
tem
-Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
system
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist (BCA) detects approach
-
ing vehicles in the blind-spot and
warns the driver.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
The BCW uses radar sensors in the
rear bumper to monitor and warn
the driver of an approaching vehicle
in the driver's blind spot area.
The system monitors the rear area
of the v
ehic
le and provides informa
-
tion to the driver with an audible
alert and a indicator on the outside
rearview mirrors.
1) Blind-spot area
The blind spot detection range var
-
ies relative to vehicle speed.
OON058042NR
113
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
Note that if your vehicle is traveling
much faster than the vehicles
around you, the warning will not
occur.
2) Closing at high speed
The Lane Change Assist feature will
alert you when a vehicle is
approaching in an adjacent lane at a
high rate of speed. If the driver acti
-
vates the turn signal when the sys
-
tem detects an oncoming vehicle,
the system sounds an audible alert.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA)
The BCA detects the front lane
through the camera installed on the
upper front windshield and detects
the side/rear areas through radar
sensors.
The BCA may activate the Electronic
Stabi
l
ity Control (ESC) in accordance
with a colliding possibility with an
approaching vehicle while changing
lanes.
WARNING
Always be aware of road condi
-
tions while driving and be alert for
unexpected situations even
though the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System and Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
are operating.
OON058043NR
OON058153NR
Driving your vehicle
1145
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system and Blind-Spot Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys
-
tem are supplemental systems to
assist you. Do not entirely rely on
the systems. Always pay atten
-
tion, while driving, for your
safety.
The Blind-Spot Collision W
arning
(BCW) system and Blind-Spot Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys
-
tem are not substitutes for
proper and safe driving. Always
drive safely and use caution when
changing lanes or backing up the
vehicle. The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system and Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
(BCA) system may not detect
every object alongside the vehicle.
Activating/deactivating the BCA
and BCW
1.Place the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position.
2.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
3.Select 'Driver Assistance → Blind-
spot
s
afety' with the MOVE
switch ( / ) and the OK but
-
ton on the steering wheel.
4.Select one of the following
options:
Activ
e assist: The BCA and BCW
turn on and get r
eady to be
activated. Then, if a vehicle
approaches the driver's blind
spot area a warning sounds or
braking power is applied.
W
arning only: The BCW turns
on
and gets ready to be acti
-
vated. Then, if a vehicle
approaches the driver's blind
spot area only a warning
sounds.
Off: T
he BCW/BCA is deacti
-
vated and the indicator on the
BCW/BCA button is extin
-
guished.
If you press BCW/BCA button
whil
e 'Active assist' or 'Warning
only' is selected the indicator on
the button extinguishes and the
BCW/BCA deactivates.
OON058044NR
115
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
If you press the BCW/BCA button
while the system is cancelled the
indicator on the button illumi
-
nates and the BCW/BCA activates.
In this case, the BCW/BCA returns
to the state before the engine
turned off. When the BCW/BCA is
initially turned on and when the
engine is turned off then on again
while the BCW/BCA is in activa
-
tion, the warning light will illumi
-
nate for 3 seconds on the outside
rearview mirror.
If the engine is turned off then on
a
gain, the BCW/BCA maintains the
previous state.
Setting initial warning activation
time
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → Warn
-
ing timing' with the MOVE switch
( / ) and the OK button on
the steering wheel.
3.Select one of the following
options:
Norma
l: The initial BCW is acti
-
vated normally. If this setting
feels too sensitive change the
option to 'later'.
Later: Select this warning acti
-
vation time when the traffic is
light and you are driving in a low
speed. However, if you change
the warning activation time, the
warning activation time of vehi
-
cle's other system may also
change. Check the warning acti
-
vation time before changing it.
BCW alert
When the BCW detects a vehicle in
the blind-spot, the BCW warns the
driver with a first or second stage
alert, depending on the situation.
First stage alert
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the BCW, a warning
light will illuminate on the outside
rearview mirror and the Head-Up
Display (if equipped).
Once the detected vehicle is no lon
-
ger within the blind spot area, the
warning will turn off according to
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
OON058045NR
Driving your vehicle
1165
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
Second stage alert
[A]: Warning sound
A warning chime to alert the driver
will
activate when:
A
vehicle has been detected in the
blind sp
ot area by the radar sys
-
tem AND.
The turn signal is applied (same
sid
e as where the vehicle is being
detected).
When this alert is activated, the
wa
rning
light on the outside rear
-
view mirror and the Head-Up Dis
-
play (if equipped) will also blink. And
a warning chime will sound.
If you turn off the turn signal indi
-
cator, the second stage alert will be
deactivated.
Once the detected vehicle is no lon
-
ger within the blind spot area, the
warning will turn off according to
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
WARNING
The warning light on the outside
rearview mirror will illuminate
whenever a vehicle is detected at
the rear side by the system.
To avoid accidents, do not focus
only on the warning light and
neglect to see the surrounding of
the vehicle.
Dr
ive safely even though the
v
ehicle is equipped with a Blind-
Spot Collision Warning (BCW) sys
-
tem. Do not solely rely on the
system but check your surround
-
ing before changing lanes or back
-
ing the vehicle up.
The system may not alert the
driv
er in some conditions so
always check your surroundings
while driving.
Th
e driver should always use
extr
eme caution while operating
the vehicle, whether or not the
warning light on the outside rear
-
view mirror illuminates or there is
a warning alarm.
OON058046NR
OON058047NR
117
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
CAUTION
Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume may offset the
Blind-Spot Collision Warning sys
-
tem warning sounds.
The warning of the Blind-Spot
C
ollision Warning system may not
sound while other system's warn
-
ing sounds.
BCA operation
The BCA may apply braking power,
when an approaching vehicle is
detected within a certain distance
next to/behind your vehicle.
The BCA gently applies braking
power
on
the tire that is located in
the opposite side of the possibly-
colliding point. The instrument clus
-
ter will inform the driver of the BCA
activation.
The BCA is automatically deacti
-
vated when:
The vehicle drives a certain dis
-
tance away.
The vehicle direction is changed
aga
inst the possible-colliding
point.
T
he steering wheel is abruptly
mov
ed.
The brake pedal is depressed.
After a certain period of time
The
driver should drive the vehicle in
the middle
of the vehicle lanes to
keep the BCA in the ready status.
When the vehicle drives too close to
on
e s
ide of the vehicle lanes, the
BCA may not properly operate.
In addition, the BCA may not prop
-
erly control your vehicle depending
on road and traffic conditions. Thus,
always pay close attention to road
situations.
OON058105NR
OON058106NR
Driving your vehicle
1185
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
WARNING
The driver is responsible for safe
driving.
Do not unnecessarily operate the
steering wheel, when the Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
system is in operation.
Alw
ays pay special attention
wh
ile driving. The Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist system
may not operate or unnecessarily
operate depending on road and
traffic conditions.
The Blind-Spot C
ollision-A
void
-
ance Assist system is not a sub
-
stitute for safe driving practices,
but a convenience function only. It
is the responsibility of the driver
to always drive cautiously to pre
-
vent unexpected and sudden situ
-
ations from occurring. Pay
attention to the road conditions
at all times.
Detecting Sensor (Camera and
Radar)
Front camera
Rear radar
OON058018NR
OON058048NR
119
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
Front camera
The front camera is a sensor that
can detect lanes. If the sensor is
covered with snow, rain or foreign
substance, the BCA may temporar
-
ily be cancelled and not work prop
-
erly until the cancellation due to the
degradation of the sensor's detec
-
tion performance. Always keep the
sensor clean.
Re
fer to "L
ane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system" on page 5-101 for
cautions for the front camera
sensor.
Rear radar
The rear radars are the sensors
inside the rear bumper for detecting
the side/rear areas. Always keep the
rear bumper clean for proper opera
-
tion of the BCW.
CAUTION
The system may not work prop
-
erly when the bumper has been
damaged, or if the rear bumper
has been replaced or repaired.
The sensing range
differs
some
-
what according to the width of
the road. When the road is nar
-
row, the system may detect
other vehicles in the next lane.
The system may turn off due to
strong el
ectromagnetic waves.
Always keep the sensors clean.
NEVER disassemble the sensor
c
omponent nor apply any impact
on the sensor component.
Be
careful not to apply unneces
-
sary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is forc
-
ibly moved out of proper align
-
ment, the system may not
operate correctly. In this case, a
warning message may not be dis
-
played.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
author
ized Kia dealer.
Do not apply foreign objec
ts such
as a bumper sticker or a bumper
guard near the radar sensor or
apply paint to the sensor area.
Doing so may adversely affect the
performance of the sensor.
NEVER
install any accessories or
sti
ckers on the front windshield,
nor tint the front windshield.
P
ay special attention to keep the
cam
era sensor out of water.
NEVER place any reflective
objects (i.e.
, white paper, mirror)
over the crash pad. Any light
reflection may cause a malfunc
-
tion of the system.
Driving your vehicle
1205
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
Warning messages
When the BCW/BCA detects a prob
-
lem, a warning message is displayed
on the LCD.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system disabled. Radar blocked
This warning message may appear
when:
O
ne or both of the sensors on the
r
ear bumper is blocked by dirt or
snow or a foreign object.
Dr
iving in rural areas where the
sensor does not
detect another
vehicle for an extended period of
time.
W
hen there is inclement weather
such as heav
y snow or rain.
If any of these conditions occur, the
light on the BCW switc
h and the
BCW will turn off automatically.
When the BCW canceled warning
message is disp
layed in the cluster,
check to make sure that the rear
bumper is free from any dirt or
snow in the areas where the sensor
is located. Remove any dirt, snow,
or foreign material that could inter
-
fere with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed,
the BCA should operate normally
after about 10 minutes of driving
the v
e
hicle.
If you use BCW and BCA system,
re
move a trailer or carrier.
If the BCW/BCA still does not oper
-
ate normally, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Turn off the BCW and BCA system
when a trailer or carrier is installed.
1.Press the BCW/BCA button (the
indicator on the button extin
-
guish)
2.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
3.Deactivate by deselecting 'Driver
Assistan
ce
→ Parking safety →
Rear Cross-Traffic Safe' with the
MOVE switch ( / ) and the
OK button on the steering wheel.
OON058107NR
121
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system
If there is a problem with the BCW, a
warning message will appear and
the light on the switch will turn off.
The BCW will turn off automatically.
The BCA will not operate also if the
BCW turns off due to malfunction. In
this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Check Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist (BCA) system
If there is a problem with the BCA, a
warning message will appear. The
BCA will turn off automatically. The
BCW will still operate even if the BCA
turns off due to malfunction. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of the BCW/BCA
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the BCW/
BCA may not detect other vehicles
or objects in certain circumstances.
When
a trailer or carrier is
in
stalled.
The vehicle drives in inclement
weather such as heavy rain
or
snow.
Th
e sensor is polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
The rear bumper where the sen
-
sor is located is covered with a
foreign object such as a bumper
sticker, a bumper guard, a bike
rack, etc.
The r
ear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of
the original
default position.
The v
ehicle height gets lower or
hi
gher due to heavy loading in a
liftgate, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
When the te
m
perature of the
rear bumper is high.
When the sen
sors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parking-
lot pillars.
OON058108NR
OON058109NR
Driving your vehicle
1225
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
The vehicle drives on a curved
road.
The vehicle drives through a toll
-
gate.
The road pavement (or the
peri
pheral ground) abnormally
contains metallic components
(i.e., possibly due to subway con
-
struction).
There is a fixed object near the
v
ehicle, such as a guardrail.
While going down or up a steep
r
oad where the height of the lane
is different.
D
riving on a narrow road where
tr
ees or grass or overgrown.
Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not
detect another
vehicle or structure for an
extended period of time.
D
riving on a wet road.
Driving on a road where the
gu
ardrail or wall is in double
structure.
A
big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
When the other vehicle
approa
ches very close.
When the other vehicle passes at
a
very fast speed.
While changing lanes.
If the vehicle has started at the
sa
me time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
W
hen the vehicle in the next lane
mov
es two lanes away from you
OR when the vehicle two lanes
away moves to the next lane
from you.
A
motorcycle or bicycle is near.
A flat trailer is near.
If there are small objects in the
detecting
area such as a shopping
cart or a baby stroller.
I
f there is a low height vehicle
such as a sports
car.
The brake pedal is depressed.
Electronic S
tability Control (ESC) is
activated.
ESC malfunctions.
The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged.
The brake is reworked.
The vehicle abruptly changes
driving dir
ection.
The vehicle makes
sharp lane
changes.
The vehicle sharply stops.
Temperature is extremely low
ar
ound the vehicle.
The vehicle severely vibrates
w
hile driving over a bumpy road,
uneven/bumpy road, or concrete
patch.
T
he vehicle drives on a slippery
surf
ace due to snow, water pud
-
dle, or ice.
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) or
Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) do
not operate normally. (if
equipped)
For more information refer to
"Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys
-
tem" on page 5-101.
123
5
5
Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
Driving on a curve
The BCW and BCA may not operate
properly when driving on a curved
road. In certain instances the sys
-
tem may not detect the vehicle in
the next lane.
Always pay attention
to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
The BCW and BCA may not operate
properly when driving on a
curv
ed
road. In certain instances the sys
-
tem may recognize a vehicle in the
same lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
Driving where the road is merging/
dividing
The BCW and BCA may not operate
properly when driving where the
road is merging/dividing. In certain
instances the BCW/BCA may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
dr
ivi
ng conditions, while driving.
Driving on a slope
The BCW and BCA may not operate
properly when driving on a slope. In
certain instances the BCW/BCA may
not detect the vehicle in the next
lane.
OON058049NR
OON058050NR
OON058051NR
OON058052NR
Driving your vehicle
1245
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
Also, in certain instances the BCW/
BCA may wrongly recognize the
ground or structures.
Always pay attention to road and
dr
ivi
ng conditions, while driving.
Driving where the heights of the
lanes are different
The BCW and BCA may not operate
properly when driving where the
heights of the lanes are different.
In certain instances, the BCW/BCA
ma
y
not detect the vehicle on a road
with different lane heights (under
-
pass joining section, grade sepa
-
rated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and
drivi
ng conditions, while driving.
Driving where there is a structure
beside the road
[A]: noise barrier, [B]: guardrail
The BCW and BCA may not operate
properly
when driving where there
is structure beside the road.
In certain instances, the BCW/BCA
ma
y w
rongly recognize the struc
-
tures (noise barriers, guardrail, dou
-
ble guardrail, median strip, bollard,
street light, road sign, tunnel wall,
etc.) beside the road.
Always pay attention to road and
dri
v
ing conditions, while driving.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
inter
ference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
OON058053NR
OON058054NR
125
5
5
Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist (RCCA) system (if
equipped)
When your vehicle is in reverse, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
(RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) is
designed to warn you if there is
cross traffic approaching your vehi
-
cle.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warn
-
ing (RCCW)
The RCCW uses radar sensors to
monitor the approaching cross traf
-
fic from the left and right side of
the vehicle when your vehicle is in
reverse.
The blind spot detection range var
-
ies relative to the approaching vehi
-
cle speed.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist (RCCA)
The RCCA monitors approaching
cross traffic from the left and right
side of the vehicle when your vehicle
is approaching.
The RCCA may activate the Elec
-
tronic Stability Control (ESC) in cer
-
tain situations.
WARNING
Always be aware of road and
traffic conditions while driving
and be alert for unexpected situ
-
ations even though the Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
are operating.
The R
ear Cross-Traffic Collision
W
arning system and Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
system are supplemental sys
-
tems to assist you. Do not
entirely rely on the systems.
Always pay attention, while driv
-
ing, for your safety.
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
W
arning system and Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
system are not substitutes for
proper and safe driving. Always
drive safely and use caution when
backing up the vehicle.
OON058055NR
Driving your vehicle
1265
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
Setting and activating the RCCW/
RCCA
The driver can activate the systems
by placing the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position and by
selecting:
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → Park
-
ing safety → Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety' with the MOVE switch (
/ ) and the OK button on the
steering wheel.
The RCCA and RCCW is ready to be
a
c
tivated when 'Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety' is selected.
When the vehicle is turned off then
on
a
gain, the systems will be ready
to be activated.
When the RCCW/RCCA
is
initially
turned on and when the engine is
turned off then on again, the warn
-
ing light will illuminate for 3 seconds
on the outer side view mirror.
Setting the initial warning activa
-
tion time
The driver can select the initial
warning activation time in the User
Settings in the LCD display by
selecting:
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → Warn
-
ing Timing' with the MOVE switch
( / ) and the OK button on
the steering wheel.
3.Select one of the following
options:
Nor
mal: The initial RCCW is acti
-
vated normally. If this setting
feels sensitive, change the
option to 'Later'.
La
ter: Select this warning acti
-
vation time when the traffic is
light and you are driving in a low
speed.
NOTICE
If you change the warning timing,
the warning time of other systems
may change. Always be aware
before changing the warning timing.
127
5
5
Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
Setting the warning volume of the
RCCW
The driver can select the warning
volume of the RCCW by selecting:
1.Press the MODE button () sev
-
eral times on the steering wheel
until 'User Settings' menu appears
on the LCD.
2.Select 'Driver Assistance → Warn
-
ing Volume → High/Medium/Low'
with the MOVE switch ( / )
and the OK button on the steering
wheel.
NOTICE
If you change the warning volume,
the warning volume of other sys
-
tems may change. Always be aware
before changing the warning vol
-
ume.
For more details, refer to "LCD dis
-
play" on page 4-68.
Operating conditions
The RCCW/RCCA will activate when
vehicle speed is below 7 mph (10
km/h) and with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
* The RCCW/RCCA will not activate
when the
v
ehicle speed exceeds 7
mph (10 km/h). The RCCW/RCCA
will activate again when the speed
is below 5 mph (8 km/h).
The RCCW/RCCA detec
tin
g range is
approximately 1~65 ft (0.5~20 m).
An approaching vehicle will be
detected if the vehicle speed is
within 5~22.5 mph (8~36 km/h).
Note that the detecti
n
g range may
vary under certain conditions. As
always, use caution and pay close
attention to your surroundings
when backing up your vehicle.
RCCW alert
If the vehicle detected by the sen
-
sors approaches from the rear left/
right side of your vehicle, the warn
-
ing chime will sound, the warning
light on the outer side view mirror
will blink and a message will appear
on the LCD display.
Left
OON058056NR
Driving your vehicle
1285
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
Left
Right
Right
If the rear view monitor is in activa
-
tion, a message will also appear on
the instrument cluster or multime
-
dia screen.
The warning will stop when:
t
he detected vehicle moves out of
the
sensing area or
when the vehic
le is right behind
your vehicle or
when the vehic
le is not approach
-
ing your vehicle or
when the other
vehicle slows
down.
RCCA alert
If the risk of collision is detected
while the RCCW is generated, brake
control may be activated. The
instrument cluster will inform the
driver of the brake control. If the
rear view monitor system is in acti
-
vation, a message will also appear
on the instrument cluster or multi
-
media screen.
Left
OON058058NR
OON058057NR
OON058059NR
OON058111NR
129
5
5
Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
Left
Right
Right
After brake control is activated, the
driver must immediately depress
the brake pedal and check the sur
-
roundings.
The brake activation by the sys
-
tem lasts for about 2 seconds.
The driver must pay attention as
the
brake is disengaged after 2
seconds.
The br
ake control by the system
i
s canceled if the driver depresses
the brake pedal with sufficient
power.
B
rake control is activated once for
eac
h right/left approach after
shifting the shift lever to R
(Reverse).
The brake control may not operate
properly acc
ording to the status of
the Electronic Stability C
ontrol
(ESC). The same warning message is
displayed on the instrument cluster
when:
T
he ESC warning light is on.
The ESC is engaged in a different
function.
OON058058NR
OON058110NR
OON058059NR
Driving your vehicle
1305
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
CAUTION
When the operation condition of
the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning system is met, the
warning will occur every time a
vehicle approaches the side or
rear of your stopped (0 mph (0
km/h) vehicle speed) vehicle.
The system's warning or brake
may not operate properly if the
left or right of your vehicle's rear
bumper is blocked by a vehicle or
obstacle.
T
he driver should always use
e
xtreme caution while operating
the vehicle, whether or not the
warning light on the outer side
view mirror illuminates or there is
a warning alarm.
Pl
aying the vehicle audio system
a
t high volume may prevent occu
-
pants from hearing the system's
warning sounds.
If any other warni
ng sound such
as seat belt warning chime is
already generated, the Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system warning may not sound.
WARNING
Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist system.
Do not solely rely on the system
but check your surrounding when
backing the vehicle up.
The driver is responsible for accu
-
rate brake control.
Always pay extreme caution while
driving. The
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning system and Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may not operate
properly or unnecessarily operate
depending on traffic and driving
conditions.
T
he Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
A
voidance Assist system is not a
substitute for safe driving prac
-
tices, but a convenience function
only. It is the responsibility of the
driver to always drive cautiously
to prevent unexpected and sud
-
den situations from occurring.
Pay attention to the road condi
-
tions at all times.
131
5
5
Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
Detecting Sensor
The rear radars are located inside
the rear bumper for detecting the
side and rear areas. Always keep the
rear bumper clean for proper opera
-
tion of the RCCW/RCCA.
CAUTION
The system may not work prop
-
erly when the bumper has been
damaged, or if the rear bumper
has been replaced or repaired.
The system
m
ay turn off if inter
-
fered by electromagnetic waves.
Always keep the sensors clean.
NEVER disassemble the sensor
c
omponent or apply any impact
on the sensor component.
Be
careful not to apply unneces
-
sary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is forc
-
ibly moved out of proper align
-
ment, the system may not
operate correctly. In this case, a
warning message may not be dis
-
played. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Do not apply foreign objec
ts such
as a bumper sticker or a bumper
guard near the radar sensor or
apply paint to the sensor area.
Doing so may adversely affect the
performance of the sensor.
Warning message
If a warning message related to the
RCCW/RCCA appears, take appropri
-
ate measures as detailed below.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system disabled. Radar blocked
This warning message may appear
when:
O
ne or both of the sensors on the
r
ear bumper is covered by dirt or
snow or a foreign object.
Dr
iving in rural areas where the
sensor does not
detect another
vehicle for an extended period of
time.
When
there is inclement weather
such
as heavy snow or rain.
OON058048NR
OON058107NR
Driving your vehicle
1325
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
If any of these conditions occur, the
light on the BCW switch and the
RCCW/RCCA will turn off automati
-
cally. When the BCW canceled warn
-
ing message is displayed in the
cluster, check to make sure that the
rear bumper is free from any dirt or
snow in the areas where the sensor
is located. Remove any dirt, snow,
or foreign material that could inter
-
fere with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed,
the RCCW/RCCA
should operate nor
-
mally after about 10 minutes of
driving the vehicle.
If the RCCW/RCCA still does not
ope
r
ate normally have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Turn off the BCW and RCCW system
when a trailer or carrier is installed.
Press the BCW switch (the indica
-
tor on the switch will turn off)
Deactivate the RCCW system by
deselecting 'User Se
ttings →
Driver Assistance → Parking
safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Colli
-
sion Warning'
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system
If there is a problem with the BCW, a
warning message will appear and
the light on the switch will turn off.
The RCCW/RCCA will turn off auto
-
matically. RCCW and RCCA will not
operate also if the BCW turns off
due to malfunction. Have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Limitations of the RCCW/RCCA
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the
RCCW/RCCA may not detect other
vehicles or objects in certain circum
-
stances.
When a trailer or carrier is
in
stalled.
The vehicle drives in inclement
we
ather such as heavy rain or
snow.
The sensor is c
ov
ered with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
OON058108NR
133
5
5
Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
The rear bumper where the sen
-
sor is located is covered with a
foreign object such as a bumper
sticker, a bumper guard, a bike
rack, etc.
Th
e rear bumper is damaged, or
the
sensor is out of the original
default position.
T
he vehicle height gets lower or
h
igher due to heavy loading in a
trunk (liftgate), abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
Wh
en the temperature of the
r
ear bumper is high.
When the sensors are blocked by
other v
ehicles, walls or parking-
lot pillars.
T
he vehicle drives on a curved
roa
d.
The road pavement (or the
peri
pheral ground) abnormally
contains metallic components
(i.e., possibly due to subway con
-
struction).
There is a fixed object near the
v
ehicle, such as a guardrail.
While going down or
up a steep
road where the height of the lane
is different.
D
riving on a narrow road where
tr
ees or grass or overgrown.
Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not detect another
v
ehicle for an extended period of
time.
D
riving on a wet road.
Driving on a road wher
e the
guardrail or wall is in double
structure.
A big
vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
When the other
vehicle
approaches very close.
When the other
vehicle passes at
a very fast speed.
While changing lanes.
If the vehicle has started at the
sa
me time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
Wh
en the vehicle in the next lane
mov
es two lanes away from you
OR when the vehicle two lanes
away moves to the next lane
from you.
A motor
cycle or bicycle is near.
A flat trailer is near.
If there are small objects in the
d
etecting area such as a shopping
cart or a baby stroller.
If
there is a low height vehicle
such
as a sports car.
The brake pedal is depressed.
Electronic S
tability Control (ESC) is
activated.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
ma
lfunctions.
The tire pressure is low or a tire is
da
maged.
The brake is reworked.
The vehicle sharply stops.
Temperature is extremely low
ar
ound the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
1345
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
The vehicle severely vibrates
while driving over an uneven/
bumpy road, or concrete patch.
Th
e vehicle drives on a slippery
su
rface due to snow, water pud
-
dle, or ice.
Driving where there is a vehicle or
structure near
[A]: Structure
The RCCW/RCCA may not operate
proper
ly when driving where there
is a vehicle or structure near.
In certain instances, the RCCW/RCCA
ma
y not de
tect the vehicle
approaching from behind and the
warning or brake may not operate
properly.
Always pay attention to your sur
-
roundings while backing up.
When the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment
The RCCW/RCCA may not operate
properly when the vehicle is in a
complex parking environment.
In certain instances, the RCCW/RCCA
may not be able to exactly deter
-
mine the risk of collision for the
vehicles which are parking or pulling
out near your vehicle (e.g., a vehicle
escaping beside your vehicle, a vehi
-
cle parking or pulling out in the rear
area, a vehicle approaching your
vehicle making a turn, etc.).
If this occurs, the warning or brake
ma
y n
ot operate properly.
OON058060NR
OON058061NR
135
5
5
Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
When the vehicle is parked diago
-
nally
[A]: Vehicle
The RCCW/RCCA may not operate
properly
when the vehicle is parked
diagonally.
In certain instances, when the diag
-
onally parked vehicle is pulled out of
the parking space, the RCCW/RCCA
may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the rear left/right
of your vehicle. In this case, the
warning or brake may not operate
properly.
Always pay attention
to
your sur
-
roundings while backing up.
When the vehicle is on/near a slope
The RCCW/RCCA may not operate
properly when the vehicle is on/near
a slope.
In certain instances, the RCCW/RCCA
ma
y
not detect the vehicle
approaching from the rear left/right
and the warning or brake may not
operate properly.
Always pay attention to your sur
-
roundings while backing up.
Pulling into the parking space
where there is a structure
[A]: Structure, [B]: Wall
OON058062NR
OON058063NR
OON058064NR
Driving your vehicle
1365
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) system
The RCCW/RCCA may not operate
properly when pulling in the vehicle
to the parking space where there is
a structure at the back or side of
your vehicle.
In certain instances, when backing
into the
p
arking space, the RCCW/
RCCA may false detect the vehicle
moving in front of your vehicle. In
this case, the warning may operate
falsely.
Always pay attention to your sur
-
roundings while backing up.
When the vehicle is parked rear
-
ward
If the vehicle is parked rearward and
the sensor detects the another
vehicle in the rear area of the park
-
ing space, the system can warn or
control braking.
Always pay attention to your sur
-
roundings while backing up.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
inter
ference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
OON058065NR
137
5
5
Driving your vehicleEconomical operation
Economical operation
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving,
where you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many
miles
(kilometers) you can get
from a gallon (liter) of fuel.To oper
-
ate your vehicle as economically as
possible, use the following driving
suggestions to help save money in
both fuel and repairs:
Dr
ive smoothly. Accelerate at a
mode
rate rate. Don't make "jack
-
rabbit" starts or full-throttle
shifts and maintain a steady
cruising speed. Don't race
between stoplights. Try to adjust
your speed to the traffic so you
don't have to change speeds
unnecessarily. Avoid heavy traffic
whenever possible. Always main
-
tain a safe distance from other
vehicles so you can avoid unnec
-
essary braking. This also reduces
brake wear.
Drive at a moderate speed. The
faste
r you drive, the more fuel
your vehicle uses. Driving at a
moderate speed, especially on the
highway, is one of the most
effective ways to reduce fuel con
-
sumption.
Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This
can
increase fuel consumption
and also increase wear on these
components. In addition, driving
with your foot resting on the
brake pedal may cause the brakes
to overheat, which reduces their
effectiveness and may lead to
more serious consequences.
T
ake care of your tires. Keep
them inflated to the recom
-
mended pressure. Incorrect infla
-
tion, either too much or too little,
results in unnecessary tire wear.
Check the tire pressures at least
once a month.
B
e sure that the wheels are
al
igned correctly. Improper align
-
ment can result from hitting
curbs or driving too fast over
irregular surfaces. Poor alignment
causes faster tire wear and may
also result in other problems as
well as greater fuel consumption.
Keep y
our vehicle in good c
ondi
-
tion. For better fuel economy and
reduced maintenance costs,
maintain your vehicle in accor
-
dance with "Scheduled mainte
-
nance service" on page 7-9. If you
drive your vehicle in severe condi
-
tions, more frequent maintenance
is required (Refer to "Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions -
Non Turbo Models" on page 7-12
for details).
Driving your vehicle
1385
Economical operation
Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi
-
mum service, your vehicle should
be kept clean and free of corro
-
sive materials. It is especially
important that mud, dirt, ice, etc.
not be allowed to accumulate on
the underside of the vehicle. This
extra weight can result in
increased fuel consumption and
also contribute to corrosion.
Travel lightly. Don't carry unnec
-
essary weight in your vehi
-
cle.Weight reduces fuel economy.
Don't let the engine idle longer
than necessary. If you are waiting
(and not in traffic), turn off your
engine and restart only when
you're ready to go.
Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After
the engine has started, allow the
engine to run for 10 to 20 sec
-
onds prior to placing the vehicle in
gear. In very cold weather, how
-
ever, give your engine a slightly
longer warm-up period.
Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the
engine. Lugging is driving too
slowly in a very high gear result
-
ing in engine bucking. If this hap
-
pens, shift to a lower gear. Over-
revving is racing the engine
beyond its safe limit. This can be
avoided by shifting at the recom
-
mended speed.
Use your air conditioning spar
-
ingly. The air conditioning system
is operated by engine power so
your fuel economy is reduced
when you use it.
Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
Fuel economy is less in cross
-
winds and headwinds. To help off
-
set some of this loss, slow down
when driving in these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for
economy and safety. Therefore,
have an authorized Kia dealer per
-
form scheduled inspections and
maintenance.
WARNING
Engine off during motion
Never turn the engine off to coast
down hills or anytime the vehicle is
in motion. The power steering and
power brakes will not function prop
-
erly without the engine running. In
addition, turning off the ignition
while driving could engage the
steering wheel lock resulting in loss
of vehicle steering. Keep the engine
on and downshift to an appropriate
gear for engine braking effect.
139
5
5
Driving your vehicleSpecial driving conditions
Special driving conditions
If driving conditions deteriorate due
to poor weather or road conditions,
you should pay even more attention
than usual to your driving.
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz
-
ards, follow these suggestions:
Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance
for braking.
Avoid sudden braking or steering.
When braking with non-ABS
brak
es pump the brake pedal with
a light up-and-down motion until
the vehicle is stopped.
D
o not pump the brake pedal on a
v
ehicle equipped with ABS.
If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use
the second gear. Accelerate
slowly to avoid spinning the drive
wheels.
Use
sand, rock salt, or other non
-
slip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when
stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehi
-
cle is defined as a Sports Utility
Vehicle (SUV). Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles. SUV's
have higher ground clearance and a
narrower track to make them capa
-
ble of performing in a wide variety
of offroad applications.
Specific design characteristics give
t
h
em a higher center of gravity than
ordinary vehicles. An advantage of
the higher ground clearance is a
better view of the road, which
allows you to anticipate problems.
They are not designe
d
for cornering
at the same speeds as conventional
passenger vehicles, any more than
low-slung sports vehicles are
designed to perform satisfactorily in
off-road conditions. Due to this risk,
driver and passengers are strongly
recommended to buckle their seat
belts.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted per
-
son is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns
or ab
r
upt maneuvers, do not load
your roof rack with heavy cargo,
and never modify your vehicle in any
way.
Driving your vehicle
1405
Special driving conditions
WARNING
Rollover
As with other Sports Utility Vehicle
(SUV), failure to operate this vehicle
correctly may result in loss of con
-
trol, an accident or vehicle rollover.
Utility vehicles have a significantly
hi
gher rollover rate than other
types of vehicles.
Sp
ecific design characteristics
(
higher ground clearance, nar
-
rower track, etc.) give this vehicle
a higher center of gravity than
ordinary vehicles.
A SUV is n
ot de
signed for corner
-
ing at the same speeds as con
-
ventional vehicles.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt
ma
neuvers.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted
p
erson is significantly more likely
to die than a person wearing a
seat belt. Make sure everyone in
the vehicle is properly buckled up.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and
handling capability. Do not use a size
and type of tire and wheel that is
different from the one that is origi
-
nally installed on your vehicle. It can
affect the safety and performance
of your vehicle, which could lead to
steering failure or rollover and seri
-
ous injury. When replacing the tires,
be sure to equip all four tires with
the tire and wheel of the same size,
type, tread, brand and load-carrying
capacity.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right
and left to clear the area around
your front wheels. Then, shift back
and forth between R (Reverse) and
any forward gear.
Do not race the vehicle, and spin the
wh
ee
ls as little as possible. If you
are still stuck after a few tries, have
the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehi
-
cle to avoid vehicle overheating and
possible damage to the reduction
gear.
141
5
5
Driving your vehicleSpecial driving conditions
WARNING
Sudden Vehicle Movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if
people or objects are nearby. The
vehicle may suddenly move forward
or backwards as it becomes
unstuck.
CAUTION
Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle
overheating, reduction gear dam
-
age or failure, and tire damage.
CAUTION
Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at
speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/
h). Spinning the wheels at high
speeds when the vehicle is station
-
ary could cause a tire to overheat
which could result in tire damage
that WARNING - Sudden may injure
bystanders.
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) should be turned OFF prior to
rocking the vehicle.
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.
If you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
Slow down and ke
ep mor
e dis
-
tance between you and other
vehicles, as it may be more diffi
-
cult to see at night, especially in
areas where there may not be
any street lights.
Adjust your
m
irrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's head
-
lights.
Keep your head
lights clean and
properly aimed. (On vehicles not
equipped with the automatic
headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
A
void staring directly at the head
-
lights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and
it will take several seconds for
your eyes to readjust to the dark
-
ness.
Driving your vehicle
1425
Special driving conditions
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you're not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
whe
n
driving in the rain:
A h
eavy rainfall will make it
ha
rder to see and will increase the
distance needed to stop your
vehicle, so slow down.
Ke
ep your windshield wiping
eq
uipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades
when they show signs of streak
-
ing or missing areas on the wind
-
shield.
If your tires are not in good condi
-
tion, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
T
urn on your headlights to make
it e
asier for others to see you.
Driving too fast through large
puddle
s can affect your brakes. If
you must go through puddles, try
to drive through them slowly.
I
f you believe you may have got
-
ten your brakes wet, apply them
lightly while driving until normal
braking operation returns.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water
slowly. Allow adequate stopping dis
-
tance because brake performance
may be affected.
After driving through water, dry the
br
ak
es by gently applying them
several times while the vehicle is
moving slowly.
Driving on unpaved roads
Drive carefully on unpaved roads
because your vehicle may be dam
-
aged by rocks or roots of trees.
Become familiar with the on
unpaved roads conditions where you
are going to drive before you begin
driving.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pres
-
sures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
whic
h may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire
in
f
lation pressure shown on the
tires.
143
5
5
Driving your vehicleWinter driving
WARNING
Under/over inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper
inflation before driving. Underin
-
flated or overinflated tires can
cause poor handling, loss of vehicle
control, and sudden tire failure lead
-
ing to accidents, injuries, and even
death. For proper tire pressures,
refer to "Tires and wheels" on page
8-5.
WARNING
Tire tread
Always check the tire tread before
driving your vehicle. Worn-out tires
can result in loss of vehicle control.
Worn-out tires should be replaced
as soon as possible. For further
information and tread limits, refer
to "Tires and wheels" on page 8-5.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not
forget to check both the engine
coolant and engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
Winter driving
Severe weather conditions in the
winter result in greater wear and
other problems.
To minimize the problems of winter
driving,
you should follow these
suggestions:
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is neces
-
sary to select tires equivalent in size
and type of the original equipment
tires. Failure to do so may adversely
affect the safety and handling of
your vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous prac
-
tices.
During deceleration, use vehicle
brak
ing to the fullest extent. Sud
-
den brake applications on snowy or
icy roads may cause skids to occur.
You need to keep sufficient distance
between the vehicle in operation in
front of your vehicle. Also, apply the
brake gently. It should be noted that
installing tire chains on the tire will
provide a greater driving force, but
will not prevent side skids.
Driving your vehicle
1445
Winter driving
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your
vehicle, make sure they are radial
tires of the same size and load
range as the original tires. Mount
snow tires on all four wheels to bal
-
ance your vehicle's handling in all
weather conditions. Keep in mind
that the traction provided by snow
tires on dry roads may not be as
high as your vehicle's original equip
-
ment tires. You should drive cau
-
tiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tir
e
s without
first checking local, state and
municipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
WARNING
Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent in
size and type to the vehicle's stan
-
dard tires. Otherwise, the safety
and handling of your vehicle may be
adversely affected.
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls on some radial
tires are thinner than other types of
tires, they may be damaged by
mounting certain types of tire
chains on them. Therefore, the use
of snow tires is recommended
instead of tire chains. Do not mount
tire chains on vehicles equipped with
aluminum wheels; if unavoidable,
use AutoSock (fabric snow chain).
Install the tire chain after reviewing
the instructions provided with the
tire chains.
Damage to your vehicle caused by
im
pr
oper tire chain use is not cov
-
ered by your vehicle manufacturer's
warranty.
OON058070NR
145
5
5
Driving your vehicleWinter driving
NOTICE
Install AutoSock (fabric snow
chain) on the front tires for FWD
vehicles or for AWD vehicles. It
should be noted that installing
AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on
the tires will provide a greater
driving force, but will not prevent
side skids.
Do not install studded tires with
-
out first checking local and munic
-
ipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
CAUTION
When using AutoSock (fabric
snow chain):
Wrong size chains or improperly
i
nstalled chains can damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels.
I
f you hear noise caused by chains
c
ontacting the body, retighten the
chain to prevent contact with the
vehicle body.
To
prevent body damage,
r
etighten the chains after driving
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
Chain installation
When installing AutoSock (fabric
snow chain), follow the manufac
-
turer's instructions and mount them
as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains
installed. If you hear the chains con
-
tacting the body or chassis, stop
and tighten them. If they still make
contact, slow down until the noise
stops.
Remove the AutoSock
(f
abric snow
chain) as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
WARNING
Mounting chains
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning flashers and place a
triangular emergency warning
device behind the vehicle if available.
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing snow
chains.
WARNING
Tire chains
The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 mph)
or
the chain manufacturer's rec
-
ommended speed limit, whichever
is lower.
Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes,
sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
A
void sharp turns or lockedwheel
braking.
Driving your vehicle
1465
Winter driving
CAUTION
Chains that are the wrong size or
improperly installed can damage
your vehicle's brake lines, suspen
-
sion, body and wheels.
Stop driving and retighten the
c
hains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the
cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be
sure to replace or replenish your
coolant refer to "Normal mainte
-
nance schedule - Non Turbo Models"
on page 7-10. Before winter, have
your coolant tested to assure that
i
t
s freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables (refer to "For
best battery service" on page 7-29).
The level of charge in your battery
c
a
n be checked by an authorized Kia
dealer or a service station.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter
weight" oil be used during cold
weather. Refer to "Recommended
lubricants and capacities" on page
8-6 for recommendations. If you
aren't sure what weight oil you
shou
ld u
se, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition sys
-
tem
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in "Scheduled mainte
-
nance service" on page 7-9 and
replace them if necessary. Also
che
ck all ignition wiring and compo
-
nents to be sure they are not
cracked, worn or damaged in any
way.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen inter
-
nally, you may be able to thaw it out
by using a heated key. Handle the
heated key with care to avoid injury.
147
5
5
Driving your vehicleWinter driving
Use approved window washer anti-
freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add
an approved window washer anti-
freeze solution in accordance with
instructions on the container. Win
-
dow washer anti-freeze is available
from an authorized Kia dealer and
most auto parts outlets. Do not use
vehicle coolant or other types of
anti-freeze as these may damage
the paint finish.
Don't let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to hap
-
pen when there is an accumulation
of snow or ice around or near the
rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.
If there is a risk the parking brake
may freeze, apply it only temporar
-
ily while you put the gear shift dial
in P (Park) and block the rear wheels
so the vehicle cannot roll. Then
release the parking brake.
Don't let ice and snow accumulate
underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. In
severe winter conditions you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components are not obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropri
-
ate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tow straps or chains, flash
-
light, emergency flares, sand,
shovel, jumper cables, window
scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover
-
alls, blanket, etc.
Driving your vehicle
1485
Trailer towing
Trailer towing
If you are considering towing with
your vehicle, you should first check
with your country's Department of
Motor Vehicles to determine their
legal requirements.
Since laws vary the requirements
f
o
r towing trailers, cars, or other
types of vehicles or apparatus may
differ. Ask an authorized Kia dealer
for further details before towing.
WARNING
Towing a trailer
Always check your towing equip
-
ment to confirm correct equipment
size and installation before use.
Using incompatible or incorrectly
installed trailer equipment can
effect the vehicle operation and
endanger you and your passengers.
You may require an additional wiring
harness connector to install a trailer
hitch. Please contact an authorized
Kia dealer for more details.
WARNING
Weight limits
Before towing, make sure the total
trailer weight, GCW (Gross Combi
-
nation Weight), GVW (Gross Vehicle
Weight), GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
and trailer tongue load are all within
the limits.
CAUTION
Trailer installation
Follow instructions in this section
when pulling a trailer. Pulling a
trailer improperly can damage your
vehicle and result in costly repairs
not covered by your warranty.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To
identify what the vehicle trailering
capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in
"Weight of the trailer" on page 5-
154.
Remember that traile
ri
ng is differ
-
ent than just driving your vehicle by
itself. Trailering means changes in
handling, durability, and fuel econ
-
omy. Successful, safe trailering
requires correct equipment, and it
has to be used properly.
This section contains many time-
test
ed,
important trailering tips and
safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that
of your passengers. Please read this
section carefully before you pull a
trailer.
Load-pulling components such as
the
engine, transmission, wheel
assemblies, and tires are forced to
work harder against the load of the
added weight. The engine is
required to operate at relatively
higher speeds and under greater
149
5
5
Driving your vehicleTrailer towing
loads. This additional burden gener
-
ates extra heat. The trailer also
adds considerably to wind resis
-
tance, increasing the pulling require
-
ments.
Hitches
It's important to have the correct
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by, and rough roads are
a few reasons why you'll need the
right hitch. Here are some rules to
follow:
Will
you have to make any holes in
the
body of your vehicle when you
install a trailer hitch? If you do,
then be sure to seal the holes
later when you remove the hitch.
If you don't seal them, deadly car
-
bon monoxide (CO) from your
exhaust can get into your vehicle,
as well as dirt and water.
Th
e bumpers on your vehicle are
not in
tended for hitches. Do not
attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to them.
Use only a frame-mounted hitch
that does not attach to the
bumper.
Ki
a trailer hitch accessory is avail
-
able at an authorized Kia dealer.
Safety chains
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your
trailer. Cross the safety chains
under the tongue of the trailer so
that the tongue will not drop to the
road if it becomes separated from
the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains
may
be
provided by the hitch manu
-
facturer or by the trailer manufac
-
turer. Follow the manufacturer's
recommendation for attaching
safety chains. Always leave just
enough slack so you can turn with
your trailer. And, never allow safety
chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a
braking system, make sure it con
-
forms to your state's regulations
and that it is properly installed and
operating correctly.
If your trailer weight exc
ee
ds the
maximum allowed weight without
trailer brakes, then the trailer will
also require its own brakes as well.
Be sure to read and follow the
instructions for the trailer brakes so
you'll be able to install, adjust and
maintain them properly.
Don't tap into or modify your
v
e
hicle's brake system.
Driving your vehicle
1505
Trailer towing
WARNING
Trailer brakes
Do not use a trailer with its own
brakes unless you are absolutely
certain that you have properly set
up the brake system. This is not a
task for amateurs. Use an experi
-
enced, competent trailer shop for
this work.
Driving with a trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before set
-
ting out for the open road, you must
get to know your trailer. Acquaint
yourself with the feel of handling
and braking with the added weight
of the trailer. And always keep in
mind that the vehicle you are driving
is now a good deal longer and not
nearly so responsive as your vehicle
is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer
h
i
tch and platform, safety chains,
electrical connector(s), lights, tires
and mirror adjustment. If the trailer
has electric brakes, start your vehi
-
cle and trailer moving and then
apply the trailer brake controller by
hand to be sure the brakes are
working. This lets you check your
electrical connection at the same
time.
During your trip, check occasionally
to
be
sure that the load is secure,
and that the lights and any trailer
brakes are still working.
Following distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving your vehicle without a trailer.
This can help you avoid situations
that require heavy braking and sud
-
den turns.
Passing
You'll need more passing distance up
ahead when you're towing a trailer.
And, because of the increased vehi
-
cle length, you'll need to go much
farther beyond the passed vehicle
before you can return to your lane.
Due to the added load to the engine
when going uphill the vehicle may
also take longer to pass than it
would on flat ground.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. Then, to move
the trailer to the left, just move
your hand to the left. To move the
trailer to the right, move your hand
to the right. Always back up slowly
and, if possible, have someone guide
you.
151
5
5
Driving your vehicleTrailer towing
Making turns
When you're turning with a trailer,
make wider turns than normal. Do
this so your trailer won't strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
or other objects near the edge of
the road. Avoid jerky or sudden
maneuvers. Signal well in advance
before turning or lane changes.
Turn signals when towing a trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle
has to have a different turn signal
flasher and extra wiring. The green
arrows on your instrument panel
will flash whenever you signal a turn
or lane change. Properly connected,
the trailer lights will also flash to
alert other drivers you're about to
turn, change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green
a
rrow
s on your instrument panel
will flash for turns even if the bulbs
on the trailer are burned out. Thus,
you may think drivers behind you
are seeing your signals when, in
fact, they are not. It's important to
check occasionally to be sure the
trailer bulbs are still working. You
must also check the lights every
time you disconnect and then
reconnect the wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting sys
-
tem directly to your vehicle's light
-
ing system. Use only an approved
trailer wiring harness.
An authorized Kia dealer can assist
you in installing the wiring harness.
CAUTION
Always use an approved trailer wir
-
ing harness. Failure to use an
approved trailer wiring harness
could result in damage to the vehicle
electrical system.
Driving on grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before you start down a long
or steep downgrade. If you don't
shift down, you might have to use
your brakes so much that they
would get hot and no longer operate
efficiently. On a long uphill grade,
shift down and reduce your speed to
around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce
the possibility of engine and trans
-
mission overheating.
If your trailer weighs m
ore than the
maximum trailer weight without
trailer brakes and you have an auto
-
matic transmission, you should drive
in D (Drive) when towing a trailer.
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)
w
h
en towing a trailer will minimize
heat build up and extend the life of
your transmission.
Driving your vehicle
1525
Trailer towing
Towing uphill
When towing a trailer on steep
grades (in excess of 6%) pay close
attention to the engine coolant
temperature gauge to ensure the
engine does not overheat.
If the needle of the coolant tem
-
perature gauge moves across the
dial towards "H" (HOT), pull over and
stop as soon as it is safe to do so,
and allow the engine to idle until it
cools down. You may proceed once
the engine has cooled sufficiently.
You must decide driving speed
de
pe
nding on trailer weight and
uphill grade to reduce the possibility
of engine and transmission over
-
heating.
Parking on hills
Generally, if you have a trailer
attached to your vehicle, you should
not park your vehicle on a hill. Peo
-
ple can be seriously or fatally
injured, and both your vehicle and
the trailer can be damaged if they
unexpectedly roll downhill.
However, if you ever have to park
you
r
trailer on a hill, here's how to
do it:
1.Pull the vehicle into the parking
spa
c
e. Turn the steering wheel in
the direction of the curb (right if
headed downhill, left if headed up
hill).
2.If the vehicle has an automatic
tran
smission, place the vehicle in
P (Park).
3.Set the parking brake and shut off
the
en
gine.
4.Place chocks under the trailer
wh
eels on the down hill side of
the wheels.
5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,
shift to neutral, r
e
lease the park
-
ing brake and slowly release the
brakes until the trailer chocks
absorb the load.
6.Reapply the brakes, reapply the
par
k
ing brake and shift the vehicle
to P (Park) for automatic trans
-
mission.
7.Shut off the vehicle and release
the v
ehicle brakes but leave the
parking brake set.
When you are ready to leave after
parking on a hill
1.With the automatic transmission
in P (Park), apply your brakes and
hold the brake pedal down while
you:
Sta
rt your engine;
Shift into gear; and
Release the parking brake.
2.
Slowly remove your foot from the
brak
e pedal.
3.Drive slowly until the trailer is
cl
ear of the chocks.
4.Stop and have someone
pick up
and store the chocks.
153
5
5
Driving your vehicleTrailer towing
Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a
trailer. Important items to pay par
-
ticular attention to include engine
oil, automatic transmission fluid,
axle lubricant and cooling system
fluid. Brake condition is another
important item to frequently check.
Each item is covered in this manual,
and the Index will help you find
them quickly. If you're trailering, it's
a good idea to review these sections
before you start your trip.
Don't forget to also maintain your
trailer and hitch. Follow the mainte
-
nance schedule that accompanied
your trailer and check it periodically.
Preferably, conduct the check at the
start of each day's driving. Most
importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
should be tight.
CAUTION
Air conditioning (A/C)
Do not use the air conditioning while
using your vehicle to tow uphill. Due
to higher load during trailer usage,
overheating might occur on hot
days or during uphill driving.
When towing check transmission
fluid more frequently.
If you do decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if
you decide to pull a trailer:
C
onsider using a sway control.
Y
ou can ask a hitch dealer about
sway control.
Do not do any towing with your
vehicle during its first 1,200 miles
(2,000 km) in order to allow the
engine to properly break in. Fail
-
ure to heed this caution may
result in serious engine or trans
-
mission damage.
When towing a trailer, be sure to
consult an authorized Kia dealer
for further information on addi
-
tional requirements such as a
towing kit, etc.
Always drive
your vehicle at a
moderate speed (less than 60
mph (100 km/h)).
On a long uphill g
rade, do not
exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the
posted towing speed limit, which
-
ever is lower.
The chart contains important
considerations that have to do
with weight:
Item
lbs. (kg)
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
Maximum trailer weight
Without brake system1,650 (750)
With brake system5,000 (2,267)
Maximum tongue weight351 (159)
Driving your vehicle
1545
Trailer towing
To identify what the vehicle traile
-
ring capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in
"Weight of the trailer" on page 5-
154.
Weight of the trailer
What is the maximum safe weight
of a trailer? It should never weigh
more than the maximum trailer
weight with trailer brakes. But even
that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use
you
r
trailer. For example, speed,
altitude, road grades, outside tem
-
perature and how often your vehicle
is used to pull a trailer are all
important. The ideal trailer weight
can also depend on any special
equipment that you have on your
vehicle.
The tongue load of any trailer is an
important weight to measure
because it affects the total Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) of your vehi
-
cle. This weight includes the curb
weight of the vehicle, any cargo you
may carry in it, and the people who
will be riding in the vehicle. And if
you will tow a trailer, you must add
the tongue load to the GVW because
your vehicle will also be carrying
that weight.
The trailer tongue shoul
d we
igh a
maximum of 10% of the total
loaded trailer weight, within the lim
-
its of the maximum permissible
trailer tongue load. After you've
loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer
and then the tongue, separately, to
see if the weights are proper. If they
aren't, you may be able to correct
them simply by moving some items
around in the trailer.
Tongue LoadTotal Trailer Weight
OON058156NR
Gross Axle WeightGross Vehicle Weight
OON058157NR
155
5
5
Driving your vehicleVehicle load limit
WARNING
Trailer
Always follow the loading instruc
-
tions provided with your trailer.
Improper loading can effect vehicle
operation and result in an accident.
Vehicle load limit
The vehicle load limit is displayed on
the tire and loading information
label on the driver's door.
Tire and loading information label
OON069032NR
OON069033NR
OON069034NR
Driving your vehicle
1565
Vehicle load limit
The label located on the driver's
door sill gives the original tire size,
cold tire pressures recommended
for your vehicle, the number of peo
-
ple that can be in your vehicle and
vehicle capacity weight.
Vehicle capacity weight:
7 persons: 1,173 lbs. (532 kg)
8 persons: 1,323 lbs. (600 kg)
V
ehicle capacity weight is the maxi
-
mum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity:
Total
7 persons (Front seat: 2 persons,
R
ear seat: 5 persons)
8 persons (Front seat: 2 persons,
R
ear seat: 6 persons)
Seating capacity i
s the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry. How
-
ever, the seating capacity may be
reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity:
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK Engine
Without trailer brakes: 1,650 lbs.
(750 kg)
With trailer brakes: 5,000 lbs.
(2,267
kg)
T
owing capacity is the maximum
trai
ler weight including its cargo
weight, your vehicle can tow
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants.
OON069035NR
157
5
5
Driving your vehicleVehicle load limit
Steps For Determining Correct Load
Limit -
1.Locate the statement "The com
-
bined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
lbs. or XXX kg'' on your vehicle's
placard.
2.Determine the combined weight
of the driv
e
r and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
3.Subtract the combined weight of
the
dri
ver and passengers from
XXX lbs. or XXX kg.
4.The resulting figure equals the
a
v
ailable amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For exam
-
ple, if the "XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. (635 kg) and there will
be five 150 lbs. (68 kg) passen
-
gers in your vehicle, the amount
of available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs. (295 kg).
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs. or
635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg)
5.Determine the combined weight
o
f
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6.If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer
,
load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
WARNING
Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured blunt
objects in the passenger compart
-
ment of your vehicle (e.g. suit cases
or unsecured child seats). These
items may strike occupant during a
sudden stop or crash.
Example 1
ItemDescriptionTotal
AVehicle Capacity Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg) 2
300 lbs.
(136 kg)
C
Available Cargo and Lug
-
gage weight
549 lbs.
(249 kg)
ODEEV078137NR
Driving your vehicle
1585
Vehicle load limit
Example 2
Example 3
Refer to your vehicle's tire and load
-
ing information label for specific
information about your vehicle's
capacity weight and seating posi
-
tions. The combined weight of the
driver, passengers and cargo should
never exceed your vehicle's capac
-
ity weight.
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center
pillar.
This label shows the maximum
allowa
ble weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants and cargo.
ItemDescriptionTotal
AVehicle Capacity Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg) 5
750 lbs.
(340 kg)
C
Available Cargo and Lug
-
gage weight
99 lbs.
(45 kg)
ODEEV078138NR
ODEEV078139NR
ItemDescriptionTotal
AVehicle Capacity Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
161 lbs. (73 kg) 5
805 lbs.
(365 kg)
C
Available Cargo and Lug
-
gage weight
44 lbs.
(20 kg)
OON058155NR
159
5
5
Driving your vehicleVehicle load limit
This label also tells you the maxi
-
mum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actua
l
loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go
to a weigh station and weigh your
vehicle. Your dealer can help you
with this. Be sure to spread out your
load equally on both sides of the
centerline.
WARNING
Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle capac
-
ity weight. Exceeding these ratings
can affect your vehicle's handling
and braking ability.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equip
-
ment your vehicle can carry.
If you carry items inside your vehicle
- like
suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going and
can cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
WARNING
Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle. Over
-
loading your vehicle can cause heat
buildup in your vehicle's tires and
possible tire failure, increased stop
-
ping distances and poor vehicle han
-
dling--all of which may result in a
crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be cov
-
ered by your warranty. Do not over
-
load your vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
1605
Vehicle weight
Vehicle weight
This chapter will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle and/
or trailer, to keep your loaded vehi
-
cle weight within its design rating
capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your v
e
hicle will
provide maximum return of the
vehicle design performance. Before
loading your vehicle, familiarize
yourself with the following terms
for determining your vehicle's
weight ratings, with or without a
trailer, from the vehicle's specifica
-
tions and the compliance label:
Base curb weight This is
the weight
of the vehicle including a full tank of
fuel and all standard equipment. It
does not include passengers, cargo,
or optional equipment.
Vehicle curb weight This is
the
w
eight of your new vehicle when
you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo weight T
hi
s figure includes all
weight added to the Base Curb
Weight, including cargo and optional
equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
T
his is the
total weight placed on each axle
(front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is
the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a sin
-
gle axle (front or rear). These num
-
bers are shown on the compliance
label. The total load on each axle
must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) T
his is
the
Base Curb Weight plus actual
Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is
the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the certification label
located on the driver's door sill.
CAUTION
Do not use replacement tires with
lower load carrying capacities than
the original tires because they may
lower your vehicle's GVWR and
GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the
original tires do not increase the
GVWR and GAWR limitations.
6What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
Road warning.............................................................................6-3
Hazard warning flasher.........................................................6-3
In case of an emergency while driving..............................
....6-4
If the vehicle stalls while driving..........................................6-4
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing..................6-4
If you have a flat tire while driving...............................
.......6-4
If the engine will not start........................................
..............6-5
If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly..............6-5
If engine turns over normally but does not start.............6-5
Emergency starting.................................................
.................6-6
Jump-starting.........................................................................6-6
Push-starting......................................................
....................6-7
If the engine overheats..............................................
..............6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)............................6-9
Effective use of the TPMS..................................................6-10
Low tire pressure telltale ....
...............................................6-11
TPMS malfunction indicator .........................................
.....6-12
Tire replacement with TPMS.........................................
.....6-13
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
rules.......6-15
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)..........................
.....6-15
Jack and tools........................................................................6-16
Storing the spare tire..............................................
............6-18
Changing tires.....................................................
..................6-19
Important - use of compact spar
e tire............................6-23
Jack label...........................................................
.....................6-25
3
6
6
What to do in an emergencyRoad warning
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMER-
GENCY
Road warning
When in an emergency situation
occurs while driving or when you
park by the edge of the roadway,
you must alert approaching or pass
-
ing vehicles to be careful as they
pass. For this, you should use the
hazard warning flasher.
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to
exercise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emer
-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ENGIN
E ST
ART/STOP button in any
position. The flasher switch is
located in the center fascia panel. All
turn signal lights will flash simulta
-
neously.
The hazard warning flasher oper
-
ates whether your vehicle is run
-
ning or not.
The turn signals do not work
w
hen the hazard flasher is on.
Care must be taken when using
th
e hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
OON068001NR
What to do in an emergency
46
In case of an emergency while driving
In case of an emergency while
driving
If an emergency situation occurs
while driving, stay calm and take the
following steps.
If the vehicle stalls while driving
1.Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line.
2.Move cautiously off the road to a
safe place.
3.Turn on your hazard warning
fl
ash
er.
4.Try to start the vehicle again. If
your
vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized Kia dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing, set the shift lever in
the N (Neutral) position and then
push the vehicle to a safe place.
If you
r vehicle has a manual
transmis
sion not equipped with a
ignition lock switch, the vehicle
can move forward by shifting to
the 2 (second) or 3 (third) gear
and then turning the starter
without depressing the clutch
pedal.
If you have a flat tire while driving
1.Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immedi
-
ately or attempt to pull off the
road as this may cause a loss of
control.
2.When the vehicle has slowed to
such a
spee
d that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road.
3.Drive off the road as far as possi
-
ble and park on firm level ground.
If you are on a divided hi
ghway,
do not park in the median area
between the two traffic lanes.
4.When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on
y
our emergency hazard flash
-
ers, set the parking brake and put
the transmission in P.
5.Have all passengers get out of the
veh
icle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is
away from traffic.
6.When changing a flat tire, follow
th
e
instruction provided later in
this section.
5
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf the engine will not start
If the engine will not start
When the engine doesn't start, first
check to see how much fuel there is
and whether the battery is dis
-
charged.
If engine doesn't turn over or turns
over slowly
1.Be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park) and the
emergency brake is set.
2.Check the battery c
on
nections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3.Turn on the interior light. If the
ligh
t dims or goes out when you
operate the starter, the battery is
discharged.
4.Check the starter c
onnections
to
be sure they are securely tight
-
ened.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This c
ould cause damage to
your vehicle. Refer to "Jump-start
-
ing" on page 6-6.
WARNING
Push/pull start
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. Push or pull starting may
cause the catalytic converter to
overload and create a fire hazard.
If engine turns over normally but
does not start
1.Check the fuel level.
2.With the ENGINE START/STOP
button
in the OFF position, check
all connectors at the ignition coils
and spark plugs. Reconnect any
that may be disconnected or
loose.
3.Check the fuel line in the engine
c
o
mpartment.
4.If the engine still does not start,
ca
ll an authorized Kia dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
What to do in an emergency
66
Emergency starting
Emergency starting
When the vehicle will not start
because of low battery power, you
may need to jump start the vehicle.
Jump-starting
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
Jump-starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow these
jump-starting procedures. If in
doubt, we strongly recommend that
you have a competent technician or
towing service jump-start your
vehicle.
WARNING
Battery
Never attempt to check the electro
-
lyte level of the battery as this may
cause the battery to rupture or
explode.
WARNING
Frozen batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery is
frozen as the battery may rupture
or explode.
WARNING
Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away from
the battery. The battery produces
hydrogen gas which will explode if
exposed to flame or sparks.
WARNING
Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative ter
-
minal of the discharged battery,
directly. This can cause the dis
-
charged battery to overheat and
crack, degradation.
Make sure to connect one end of the
jumper cable to the negative termi
-
nal of the booster battery, and the
other end to a metallic point, far
away from the battery.
ODEEV088002NR
7
6
6
What to do in an emergencyEmergency starting
WARNING
Sulfuric acid risk
Automobile batteries contain sulfu
-
ric acid. When jump starting your
vehicle, be careful not to get sulfuric
acid on yourself, your clothing, or on
the vehicle. This acid is poisonous
and highly corrosive.
Jump-starting
1.Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative ter
-
minal is grounded.
If the booster battery is in
anothe
r vehicle, do not allow the
vehicles to come in contact.
2.Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loa
d
s.
3.Connect the jumper cables in the
ex
act sequence shown in the illus
-
tration.
1)Connect on end of a jumper
cable
to the positive terminal of
the discharged battery (1).
2)Connect the other end to the
positiv
e
terminal of the booster
battery (2).
3)Proceed to connect one end of
the
other jumper cable to the
negative terminal of the
booster battery (3), then the
other end to a solid, stationary,
metallic point away from the
battery (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables
to c
ontact anything except the
c
orrect battery terminals or the
correct ground. Do not lean
over the battery when making
connections.
4.Start vehicle with the booster
b
a
ttery and let it run at 2,000
rpm, then start the vehicle with
the discharged battery.
If the cause of your battery dis
-
charging is not apparent, you should
have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Make sure to connect one end of the
jumper cable to the negative termi
-
nal of the booster battery, and the
other end to a metallic point, far
away from the battery.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transmission cannot be push-
started. Follow the directions in this
section for jump-starting.
WARNING
Tow starting vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it.
When the engine starts, the vehicle
ca
n suddenly surge forward and
could cause a collision with the tow
vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
86
If the engine overheats
If the engine overheats
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine will probably be
too hot.
If this happens, you should:
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon
as
it
is safe to do so.
2.Place the shift lever in P and set
the park
ing brake.
3.If the air conditioning is on, turn it
off.
4.If engine coolant is running out
u
n
der the vehicle or steam is
coming out from underneath the
hood, stop the engine. Do not
open the hood until the coolant
has stopped running or the
steaming has stopped.
5.If there is no visible loss of engine
c
ool
ant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is
operating.
1)If the fan is not running, turn
the engine off.
6.Check to see if the water pump
dr
iv
e belt is missing.
1)If it is not missing, check to see
that it is tight.
2)If the drive belt seems to be
s
a
tisfactory, check for coolant
leaking from the radiator, hoses
or under the vehicle. (If the air
conditioning had been in use, it
is normal for cold water to be
draining from it when you
stop).
WARNING
Under the hood
While the engine is running,
keep hair, hands and clothing
aw
ay from moving parts
such as the fan and drive
belts to prevent injury.
7.If the water pump drive belt is
broken or engine coolant is leak
-
ing out, stop the engine immedi
-
ately and call the nearest
authorized Kia dealer for assis
-
tance.
8.If you cannot find the cause of
the ov
erheating, wait until the
engine temperature has returned
to normal. If coolant has been
lost, carefully add coolant to the
reservoir to bring the fluid level in
the reservoir up to the halfway
mark.
9.Proceed with caution, keeping
al
er
t for further signs of over
-
heating. If overheating happens
again, call an authorized Kia
dealer for assistance.
9
6
6
What to do in an emergencyTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator
cap when the engine is hot.
This may r
esult in coolant
being blown out of the opening and
cause serious burns.
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem (TPMS)
The Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem (TPMS) detects the pressure of
vehicle's tires and displays it on the
LCD display.
1.Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS
ma
lf
unction indicator
2.Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on
the LCD display)
OON068002NR
OON068003NR
What to do in an emergency
106
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Tire Pressure Indicator
You can check the tire pressure in
the assist mode on the cluster.
-Refer to "User Settings mode"
on page 4-71.
Tire pressure is displayed 1~2
minutes later after driving.
If tire pressure is not displayed
wh
en the vehicle is stopped,
"Drive to display" message dis
-
plays. After driving, check the tire
pressure.
You can change the tire pressure
unit in the user settings mode on
the cluster.
-psi, kPa, bar (Refer to "User
Settings mode" on page 4-71).
NOTICE
The tire pressure may change due
to factors such as parking condi
-
tion, driving style, and altitude
above sea level.
The tire pressure shown on the
dashboard may dif
fer from the
tire pressure measured by tire
pressure gauge.
Effective use of the TPMS
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect
vehicle handling, and lead to sudden
tire failure that may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an acci
-
dent
Each tire, including the spare (if pro
-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the infla
-
tion pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure
label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a differ
-
ent size than the size indicated on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label, you should deter
-
mine the proper tire inflation pres
-
sure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
ve
hicle has been equipped with a
TPMS that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly under-
inflated. Accordingly, when the low
tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them to
the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the vehi
-
cle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substi
tute for proper tire mainte
-
nance, and it is the driver's respon
-
sibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger illu
-
11
6
6
What to do in an emergencyTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
mination of the TPMS low tire pres
-
sure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
wi
th a TPMS malfunction indicator
to indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS mal
-
function indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approxi
-
mately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This
sequence will continue upon subse
-
quent vehicle start-ups as long as
the malfunction exists. When the
malfunction indicator is illuminated,
the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may
occur for a variety of reasons,
including the installation of replace
-
ment or alternate tires or wheels on
the vehicle that prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
te
ll
tale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function prop
-
erly.
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
1.The low tire pressure telltale /
TPMS m
alfunction indicator does
not illuminate for 3 seconds when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
is turned to the ON position or
engine is running.
2.The TPMS malfunction indicator
r
e
mains illuminated after blinking
for approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low tire pressure position
telltale remains illuminated.
Low tire pressure telltale
Low tire pressure position telltale
When the TPMS warning indicators
are illuminated, one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
OON068004NR
What to do in an emergency
126
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
If the telltale illuminates, immedi
-
ately reduce your speed, avoid hard
cornering and anticipate increased
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as pos
-
sible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pr
es
-
sure as indicated on the vehicle's
placard or tire inflation pressure
label located on the driver's side
center pillar outer panel. If you can
-
not reach a service station or if the
tire cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tire with
the spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indica
-
tor and the Low Tire Pressure tell
-
tale may turn on and illuminate
after restarting and about 20 min
-
utes of continuous driving before
you have the low pressure tire
repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low
tir
e
pressure telltale may be illumi
-
nated if the tire pressure was
adjusted to the recommended tire
inflation pressure in warm weather.
It does not mean your TPMS is mal
-
functioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a proportional
lowering of tire pressure.
You should check the ti
r
e inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
when driving your vehicle in the fol
-
lowing conditions.
from a warm
area to a cold area
from a cold area to a warm area
the outside temperature is
extr
emely high or low
When filling tires with more air, con
-
ditions to turn off the low tire pres
-
sure telltale may not be met. This is
because a tire inflator has a margin
of error in performance. The low
tire pressure telltale will be turned
off if the tire pressure is above the
recommended tire inflation pres
-
sure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Do not drive on low pressure tires.
Significantly low tire pressure can
cause the tires to overheat and fail
making the vehicle unstable result
-
ing in increased braking distances
and a loss of vehicle control.
TPMS malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale will
illuminate after it blinks for approxi
-
mately one minute when there is a
problem with the TPMS.
If the system is able to correctly
detec
t an underinflation warning at
the same time as system failure, it
will illuminate both the TPMS mal
-
function and the low tire pressure
position telltales. For example, if the
Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS
13
6
6
What to do in an emergencyTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
malfunction indicator illuminates,
but if the Front Right, Rear Left, or
Rear Right tire is underinflated, the
low tire pressure position telltales
may illuminate together with the
TPMS malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible to determine the cause of
the problem.
Th
e TPMS malfunction indicator
ma
y be illuminated if the vehicle is
moving around electric power
supply cables or radios transmit
-
ters such as at police stations,
government and public offices,
broadcasting stations, military
installations, airports, or trans
-
mitting towers, etc. This can
interfere with normal operation
of the TPMS.
Th
e TPMS malfunction indicator
ma
y illuminate if the vehicle is
equipped with snow chains or
some personal electronic devices
(such as a laptop computer,
mobile charger, remote starter or
navigation) are being used in the
vehicle. This can interfere with
normal operation of the TPMS.
Tire replacement with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will come on. Have
the flat tire repaired by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer as soon as possible
or replace the flat tire with the
spare tire.
CAUTION
Repair Agents
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by Kia to repair
and/or inflate a low pressure tire.
The sealant not approved by Kia
may damage the tire pressure sen
-
sor.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem. You
must use TPMS specific wheels. It is
recommended that you always have
your tires serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure
tir
e
with the spare tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will remain on until
the low pressure tire is repaired and
placed on the vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure
ti
r
e with the spare tire, the TPMS
malfunction indicator may illumi
-
nate after a few minutes. This is
because the TPMS sensor mounted
on the spare wheel is not yet acti
-
vated.
What to do in an emergency
146
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Once the low pressure tire is inflated
again to the recommended pressure
and installed on the vehicle or the
TPMS sensor mounted on the
replaced spare wheel is initiated by
an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS
malfunction indicator and the low
tire pressure telltale will turn off
within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicator has not disappeared
after
a
few minutes of driving,
please visit an authorized Kia dealer.
If an original mounted tire is
r
e
placed with the spare tire, the
TPMS sensor on the replaced spare
wheel should be initiated and the
TPMS sensor on the original
mounted wheel should be deacti
-
vated. If the TPMS sensor on the
original mounted wheel located in
the spare tire carrier still activates,
the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem may not operate properly. Have
the tire with TPMS serviced or
replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.
You may not be able to identify a
low
tire by simply looking at it.
Always use a good quality tire pres
-
sure gauge to measure the tire's
inflation pressure. Please note that
a tire that is hot (from being driven)
will have a higher pressure mea
-
surement than a tire that is cold
(from sitting stationary for at least
3 hours and driven less than 1 mile
(1.6 km) during that 3 hour period).
Allow the tire to c
ool
before mea
-
suring the inflation pressure. Always
be sure the tire is cold before inflat
-
ing to the recommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been
sitting for 3 hours and driven
for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that
3 hour period.
Never use tire sealant if your vehicle
is
equippe
d with a TPMS. The liquid
sealant can damage the tire pres
-
sure sensors.
The TPMS cannot alert you to
s
evere and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors such
as nails or road debris.
I
f you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off
the
accelerator, apply the brakes
gradually and with light force, and
slowly move to a safe position off
the road.
15
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
NOTICE
Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or dis
-
abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) components may
interfere with the system's ability
to warn the driver of low tire pres
-
sure conditions and/or TPMS mal
-
functions. Tampering with,
modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may void the warranty
for that portion of the vehicle.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm
-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any
inter
ference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expr
essl
y approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper
-
ate the device.
If you have a flat tire (with
spare tire)
If you have a flat tire, you can
change the flat tire to a spare tire
using tools.
WARNING
Driving on a flat tire will cause per
-
manent damage to the tire. Re-
inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely underin
-
flated or flat may cause a blowout
and a serious crash. Never attempt
to re-inflate a tire that has been
driven on while severely underin
-
flated or flat. In this case, repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as pos
-
sible.
WARNING
Changing as tire can be dangerous.
Follow the instructions in this sec
-
tion when changing a tire to reduce
the risk of serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack han
-
dle to stay clear of the flat end. The
flat end has sharp edges that could
cause cuts.
What to do in an emergency
166
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Jack and tools
1.Jack handle
2.Wheel nut wrench
3.Driver
4.Socket
5.Jack
The jack and tools are stored in the
lugga
ge
side trim.
Remove the tray cover indicated in
th
e il
lustration.
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
T
o prevent the jack from "rattling"
wh
ile the vehicle is in motion,
store it properly.
F
ollow jacking instructions to
r
educe the possibility of personal
injury.
WARNING
Changing tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in
the traffic lanes of a public road
or highway.
Al
ways move the vehicle com
-
pletely off the road and onto the
shoulder before trying to change
a tire. The jack should be used on
firm level ground. If you cannot
find a firm level place off the road,
call a towing service company for
assistance.
Be sur
e to use the
correct front
and rear jacking positions on the
vehicle; never use the bumpers or
any other part of the vehicle for
jacking support.
T
he vehicle can roll off the jack
causing
serious injury or death.
Do not get under a vehicle that is
supp
orted by a jack.
Do not start or run the engine
w
hile the vehicle is on the jack.
Do not allow anyone to
remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
Make sure any children present
ar
e in a secure place away from
the road and from the vehicle to
be raised with the jack.
WARNING
Tire jack
Do not place any portion of your
body under a vehicle that is only
supported by a jack since the vehicle
can easily roll off the jack. Use vehi
-
cle support stands.
OON068005NR
17
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
WARNING
Changing tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in the
traffic lanes of a public road or high
-
way.
Always move the vehicle com
-
pletely off the road and onto the
shoulder before trying to change
a tire. The jack should be used on
a firm level ground. If you cannot
find a firm, level place off the
road, call a towing service com
-
pany for assistance.
Be sure to use the correct front
an
d rear jacking positions on the
vehicle; never use the bumpers or
any other part of the vehicle for
jack support.
D
o not allow anyone to
remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
Make sure any children present
ar
e in a secure place away from
the road and from the vehicle to
be raised with the jack.
WARNING
Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of the
vehicle while the vehicle is on the
jack as this may cause the vehicle to
fall off the jack.
To prevent the jack from "rattling"
while the vehicle is in motion, store
it properly.
NOTICE
Retreaded tires
Possibly substantial variations in the
design and age of the tire casing
structures can limit service life and
have a negative impact on road
safety.
Removing the spare tire
Your spare tire is stored underneath
the back of your vehicle, directly
below the right sliding door.
To remove the spare tire:
1.Open the luggage floor c
ov
er and
find the plastic hex bolt cover on
the floor.
2.Remove the cover.
OON068006NR
What to do in an emergency
186
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
3.Use the tool to loosen the bolt
enough to lower the spare tire.
Turn the tool counterclockwise
until the spare tir
e reaches the
ground.
4.After the spare tire reaches the
grou
nd, continue to turn the tool
counterclockwise, and draw the
spare tire outside. Never rotate
the tool excessively, otherwise
the spare tire carrier may be
damaged.
5.Remove the retainer from the
c
e
nter of the spare tire.
Storing the spare tire
1.Place the wheel under the vehicle
and install the retainer through
the wheel center.
2.Turn the tool clockwise until it
cl
ic
ks.
Ensure the spare tire retainer is
pr
operly aligned with the center of
the spare tire to prevent the spare
tire from "rattling".
Otherwise, it may cause the spare
t
i
re to fall off the carrier and lead to
an accident.
OON068007NR
OON068008NR
OON068010NR
19
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Changing tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to
you or those nearby. Take the fol
-
lowing safety precautions:
Never place any portion of your
body
under a vehicle that is sup
-
ported by a jack.
NEVER attempt to change a tire in
th
e lane of traffic. ALWAYS move
the vehicle completely off the
road on level, firm ground away
from traffic before trying to
change a tire. If you cannot find a
level, firm place off the road, call a
towing service for assistance.
Be
sure to use the jack provided
with
the vehicle.
ALWAYS place the jack on the des
-
ignated jacking positions on the
vehicle and NEVER on the bum
-
pers or any other part of the
vehicle for jacking support.
Do not start or run the engine
w
hile the vehicle is on the jack.
Do not allow anyone to
remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
Keep children away from the road
and the vehicle.
1.Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2.Place the transmission shift lever
in P
(Park).
3.Activate the hazard warning
flash
ers.
4.Remove the wheel lug nut
wrench, jack and spare tire from
the vehicle.
5.Block both the front and rear of
the
wheel that is diagonally oppo
-
site from the jack position.
WARNING
Jack location
To reduce the possibility of injury,
be sure to use only the jack provided
with the vehicle in the correct jack
position; never use any other part of
the vehicle for jack support.
OON068029NR
OON068030NR
What to do in an emergency
206
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
WARNING
Changing a tire
To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always set
the parking brake fully, and
always block the wheel diagonally
opposite the wheel being
changed.
W
e recommend that the wheels
o
f the vehicle be blocked, and that
no person remain in a vehicle that
is being jacked.
6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun
-
terclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
7.Place the jack at the front (1) or
re
ar (2) jacking position closest to
the tire you are changing. Place
the jack at the designated loca
-
tions under the frame. The jack
-
ing positions are plates welded to
the frame with two tabs and a
raised dot to line up with the jack.
8.Insert the wheel lug nut wrench
in
to the jack and turn it clockwise,
raising the vehicle until the tire
just clears the ground. This mea
-
surement is approximately 1 in
(30 mm).
OON068011NR
OON068012NR
OON068013NR
OON068014NR
21
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta
-
ble and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
9.Loosen the wheel nuts and
re
move them with your fingers.
10.Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it fl
at so it cannot roll away.
11.To put the wheel on the hub, pick
up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip
the wheel slightly and get the top
hole in the wheel lined up with the
top stud.
12.Jiggle the wheel back and forth
u
n
til the wheel can slide over the
other studs.
Wheels may have sharp edges.
H
a
ndle them carefully to avoid
possible severe injury. Before put
-
ting the wheel into place, be sure
that there is nothing on the hub
or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,
etc.) that prevents the wheel
from fitting solidly against the
hub.
WARNING
Installing a wheel
When you install a wheel, always
remove any corrosion, dirt or for
-
eign materials present on the
mounting surfaces of the wheel
or the surface of the wheel hub,
brake drum or brake disc that
contacts the wheel. Make sure to
secure any fasteners that attach
the rotor to the hub so they do
not interfere with the mounting
surfaces of the wheel. Installing
wheels without correct metal-to-
metal contact at the wheel
mounting surfaces can cause the
wheel nuts to loosen and the
wheel to come off while your
vehicle is in motion, resulting in
loss of vehicle control, personal
injury or death.
Make sure the wheel makes good
c
ontact with the hub when
installed. If the contact of the
mounting surface between the
wheel and hub is not good, the
wheel nuts could come loose and
cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of
a wheel may result in loss of con
-
trol of the vehicle.
WARNING
Wheel covers will not fit on the vehi
-
cle's compact spare. If you try to put
a wheel cover on the compact spare,
the cover or the spare could be
damaged.
13.To install the wheel, hold it on
the studs, put the wheel nuts on
the studs and tighten them finger
tight.
14.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
c
om
pletely seated, then tighten
the nuts as much as possible with
your fingers again.
15.Insert the wrench into the jack
an
d
lower the vehicle to the
ground by turning the wheel nut
wrench counterclockwise.
What to do in an emergency
226
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
16.Position the wrench as shown in
the drawing and tighten the
wheel nuts. Be sure the socket is
seated completely over the nut.
Do not stand on the wrench han
-
dle or use an extension pipe over
the wrench handle.
17.Go around the wheel, tightening
ev
ery nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image
until they are all tight. Double-
check each nut for tightness.
18.After changing wheels, have an
authorize
d
Kia dealer tighten the
wheel nuts to their proper torque
as soon as possible.
19.To prevent the jack, wheel lug
nut wr
ench a
nd spare tire from
rattling while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
20.Check the inflation pressures as
soon a
s p
ossible after installing
the spare tire. Adjust it to the
specified pressure, if necessary.
Refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 8-5.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
79~94 lbfft (11~13 kgfm)
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valv
e
cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recom
-
mended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the
correct pressure. If it is too high,
adjust it until it is correct. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking
or adjusting the tire pressure. If the
cap is not replaced, dust and dirt
may get into the tire valve and air
may leak from the tire. If you lose a
valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
a
l
ways secure the flat tire in its
place and return the jack and tools
to their proper storage locations.
CAUTION
Reusing lug nuts
Make certain during wheel removal
that the same nuts that were
removed are reinstalled - or, if
replaced, that nuts with metric
threads and the same chamfer con
-
figuration are used. Your vehicle has
metric threads on the wheel studs
and nuts. Installation of a non-met
-
ric thread nut on a metric stud will
not secure the wheel to the hub
properly and will damage the stud
so that it must be replaced.
OON068015NR
23
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use
extreme care in checking for thread
style before installing aftermarket
lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, con
-
sult an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they may
lose their ability to retain the wheel.
This could lead to the loss of the
wheel and a collision resulting in
serious injuries.
WARNING
Never use oil or grease on bolts or
nuts because the nuts might come
loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall
off, causing a crash.
Important - use of compact spare
tire
Your vehicle is equipped with a com
-
pact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regu
-
lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than
a conventional tire and is designed
for temporary use only.
Y
ou should drive carefully when
the
compact spare is in use. The
compact spare should be replaced
by the proper conventional tire
and rim at the first opportunity.
The oper
ati
on of this vehicle is
not recommended with more than
one compact spare tire in use at
the same time.
WARNING
Spare tire
The compact spare tire is for emer
-
gency use only. Do not operate your
vehicle on this compact spare at
speeds over 50 mph (80 km/h). The
original tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the spare possibly leading
to bodily injury or death.
The compact spare should be
inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as neces
-
sary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
U
nder no circumstances should
you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a
higher spee
d could damage the
tire.
En
sure that you drive slowly
enough for the road c
onditions to
avoid all hazards. Any road haz
-
ard, such as a pothole or debris,
could seriously damage the com
-
pact spare.
What to do in an emergency
246
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Any continuous road use of this
tire could result in tire failure, loss
of vehicle control, and possible
personal injury.
Do
not exceed the vehicle's maxi
-
mum load rating or the load-car
-
rying capacity shown on the
sidewall of the compact spare
tire.
A
void driving over obstacles. The
c
ompact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a
conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1
inch (25 mm), which could result
in damage to the vehicle.
Do n
ot take this vehicle through
an
automatic vehicle wash while
the compact spare tire is installed.
D
o not use tire chains on the
c
ompact spare tire. Because of
the smaller size, a tire chain will
not fit properly. This could dam
-
age the vehicle and result in loss
of the chain.
Do not use the compact spare tire
on a
ny other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
Th
e compact spare tire's tread life
i
s shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn com
-
pact spare tires with the same
size and design, mounted on the
same wheel.
The
compact spare tire should not
be used on any other
wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other vehicle com
-
ponents may occur.
Do not use more than one com
-
pact spare tire at a time.
Do not tow a trailer while the
c
ompact spare tire is installed.
25
6
6
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Jack label
Type A
Type B
Type C
* The actual jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more
detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1.Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parki
ng brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5
. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lift
-
ing point.
8. Move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with intelligent variable trans
-
mission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.Jack manufacturer
11.Production date
12.Representative company and address
OSK3068043NR
OSK3068044NR
OSK3068045NR
What to do in an emergency
266
Towing
Towing
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commer
-
cial tow-truck service.
Towing service
Proper lifting and towing proce
-
dures are necessary to prevent
damage to the vehicle. The use of
wheel dollies (1) or flatbed is recom
-
mended.
On Front Wheel Drive (FWD) vehi
-
cles, it is acceptable to tow the vehi
-
cle with the rear wheel on the
ground (without dollies) and the
front wheels off the ground. If any
of the loaded wheels or suspension
components are damaged or the
vehicle is being towed with the front
wheels on the ground, use a towing
dolly under the front wheels. When
being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used,
the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
On All Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles,
yo
ur
vehicle must be towed with a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed
equipment with all the wheels off
the ground.
WARNING
Side and curtain Air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with side
and curtain air bag, set the ENGINE
START/STOP button to ACC position
when the vehicle is being towed.
The side and curtain air bag may
deploy when the ENGINE STAR
T/
STOP button to ON position and the
rollover sensor detects the situation
as a rollover.
NOTICE
If the EPB does not release normal-
ly, take your vehicle to an author-
ized Kia dealer by loading the vehi-
cle on a flatbed tow truck and have
the system checked.
OON068016NR
27
6
6
What to do in an emergencyTowing
CAUTION
Towing
Do not tow the vehicle backwards
with the front wheels on the
ground as this may cause damage
to the transmission.
D
o not tow with sl
ing-type equip
-
ment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
WARNING
If you tow the vehicle while the
front wheels are touching the
ground, the vehicle motor may
generate electricity and the
motor components may be dam
-
aged or a fire may occur.
When a vehicle fire occurs due to
the battery, ther
e is a risk of a
second fire. Contact the fire
department when towing the
vehicle.
Towing without wheel dollies when
using a towing service
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1.Set the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to ACC position.
2.Place the transmission shift lever
in N (Neutra
l).
3.Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Towing gear position
Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may
cause internal damage to the vehi
-
cle.
OON068017NR
OON068018NR
7Maintenance
Maintenance
Engine compartment...............................................................7-4
Maintenance services...............................................................7-5
Owner maintenance.................................................................7-7
Scheduled maintenance service.............................................7-9
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...................7-13
Engine oil and filter................................................................7-16
Checking the engine oil level...............................................7-16
Changing the engine oil and filter.................................
.....7-17
Engine coolant.......................................................
..................7-18
Checking the coolant level...................................................7-19
Changing the coolant...............................................
............7-20
Brake fluid...........................................................
.....................7-20
Checking the brake fluid level.............................................7-20
Washer fluid........................................................
.....................7-21
Checking the washer fluid level..........................................7-21
Parking brake ........................................................
..................7-22
Air cleaner filter......................................................................7-23
Replacing air cleaner filter..................................................7-23
Climate control air filter......
..................................................7-24
Inspecting and replacing climate control air filter..........7-24
Wiper blades..........................................................
..................7-26
Front windshield wiper blade.............................................7-26
Replacing front windshield wipe
r blade............................7-27
Replacing rear window wiper blade...................................
7-28
Battery............................................................
.........................7-29
Tires and wheels.....................................................................7-32
7Maintenance
Checking tire inflation pressure.........................................7-33
Tire rotation.......................................................
...................7-34
Wheel alignment and tire balance.....................................
7-34
Tire replacement.....................................................
.............7-35
Wheel replacement....................................................
..........7-35
Tire traction........................................................
...................7-36
Tire maintenance.....................................................
.............7-36
Tire sidewall labeling...............................................
.............7-36
Tire terminology and definitions....................................
...7-39
All season tires......................................................
................7-42
Summer tires........................................................
................7-42
Snow tires...........................................................
...................7-42
Tire chains...........................................................
...................7-43
Radial-ply tires......................................................
................7-43
Low aspect ratio tire...............................................
.............7-44
Fuses...............................................................
..........................7-45
Replacing inner panel fuse..................................................7-47
Replacing engine compartment fuse................................7-48
F
use/relay panel description........................................
......7-50
Light bulbs.........................................................
.......................7-59
Headlamp bulb......................................................................7-62
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / Position lamp /
Day
time running lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED Type)
bulb (Headlamp Type B) ................................................
......7-63
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / Front turn signal
lamp
bulb (Headlamp Type A)..........................................
...7-63
Replacing Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb
(He
adlamp Type A)..................................................
.............7-63
Replacing front fog lamp bulb.........................................
...7-64
Replacing side repeater lamp (LED Type) bulb................7-64
7Maintenance
Replacing turn signal lamp (bulb Type) bulb....................7-64
Replacing Stop
and tail lamp bulb
(Rear combination lamp Type A) .....................................
..7-65
Replacing Stop
and tail lamp bulb
(Rear combination lamp Type B) .....................................
..7-65
Replacing Back lamp bulb (Rear c
ombination lamp
Type A/B).............................................................
..................7-65
Replacing High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED
type) bulb.....7-66
Replacing license plate lamp bulb
......................................7-66
Replacing map lamp (bulb type) bulb................................
7-66
Replacing map lamp (LED type) bulb................................
7-67
Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb..................................
..7-67
Replacing room lamp (bulb type) bu
lb..............................7-68
Replacing room lamp (LED type) bu
lb...............................7-68
Replacing personal lamp (LED Ty
pe) bulb........................7-68
Replacing glove box lamp........
............................................7-69
Replacing luggage lamp bulb.....
.........................................7-69
Replacing luggage lamp (LED Type) bu
lb.........................7-69
Appearance care......................................................
...............7-70
Exterior care..........................................................................7-70
Interior care.........................................................
..................7-76
Emission control system...............................................
........7-78
California perchlorate notice................................................7-81
Maintenance
47
Engine compartment
MAINTENANCE
Engine compartment
Open the hood to see the engine compartment.
Gasoline Engine (Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI)
* The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1.Engine coolant reservoir
2.Engine oil filler cap
3.Brake fluid reservoir
4.Air cleaner
5.Fuse box
6.Negative battery terminal
7.Positive battery terminal
8.Engine oil dipstick
9.Radiator cap
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
OON078001NR
5
7
7
MaintenanceMaintenance services
Maintenance services
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever
performing any maintenance or
inspection procedures.
Should you have any doubts con
-
cerning the inspection or servicing
of your vehicle, we strongly recom
-
mend that you have an authorized
Kia dealer perform this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has fac
-
tory-trained technicians and genu
-
ine Kia parts to service your vehicle
properly. For expert advice and
quality service, see an authorized
Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi
-
cient servicing may result in opera
-
tional problems with your vehicle
that could lead to vehicle damage,
an accident, or personal injury.
Owner's responsibility
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsi
-
bility.
You should retain documents that
show p
roper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accor
-
dance with the scheduled mainte
-
nance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this
information to establish your com
-
pliance with the servicing and main
-
tenance requirements of your
vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Warranty & Con
-
sumer Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required
as a result of improper maintenance
or a lack of required maintenance
are not covered.
We recommend you have your vehi
-
cle maintained and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. Authorized
Kia dealers meet Kia's high service
quality standards and receive tech
-
nical support from Kia in order to
provide you with a high level of ser
-
vice satisfaction.
NOTICE
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) has issued
a general warning to all vehicle own
-
ers of all brands regarding the risks
associated with vehicle underbody
corrosion. From your initial pur
-
chase, take the following steps to
prevent unsafe corrosion damage to
your vehicle:
Wash the undercarriage of your
v
ehicle regularly during the winter
and whenever your vehicle has
Maintenance
67
Maintenance services
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
Do a thorough washing of the
under
carriage at the end of the
winter.
Use
professional service techni
-
cians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for
corrosion.
Immediate
ly
seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visu
-
ally aware of corrosion flaking or
scaling or if you become aware of
a change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongy brakes,
fluids leaking, impairment of
directional control, suspension
noises or rattling metal straps.
NHT
SA further advises that after
a
vehicle is 7 years old, it is essen
-
tial that you take these indicated
maintenance steps to ensure that
you protect yourself from unsafe
corrosion conditions.
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section
gives instructions only for the main
-
tenance items that are easy to per
-
form.
As explained earlier in this section,
sev
eral procedures can be done only
by an authorized Kia dealer with
special tools.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance proce
-
dure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance work
Do not wear jewelry or loose cloth
-
ing while working under the hood of
your vehicle with the engine run
-
ning. These items can become
entangled in moving parts, if you
must run the vehicle in the engine
while working under the hood, make
certain that you remove all jewelry
(especially rings, bracelets, watches,
and necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose clothing
before getting near cooling fans.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts (including
strut bars) while the vehicle is oper
-
ating or hot. Doing so could result in
serious bodily injury. Turn the vehi
-
cle off and wait until the metal parts
cool down to perform maintenance
work on the vehicle.
7
7
7
MaintenanceOwner maintenance
Owner maintenance
The following lists detail the vehicle
checks and inspections that should
be performed by the owner or an
authorized Kia dealer. They should
be performed at the indicated fre
-
quencies to help ensure the safe
and dependable operation of your
vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your
dealer as soon as possible.
These owner maintenance checks
ar
e
generally not covered by war
-
ranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
When you stop for fuel:
Check the engine oil level.
Check the coolant level in coolant
re
servoir.
Check the windshield washer fluid
le
vel.
Look for low or unde
r-inflated
tires. Check if the front of the
radiator and condenser are clean
and not blocked with leaves, dirt
or insects etc. If any of the above
parts are extremely dirty or you
are not sure of their condition,
take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING
Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure.
While operating your vehicle:
Check for vibrations in the steer
-
ing wheel. Notice any increased
steering effort or looseness in the
steering wheel, or change in its
straight-ahead position.
Noti
ce if your vehicle constantly
turn
s slightly or "pulls" to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
When
stopping, listen and check
f
or unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
If
any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmiss
ion
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
Chec
k the automatic transmission
P (
Park) function.
Check the parking brake.
Check for fluid leaks under your
v
ehicle (water dripping from the
air conditioning system during or
after use is normal).
Maintenance
87
Owner maintenance
At least monthly:
Check the coolant level in the
coolant reservoir.
Check the operation of all exterior
li
ghts, including the stoplights,
turn signals and hazard warning
flashers.
Che
ck the inflation pressures of all
tir
es including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
Chec
k for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year (i.e., every
Spring and Fall):
Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
Che
ck the windshield washer
spra
y and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
Chec
k the headlight alignment.
Check the lap/shoulder belts for
we
ar and function.
At least once a year:
Clean the body and door drain
holes.
Lubricate the door hinges and
check the hood hinges.
Lubricate the
door and hood locks
and latches.
Lubricate the door rubber weath
-
erstrips.
Check the air conditioning system.
Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage
and controls.
Clean the battery and terminals.
Check the brake fluid level.
Visually inspect steering, suspen
-
sion, and chassis components for
damaged, loose, or missing parts
or signs of wear.
9
7
7
MaintenanceScheduled maintenance service
Scheduled maintenance service
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the follow
-
ing conditions apply.
Follow the Maintenance Under
Sev
ere Usage Conditions if any of
the following conditions apply.
Re
peated driving short distance
of less
than 5 miles (8 km) in nor
-
mal temperature or less than 10
miles (16 km) in freezing tem
-
perature.
Extensive engine idling or low
sp
eed driving for long distances.
Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpa
ved, graveled or salt-spread
roads.
Driving
in areas using salt or other
c
orrosive materials or in very cold
weather.
Dr
iving in heavy dust condition.
Driving in heavy traffic area.
Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mounta
in road repeatedly.
Towing a trailer , a camper, or
storing car
go on roof rack.
Vehicle towing, driving for patrol
ca
r, taxi, or other commercial use.
Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h).
Frequently driving in stop-and-go
c
ondition.
If your vehicle is operated in any of
the pr
ior listed conditions, you
should inspect, replace or refill more
frequently, using the severe usage
maintenance schedule instead of
the normal usage maintenance
schedule.
Maintenance
107
Scheduled maintenance service
Normal maintenance schedule - Non Turbo Models
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good
emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission
services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown,
the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months1224364860728496108120132144156168180
Miles1,0007.51522.53037.54552.56067.57582.59097.5105112.5
Km1,0001224364860728496108120132144156168180
Drive belts
*1
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months, after that,
inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months
Engine oil and engine oil fil
-
ter
RRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
Fuel additives
*2
Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months
Air cleaner filterIIIRIIIRIIIRIII
Spark plugsReplace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km)
Climate control air filterRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
Valve clearance
*3
Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
Vacuum hoseIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Coolant (Engine)
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, after that,
replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
Battery conditionIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Brake lines, hoses and con
-
nections
IIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Brake discs and padsIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Steering gear rack, linkage
and boots
IIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Drive shaft and boots-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-
Suspension ball joints and
mounting
bolts
IIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Air conditioner compressor/
refrigerant
IIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Exhaust systemIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Cooling system---I-I-I-I-I-I-
Automatic Transmission
fluid
No check, No service required
11
7
7
MaintenanceScheduled maintenance service
Rear axle oil (AWD)
*4
Inspect every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months
Transfer case oil (AWD)
*4
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-
Fuel tank air filter
*5
-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-
Fuel lines, hoses and con
-
nections
-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-
Bolt and nuts on chassis and
body
IIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Parking brakeIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Brake fluidIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Tire (pressure & tread wear)IIIIIIIIIIIIIII
*1.The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
*2.If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are
available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix
other additives.
*3.Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and
adj
ust if necessary. Have an authorized
Kia dealer perform the operation.
*4.Transfer case oil and rear axle oi
l should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
*5.Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but
periodic inspection is recommended as the
level of maintenance will be dependent upon the quality fuel used in the vehicle.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months1224364860728496108120132144156168180
Miles1,0007.51522.53037.54552.56067.57582.59097.5105112.5
Km1,0001224364860728496108120132144156168180
Maintenance
127
Scheduled maintenance service
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used
under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropri
-
ate maintenance intervals.
R: Replace
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Severe Driving Conditions
A: Repeatedly driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal tem
-
perature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in
freezing temperature.
B: Extensive low speed driving for long
distances.
C: Driving on rough, dusty, m
uddy,
unp
aved, graveled or salt-spread roads.
D: Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather.
E: Driving in heavy dust condition.
F: Driving in heavy traffic area.
G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or moun
-
tain roads.
H: Towing a trailer , a
camper, or storing
cargo on roof rack.
I: Vehicle towing, driving for patrol car,
taxi, or other c
om
mercial use.
J: Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go
conditions
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervalsDriving condition
Engine oil and engine oil filterR
Every 3,750 miles (6,000
km) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filterRMore frequentlyC, E
Spark plugsRMore frequentlyA, B, F, G, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluidR
Every 60,000 miles
(100,000 km)
A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Rear axle oil (AWD)R
Every 75,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD)R
Every 75,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Manual transmission fluidR
Every 75,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Brake discs and pads, calipers
and rotors
IMore frequentlyC, D, E, G, H
Parking brakeIMore frequentlyC, D, G, H
Steering gear rack, linkage
and boots
IMore frequentlyC, D, E, F, G
Suspension ball joints and
mounting bolts
IMore frequentlyC, D, E, F, G
Drive shafts and bootsIMore frequentlyC, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filterIMore frequentlyC, E, G
13
7
7
MaintenanceExplanation of scheduled maintenance items
Explanation of scheduled main
-
tenance items
The following parts require sched
-
uled maintenance.
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe con
-
ditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked peri
-
odically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel filter
Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped with
a lifetime fuel filter that is inte
-
grated with the fuel tank. Regular
maintenance or replacement is gen
-
erally not needed. This may vary
depending on fuel quality. If you
experience any of the following: fuel
flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, or a hard starting issue,
inspection and, if necessary,
replacement may be needed. Have
the fuel filter inspected or replaced
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec
-
tions
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and dam
-
age. Have an authorized Kia dealer
replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those inter
-
vals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure that a new
vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor
-
rectly replaced.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi
-
dence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterio
-
ration. Particular attention should
be paid to examine those hose sur
-
faces nearest to high heat sources,
such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in con
-
tact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving components which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are pres
-
Maintenance
147
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
ent. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
Air cleaner filter
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Valve clearance (if equipped)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. An authorized Kia dealer
should perform the operation.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system compo
-
nents, such as the radiator, coolant
reservoir, hoses and connections for
leakage and damage. Replace any
damaged parts.
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the main
-
tenance schedule.
Automatic transmission fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions. But in severe conditions,
the fluid should be changed at an
authorized Kia dealer in accordance
to the scheduled maintenance at
the beginning of this section.
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color is
usually red. As the vehicle is driven,
the automatic transmission fluid will
begin to look darker.
It is the normal condition and you
should not judge the need to replace
the fluid based upon the changed
color.
CAUTION
Transmission fluids
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission mal
-
function and failure. Use only speci
-
fied automatic transmission fluid.
(Refer to "Recommended lubricants
and capacities" on page 8-6.)
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installa
-
tion, chafing, cracks, deterioration
and any leakage. Replace any dete
-
riorated or damaged parts immedi
-
ately.
15
7
7
MaintenanceExplanation of scheduled maintenance items
NOTICE
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
NHTSA has warned all vehicle own
-
ers of all brands that they must
maintain their vehicles in a manner
which will prevent brake hose and
brake line failures due to corrosion
when such vehicles are exposed to
winter road salt and related chemi
-
cals. While serious corrosion condi
-
tions typically only manifest
themselves as safety issues after 7
years of vehicle use, the corrosion
process starts immediately and
thus underbody cleaning mainte
-
nance must commence from your
vehicle's first exposure to road salts
and chemicals. NHTSA urges vehicle
owners to take the following steps
to prevent corrosion:
1.Wash the undercarriage of your
v
e
hicle regularly throughout the
winter and do a thorough washing
in the spring to remove road salt
and other de-icing chemicals.
2.Monitor the brake system for
signs of c
orrosion b
y having regu
-
lar professional inspections and
watching for signs of problems,
including loss of brake fluid,
unusual leaks and soft or spongy
feel in the brake pedal.
3.Replace the entire brake pipe
asse
mbly
if you find severe corro
-
sion that causes scaling or flaking
of brake components.
Brake fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir. The level
should be between "MIN" and "MAX"
marks on the side of the reservoir.
Use only hydraulic brake fluid con
-
forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi
-
cation.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever (or
pedal) and cables.
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks,
deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con
-
nections or replace parts as neces
-
sary.
Brake discs, pads, calipers and
rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and cali
-
pers for fluid leakage.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Maintenance
167
Engine oil and filter
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and off,
check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or dam
-
age. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and dam
-
age.
Checking fluid levels
When checking engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer
fluid, always be sure to clean the
area around any filler plug, drain
plug, or dipstick before checking or
draining any lubricant or fluid. This
is especially important in dusty or
sandy areas and when the vehicle is
used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the
plug and dipstick areas will prevent
dirt and grit from entering the
engine and other mechanisms that
could be damaged.
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe con
-
ditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Checking the engine oil level
1.Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2.Start the engine and allow it to
re
ach normal operating tempera
-
ture.
WARNING
Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may be
hot enough to burn you.
3.Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes)
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4.Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
an
d r
e-insert it fully.
CAUTION
Do not overfill the engine oil. It
may damage the engine.
Do not spill engine oil, when add
-
ing or changing engine oil. If you
drop the engine oil on the engine
room, wipe it off immediately.
17
7
7
MaintenanceEngine oil and filter
When you wipe the oil level gauge,
you should wipe it with a clean
cloth. When mixed with debris, it
can cause engine damage.
The brake fluid constantly
absorbs moisture from the air.
This lowers the boiling point of
the brake fluid. If the boiling point
is too low, vapor pockets may
form in the brake system when
the brakes are applied hard.
5.Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI
Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI
Do not overfill. Use a funnel to help
prevent oil from being spilled on
engine components. Use only the
specified engine oil. (Refer to "Rec
-
ommended lubricants and capaci
-
ties" on page 8-6.)
Changing the engine oil and filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in con
-
tact with the skin for prolonged
periods of time. Used engine oil con
-
tains chemicals that have caused
cancer in laboratory animals. Always
protect your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil.
Do not leave used engine oil within
the reach of children.
OON078002NR
OON078003NR
Maintenance
187
Engine coolant
Engine coolant
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year
round antifreeze coolant. The reser
-
voir is filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder cli
-
mate.
WARNING
Radiator/Inverter cap
Never attempt to remove the radia
-
tor or inverter cap while the engine
is operating or hot. Doing so might
lead to cooling system and engine
damage and could result in serious
bodily injury from escaping hot cool
-
ant or steam.
Recommended coolant
When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the
factory. An improper coolant mix
-
ture can result in serious malfunc
-
tion or damage.
Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the
specified coolant.
Do not use a solution that con
-
tains more than 60% antifreeze
or less than 35% antifreeze,
which would reduce the effective
-
ness of the solution.
The cooling circuit of a vehicle
eq
uipped with a heat pump sys
-
tem may freeze in extremely low
temperature when the concen
-
tration of the antifreezing liquid is
below 45%.
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure which
may result in serious injury.
Ambient Tem
-
perature
Mixture Percentage (volume)
AntifreezeWater
5 F (-15 C)3565
-13 F (-25 C)4060
-31 F (-35 C)5050
-49 F (-45 C)6040
OON078004NR
19
7
7
MaintenanceEngine coolant
Engine room rear view
Checking the coolant level
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
Never attempt to
rem
ove the radia
-
tor cap while the
engine is operating or hot. Doing so
might lead to cooling system dam
-
age and could result in serious per
-
sonal injury from escaping hot
coolant or steam.
1.Turn the vehicle off and wait until
it cools down.
2.Use extreme care when removing
the
radiator cap. Wrap a thick
towel around it, and turn it coun
-
terclockwise slowly to the first
stop.
3.Step back while the pressure is
re
leased from the cooling system.
4.When you are sure all the pres
-
sure has been released, press
down on the cap, using a thick
towel, and continue turning coun
-
terclockwise to remove it.
WARNING
Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The electric
motor (cooling fan) is controlled by
coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure and vehicle speed. it may
sometimes operate even when the
vehicle is not running.
5.Check the condition and connec
-
tions of all cooling system hoses
and heater hoses.
6.Replace any swollen or deterio
-
rated hoses.
7.Check the coolant level. The cool
-
ant level should be filled between
F and L marks on the side of the
coolant reservoir when the engine
room is cool.
8.If the coolant level is low, add
en
ough spe
cified coolant to pro
-
vide protection against freezing
and corrosion. Bring the level to F,
but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required,
se
e a
n authorized Kia dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
OON078005NR
Maintenance
207
Brake fluid
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth or fabric around
the radiator cap before refilling the
coolant in order to prevent the cool
-
ant from overflowing into engine
parts such as the alternator.
Brake fluid
The brake fluid acts to transmit
force to the brake when the driver
depresses the brake pedal. Brake
fluid must be maintained periodi
-
cally to ensure that the brakes
operate smoothly.
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
1.Before removing the reservoir cap
a
n
d adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap
thoroughly to prevent brake fluid
contamination.
CAUTION
Proper fluid
Only use brake fluid in the brake
system. Small amounts of improper
fluids can cause damage to the
brake system.
OON078006NR
21
7
7
MaintenanceWasher fluid
2.If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX level. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a
normal condition associated with
the wear of the brake linings. If
the fluid level is excessively low,
have the brake system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid.
(Refer to "Recommended lubricants
and capacities" on page 8-6.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
In the event the brake system
r
e
quires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
When changing and adding brake
f
l
uid, handle it carefully. Do not let it
come in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid should come in contact
with your eyes, immediately flush
them with a large quantity of fresh
tap water. Have your eyes examined
by a doctor as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to contact
the vehicle's body paint, as paint
damage will result.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed
to open air for an extended time
should never be used as its quality
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
Washer fluid
Washer fluid is used when wiping
the windshield of the vehicle with a
windshield wiper. You should check
and refill washer fluid periodically to
make sure that it doesn't run out.
Checking the washer fluid level
The reservoir is translucent so that
you can check the level with a quick
visual inspection.
Chec
k the fluid level in the washer
f
luid reservoir and add fluid if
necessary. Plain water may be
used if washer fluid is not avail
-
able. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in
cold climates to prevent freezing.
OON078007NR
Maintenance
227
Parking brake
WARNING
Flammable Fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open flames or
sparks. The windshield washer fluid
reservoir is flammable under certain
circumstances. This can result in a
fire.
WARNING
Coolant
Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid res
-
ervoir.
Radiator coolant can se
verely
obscure visibility when sprayed on
the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
Windshield fluid
Do not drink the windshield washer
fluid. The windshield washer fluid is
poisonous to humans and animals.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever (or
pedal) and cables.
1.Check whether the stroke is
w
i
thin specification when the
parking brake pedal is depressed
with 66 lbs., 294 N (30 kg) of
force.
Also, the parking brake alone
sh
ou
ld securely hold the vehicle
on a fairly steep grade.
2.If the stroke is mor
e
or less than
specified, have the parking brake
adjusted by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Stroke: 7~8 notch
OON058011NR
23
7
7
MaintenanceAir cleaner filter
Air cleaner filter
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Replacing air cleaner filter
Air cleaner filter must be replaced
when necessary, and should not be
washed.
You can clean the filter when
in
specting the air cleaner compart
-
ment. Clean the filter by using com
-
pressed air.
1.Pull out the air cleaner cover.
2. Unlock by turning the locking lever
down
ward.
3.Pull the air clean
er filter to
replace.
4.Lock the cover with the reverse
order.
R
eplace the filter according to the
M
aintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in
extr
e
mely dusty or sandy areas,
replace the element more often
than the usual recommended inter
-
vals. (Refer to "Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions - Non
Turbo Models" on page 7-12.)
OON078009NR
OON078010NR
OON078011NR
OON078012NR
Maintenance
247
Climate control air filter
CAUTION
Air filter maintenance
Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed; this will result in exces
-
sive engine wear.
When removing the air cleaner fil
-
ter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
Use
a Kia genuine part. Use of a
n
on-genuine part could damage
the air flow sensor.
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the main
-
tenance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced ear
-
lier.
Inspecting and replacing climate
control air filter
When you replace the climate con
trol air filter, replace it performing
the following procedure. Be careful
to avoid damaging other compo
-
nents.
1.Open the glove box and remove
the stoppers on both sides.
OON078013NR
25
7
7
MaintenanceClimate control air filter
2.With the glove box open, pull the
pin and the support strap (1).
3.Remove the climate control air fil
-
ter cover while pressing the lock
on the upper side of the cover.
4.Replace the climate control air fil
-
ter.
5.Reassemble in the reverse order
of disasse
mbly.
When replacing the climate control
ai
r filter install it properly. Other
-
wise, the system may produce noise
and the effectiveness of the filter
may be reduced.
OON078014NR
OON078015NR
OON078016NR
Maintenance
267
Wiper blades
Wiper blades
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other c
omponents
, do not
attempt to move the wipers manu
-
ally.
The use of a non-speci
fied wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunc
-
tion and failure.
Blade inspection
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic vehicle washes have been
known to make the windshield diffi
-
cult to clean.
Contamination of either the wind
-
shield or the wiper blades with for
-
eign matter can reduce the
effectiveness of the windshield wip
-
ers. Common sources of contamina
-
tion are insects, tree sap, and hot
wax treatments used by some com
-
mercial vehicle washes. If the blades
are not wiping properly, clean both
the window and the blades with a
good cleaner or mild detergent, and
rinse thoroughly with clean water.
Front windshield wiper blade
To inspect or replace the windshield
wiper blades and to prevent damag
-
ing the hood, move the windshield
wiper blades to the service position
as follows;
After turning off the
en
gine,
move the wiper switch to the sin
-
gle wiping (MIST) position within
20 seconds and hold the switch
more than 2 seconds until the
wiper blade is in the fully up posi
-
tion
ODEEV098012NR
OON079076NR
27
7
7
MaintenanceWiper blades
Replacing front windshield wiper
blade
Type A
1.Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wipe
r blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
CAUTION
Wiper arms
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it
may chip or crack the windshield.
D
o not pull wiper
arm forward,
since arm could chip hood paint.
2.Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
3.Lift it off the arm.
4.Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Type B
1.Raise the wiper arm.
2.Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then
pul
l down the blade assembly and
remove it.
ODEEV098013NR
ODEEV098016NR
ODEEV098015NR
ODEEV098016NR
Maintenance
287
Wiper blades
3.Install the new blade assembly.
4.Return the wiper arm on the
windsh
ield.
5.Turn ignition to the ON position
and w
iper arms will return to the
normal operating position.
Replacing rear window wiper blade
1.Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
2.Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3.Make sure the blade assembly is
insta
lled firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper
ar
ms
or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
ODEEV098017NR
OON079074NR
OON079075NR
29
7
7
MaintenanceBattery
Battery
The battery powers the engine in
order to move the vehicle as well as
supplying power to the various
devices installed in the vehicle.
For best battery service
Keep the battery securely
mounted.
Keep the battery top clean and
dry.
Keep the terminals and connec
-
tions clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal
grease.
Ri
nse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery im
mediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
If
the vehicle is not going to be
use
d for an extended time, dis
-
connect the battery cables.
WARNING
Risk of explosion
Keep lit cigarettes and all
other flames or sparks
away from
the battery.
The battery contains
hydrogen -- a highly com
-
bustible gas which will
explode if it comes in contact with a
flame or spark.
Keep batteries out of the
reach of children because
batte
ries contain highly
corrosive SULFURIC ACID
and electrolytes. Do not allow bat
-
tery acid to contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection when
charging or working near a
batter
y. Always provide
ventilation when working
in an enclosed space.
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
ha
ndling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with
c
lean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate
medical attention. If electrolyte gets
on your skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel pain or
burning sensation, get medical
attention immediately.
OON078017NR
Maintenance
307
Battery
An inappropriately dis
-
posed battery can be
harmful to the environ
-
ment and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
The battery contains lead.
Do not dispose of it after
use.
Plea
se return the bat
-
tery to an authorized Kia dealer to
be recycled.
Never attempt to recharge the bat
-
tery when the battery cables are
connected.
WARNING
Risk of electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition
system while the vehicle is running.
This system works with high volt
-
age which can "zap" you.
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized elec
-
tronic devices to the battery, the
battery may be discharged. Never
use unauthorized devices.
WARNING
Recharging battery
Never attempt to recharge the bat
-
tery when the battery cables are
connected.
WARNING
Battery lead compound
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds. Wash hands after
handling.
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-
free, calcium-based battery
I
f the battery becomes discharged
i
n a short time (because, for
example, the headlights or inte
-
rior lights were left on while the
vehicle was not in use), recharge it
by slow charging (trickle) for 10
hours.
If
the battery gradually dis
-
charges because of high electric
load while the vehicle is being
used, recharge it at 20~30 A for
two hours.
When recharging the battery,
observ
e the followin
g precautions:
Th
e battery must be removed
f
rom the vehicle and placed in an
area with good ventilation.
Do
not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
fl
ame near the battery.
Watch the battery during
ch
arging, and stop or reduce the
charging rate in following cases:
1. the battery cells begin gassing
(
boi
ling) violently
31
7
7
MaintenanceBattery
2.the electrolyte temperature of
any cell exceeds 120 F (49 C).
Wear eye protection when check
-
ing the battery during charging.
Disconnect the battery charger in
the
following order.
1.Turn off the battery charger
main switch.
2.
Unhook the negative clamp
from
the negative battery ter
-
minal.
3.Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive
battery terminal.
Before performing maintenance
or
recharging the battery, turn
off all accessories and stop the
vehicle.
The negativ
e
battery cable must
be removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
CAUTION
AGM battery (if equipped)
Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) bat
-
teries are maintenance free and
have the AGM battery serviced by
a professional workshop. Kia rec
-
ommends to visit an authorized
Kia dealer.
For charging your AGM battery,
use
only fully automatic battery
chargers that are specially devel
-
oped for AGM batteries.
When replacing the AGM battery,
u
se parts for replacement from a
professional workshop.Kia recom
-
mends to visit an authorized Kia
dealer.
Do not open or remove the cap on
top
of the battery. This may
cause leaks of internal electrolyte
that could result in severe injury.
Reset items
The following items should be reset
after the battery has been dis
-
charged or the battery has been
disconnected.
Auto up/down window (Re
f
er to
"Window opening and closing" on
page 4-38)
T
rip computer (Refer to "Trip
i
nformation (trip computer)" on
page 4-78)
Cl
imate control system (Refer to
"
Automatic climate control sys
-
tem (if equipped)" on page 4-138)
Maintenance
327
Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain the recommended
tire inflation pressures and stay
within the load limits and weight
distribution recommended for your
vehicle.
Recommended cold tire inflation
pressures
All tire pressures should be checked
when the tires are cold. "Cold Tires"
means the vehicle has not been
driven for at least three hours or
driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must be
m
a
intained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pres
-
sure, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 8-5.
All specifications (sizes and pres
-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side center
pillar.
WARNING
Tire underinflation
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Regularly check the tire
inflation pressure, and correct it as
needed: at least twice a month and
before any long trips on the road. If
you fail to observe this precaution,
you may be driving on underinflated
tires, which may not only compro
-
mise your vehicle's driving stability,
but also lead to tire damage and the
risk of an accident. This risk is much
higher on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
Failure to maintain specified pres
-
sure may result in excessive wear,
poor handling, reduced fuel econ
-
omy, deformation of tire and/or
wheel, harsh ride conditions, possi
-
bility for additional damage from
road hazards, or result in tire failure.
ODEEV098028NR
33
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
Check tire pressure when the tires
a
re cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than 1
mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
Check
the pressure of your spare
t
ire each time you check the pres
-
sure of other tires.
Never overload your vehicle. Be
car
eful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
W
arm tires normally exceed rec
-
ommended cold tire pressures by
4~6 psi (28~41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires
will be underinflated.
WARNING
Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect
vehicle handling, and lead to sudden
tire failure. This could result in loss
of vehicle control and potential
injury.
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Use a good quality gauge to check
ti
r
e pressure. You cannot tell if your
tires are properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they're underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tir
es a
re cold. "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
or at least three hours or driven no
more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
1.Remove the valve cap from the
ti
r
e valve stem.
2.Press the tire gauge firmly onto
the
valve to get a pressure mea
-
surement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recom
-
mended pressure on the tire and
loading information label, no fur
-
ther adjustment is necessary.
3.If the pressure is low, add air until
yo
u reach the recommended
amount.
4.If you overfill the tire, release air
by
p
ushing on the metal stem in
the center of the tire valve.
5. Recheck the tire pressure with
the tir
e
gauge.
6.Be sure to put the valve caps back
on the valv
e stems. They help
prevent leaks by keeping out dirt
and moisture.
Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as
we
ll as wear and
damage. Always use a tire pressure
gauge.
Tires with too much or too little
p
r
essure wear unevenly. This could
result in poor handling, loss of vehi
-
cle control, and sudden tire failure
Maintenance
347
Tires and wheels
leading to accidents, injuries, and
even death. The recommended cold
tire pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver's side
center pillar.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recom
-
mended that the tires be rotated
every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
c
o
rrect balance.
When rotating tires, check for
u
n
even wear and damage. Abnormal
wear is usually caused by incorrect
tire pressure, improper wheel align
-
ment, out of-balance wheels, severe
braking or severe cornering. Look
for bumps or bulges in the tread or
side of tire. Replace the tire if you
find either of these conditions.
Replace the tire if fabric or cord is
visible. After rotation, be sure to
bring the front and rear tire pres
-
sures to specification and check lug
nut tightness. (proper torque is
79~94 lbfft [11~13 kgfm])
Refer to "Tires and wheels" on page
8-5.
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for
wea
r whenever tires are
rotated.
Rotate radial tires that have an
a
s
ymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to
left.
WARNING
Mixing tires
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances. This
may cause unusual handling charac
-
teristics.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire
life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you w
il
l not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may
need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driv
ing on a smooth road,
yo
ur wheels may need to be rebal
-
anced.
ODEEV098029NR
35
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
CAUTION
Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can dam
-
age your vehicle's aluminum wheels.
Use only approved wheel weights.
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread
wear indicator will appear as a solid
band across the tread.
This shows there is less than 1/16
inch
(1.6 mm) of tread left on the
tire. Replace the tire when this hap
-
pens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
acros
s the entire tread before
replacing the tire.
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
works by c
ompa
ring the speed of
the wheels. The tire size affects
wheel speed. When replacing tires,
all 4 tires must use the same size
originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can
cause the ABS and Electronic Stabil
-
ity Control (ESC) to work irregularly.
It is best to replace all four tires at
the same time.
If that is not possi
-
ble, or necessary, then replace the
two front or two rear tires as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can seriously
affect your vehicle's handling.
NOTICE
We recommend that when replac
-
ing tires, use the same originally
supplied with the vehicles. If not,
that affects driving performance.
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels
for any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
A wheel with an incorrect size may
adv
e
rsely affect many things: wheel
and bearing life, braking and stop
-
ping abilities, handling characteris
-
tics, ground clearance, body-to-tire
clearance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibra
-
tion, headlight aiming and bumper
height.
ODEEV098030NR
Maintenance
367
Tires and wheels
CAUTION
Wheels
Wheels that do not meet Kia specifi
-
cations may fit poorly and result in
damage to the vehicle or unusual
handling and poor vehicle control.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces.
Tires should be replaced when tread
we
ar
indicators appear. Slow down
whenever there is rain, snow or ice
on the road to reduce the possibility
of losing control of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, cor
-
rect wheel alignment helps to
decrease tire wear.
If you find a tire is
worn unevenly,
have your dealer check the wheel
alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
m
a
ke sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort
and tire life. Additionally, a tire
should always be rebalanced if it is
removed from the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental charac
-
teristics of the tire and also provides
the Tire Identification Number (TIN)
for safety standard certification.
The TIN can be used to identify the
tire
in case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replace
-
ment tires for your vehicle. The fol
-
lowing explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
ex
amp
le only; your tire size desig
-
ODEEV098031NR
37
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
nator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P235/65R17 108T
P: Applicable vehicle type (tires
ma
rked with the prefix "P" are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
235: Tir
e width in millimeters.
65: Aspect ratio. The tire's section
height as a p
ercentage of its
width.
R: T
ire construction code (Radial).
17: Rim diameter in inches.
108: Load Index, a
numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
T
: Speed Rating Symbol. See the
spe
ed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with
important information that you
need if you ever have to replace one.
The following explains what the let
-
ters and numbers in the wheel size
designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.0JX17
7.0:
Rim width in inches.
J: Rim contour designation.
17: Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently
being used for passenger vehicle
tires. The speed rating is part of the
tire size designation on the sidewall
of the tire. This symbol corresponds
to that tire's designed maximum
safe operating speed.
3. Checking tire life
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
should be replaced by new ones. You
can find the manufacturing date on
the tire sidewall (possibly on the
inside of the wheel), displaying the
DOT code. The DOT code is a series
of numbers on a tire consisting of
numbers and English letters. The
manufacturing date is designated
by the last four digits (characters)
of the DOT code.
DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the D
O
T means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four
numbers indicate week and year
manufactured.
For example:
Speed Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S112 mph (180 km/h)
T118 mph (190 km/h)
H130 mph (210 km/h)
V149 mph (240 km/h)
W270 km/h (168 mph)
Y300 km/h (186 mph)
Maintenance
387
Tires and wheels
DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 represents
that the tire was produced in the
16th week of 2018.
WARNING
Tire age
Replace tires within the recom
-
mended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended can
result in sudden tire failure, which
could lead to a loss of control and an
accident.
4. Tire ply composition and mate
-
rial
The number of layers or plies of
rubber- coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must indi
-
cate the materials in the tire, which
include steel, nylon, polyester, and
others. The letter "R" means radial
ply construction; the letter "D"
means diagonal or bias ply con
-
struction; and the letter "B" means
belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maxi
-
mum permissible inflation pressure.
Refer to "Tire and loading informa
-
tion label" on page 5-155 for rec
-
ommended inflation pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maxi
-
mum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 2
00
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tires degrade over time, even when
th
ey are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, we recom
-
mend that tires be replaced after
approximately six (6) years of nor
-
mal service. Heat caused by hot cli
-
mate or frequent high loading
conditions can accelerate the aging
process.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a compara
-
tive rating based on the wear rate
of the tire when tested under con
-
trolled conditions on a specified
government test course. For exam
-
ple, a tire graded 150 would wear
one-and-a-half times (1) as well
39
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
on the government course as a tire
graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use. Performance may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
si
de
-walls of passenger vehicle
tires. The tires available as standard
or optional equipment on your vehi
-
cle may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on spec
-
ified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction perfor
-
mance.
The traction grade assigned to this
tir
e is based on straight-ahead
braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction char
-
acteristics.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire's resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled condi
-
tions on a specified indoor labora
-
tory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire
to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C cor
-
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger vehicle tires
must meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the labo
-
ratory test wheel than the mini
-
mum required by law.
Tire terminology and definitions
Refer to the following for detailed
definitions of the terms that are
found in the tire description.
Air Pressure The
amount of
air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo
-
pascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight The
combined
weight of optional accessories.
Some examples of optional accesso
-
ries are automatic transmission,
power seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio The
r
elationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt A
rubber coated layer of cords
that
is located between the plies
and the tread. Cords may be made
from steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Maintenance
407
Tires and wheels
Bead The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire A p
ne
umatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure The
a
mount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo
-
pascals (kPa) before a tire has built
up heat from driving.
Curb Weight T
he
weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment (including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant), but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings A c
ode
molded into
the sidewall of a tire signifying that
the tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of Transportation
motor vehicle safety standards. The
DOT code includes the Tire Identifi
-
cation Number (TIN), an alphanu
-
meric designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer, pro
-
duction plant, brand and date of
production.
GVWR Gross
V
ehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT Gro
ss Axle Weight Rating
for the Front axle.
GAWR RR Gross Axle W
eight Rating
for
the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall T
h
e side
of an asymmetrical tire that must
always face outward when mounted
on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) T
he
metric unit for
air pressure.
Light truck (LT) tire A tir
e de
sig
-
nated by its manufacturer as pri
-
marily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipurpose
passenger vehicles.
Load ratings T
he
maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a
given inflation pressure.
Load Index An assi
gn
ed number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corre
-
sponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure The
maximum air pr
essur
e to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maxi
-
mum air pressure is molded onto
the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating The
loa
d rat
-
ing for a tire at the maximum per
-
missible inflation pressure for that
tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight
The
sum
of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight The
num
-
ber of occupants a vehicle is
41
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
designed to seat multiplied by 150
lbs. (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall T
h
e side of
a asymmetrical tire that has a par
-
ticular side that faces outward
when mounted on a vehicle. The
outward facing sidewall bears white
lettering or bears manufacturer,
brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the
same moldings on the inner facing
sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire A
t
ire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
co
rds.
Pneumatic tire A me
c
hanical device
made of rubber, chemicals, fabric
and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive
wheel, provides the traction and
contains the gas or fluid that sus
-
tains the load.
Production options weight The
combined weight of installed regular
production options weighing over 5
lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard
items which they replace, not previ
-
ously considered in curb weight or
accessory weight. Examples include
heavy duty brakes, ride levelers,
roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pressure
V
ehicle manufacturer's recom
-
mended tire inflation pressure and
shown on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire A p
ne
umatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to
the beads are laid at 90 degrees to
the centerline of the tread.
Rim A me
tal support for a tire and
up
on which the tire beads are
seated.
Sidewall The
p
ortion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating An
al
phanumeric code
assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction T
he friction between the
tir
e and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread T
he portion of a tir
e that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators
N
arrow bands,
sometimes called "wear bars," that
show across the tread of a tire
when only 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of
tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Stan
dards, a tire information sys
-
tem that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, tem
-
perature and treadwear. Ratings are
Maintenance
427
Tires and wheels
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce
-
dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight The
weight
of
designated seating positions
multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus
the rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire
L
o
ad on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maxi
-
mum occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Lo
ad on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occu
-
pant weight and driving by 2.
Vehicle Placard A
label permanently
attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and rec
-
ommended inflation pressure.
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good per
-
formance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road condi
-
tions.
All season tires are identified by ALL
SEASON and/or M+S (Mud a
nd
Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior perfor
-
mance on dry roads.
Summer tire performance is sub
-
stantially reduced in snow and ice.
Summer tires do not have the tire
traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)
on the tire side wall. if you plan to
operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
conditions, Kia recommends the use
of snow tires or all season tires on
all four wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your vehicle with snow
tires, they should be the same size
and have the same load capacity as
the original tires.
Snow tires should be installed on all
four whe
els; otherwise
, poor han
-
dling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa)
more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the
standard tires on the tire label on
the driver's side of the center pillar,
or up to the maximum pressure
shown on the tire sidewall, which
-
ever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph
(120 km/h) wh
en your vehicle is
equipped with snow tires.
43
7
7
MaintenanceTires and wheels
WARNING
Do not use summer tires at tem
-
peratures below 45 F (7 C) or
when driving on snow or ice. At
temperatures below 45 F (7 C),
summer tires can lose elasticity, and
therefore traction and braking
power as well. Change the tires on
your vehicle to winter or all-
weather tires of the same size as
the standard tires of the vehicle.
Both types of tires are identified by
the M+S (Mud and Snow) marking.
Using summer tires at very cold
temperatures could cause cracks to
form, thereby damaging the tires
permanently.
Tire chains
Tire chains, if necessary, should be
installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are installed
in
a
ccordance with the manufac
-
turer's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear, do
not c
ontinue to use tire chains when
they are no longer needed.
Wh
en driving on roads covered
with
snow or ice, drive at less
than 20 mph (30 km/h).
Use the SAE "S" class or wir
e
ch
ains.
If you hear noise caused by chains
c
ontacting the body, retighten the
chain to avoid contact with the
vehicle body.
To prevent body damage,
r
etighten the chains after driving
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
Do n
ot use tire chains on vehicles
equi
pped with aluminum wheels.
In unavoidable circumstance, use
a wire type chain.
U
se wire chains less than 0.47
in
ches (12 mm) to prevent dam
-
age to the chain's connection.
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance
and smoother high speed ride.
The radial-ply tires used on this
v
e
hicle are of belted construction,
and are selected to complement the
ride and handling characteristics of
your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have
the same load carrying capacity, as
bias-ply or bias belted tires of the
same size, and use the same rec
-
ommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-
pl
y or bias belted tires is not recom
-
mended. Any combinations of
radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to
follow is: Identical radial-ply tires
should always be used as a set of
four.
Maintenance
447
Tires and wheels
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear.
It is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this sec
-
tion to achieve the tread life poten
-
tial of these tires. Cuts and
punctures in radial-ply tires are
repairable only in the tread area,
because of sidewall flexing. Consult
your tire dealer for radial-ply tire
repairs.
Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
ar
e
optimized for handling and
braking, it may be more uncomfort
-
able to ride in and there is more
noise compare with normal tires.
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than the
normal, the wheel and tire of the
low aspect ratio tire is easier to be
damaged. So, follow the instructions
below.
When driving on a rough road or
off road, drive cautiously because
tires and wheels may be dam
-
aged. And after driving, inspect
tires and wheels.
When passing over a pothole,
speed
bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not dam
-
aged.
If the tire is impacted, we recom
-
mend that you inspect the tire
condition or contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
T
o prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tir
e condition and
pressure every 1,900 miles (3,000
km).
It is not easy to recognize the tire
damage with your own eyes. But
if there is the slightest hint of tire
damage, even though you cannot
see the tire damage with your
own eyes, have the tire checked
or replaced because the tire dam
-
age may cause air leakage from
the tire.
If the tire is damaged by driving
o
n a rough road, off road, pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, it will not
be covered by the warranty.
Y
ou can find out the tire informa
-
tion on the tire sidewall.
45
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
Fuses
A vehicle's electrical system is pro
-
tected from electrical overload
damage by fuses.
Blade type
Cartridge type
Multi fuse
BFT
* Left side: Normal, Right side:
Blown
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,
one located in the driver's side panel
bolster, the other in the engine
compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, acces
-
sories, or controls do not work,
check the appropriate circuit fuse. If
a fuse has blown, the element inside
the fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
work,
first check the driver's side
fuse panel.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indic
ates an electrical problem.
Avoid using the system involved and
immediately consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower ampera
ge rating,
cartridge type, and multi fuse for
higher amperage ratings.
WARNING
Fuse replacement
Never replace a fuse with any
-
thing but another fuse of the
same rating.
A higher capacity fuse could cause
da
mage and possibly a fire.
Never install a wire or aluminum
f
oil instead of the proper fuse -
even as a temporary repair. It
may cause extensive wiring dam
-
age and a possible fire.
Do not arbitrarily modify or add-
on electric wiring to the vehicle.
ODEEV098032NR
ODEEV098077NR
ODEEV098078NR
ODEEV098079NR
Maintenance
467
Fuses
NOTICE
When replacing a fuse, Turn
ENGINE START/STOP button to
the OFF position and turn off
switches of all electrical devices
then remove battery (-) terminal.
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
WARNING
Electrical Fire
Always ensure replacements fuses
and relays are securely fastened
when installed. Failure to do so can
result in a vehicle fire.
Do not remove fuses, relays and
termin
als fastened with bolts or
nuts. The fuses, relays and termi
-
nals may be fastened incompletely,
and it may cause a possible fire. If
fuses, relays and terminals fastened
with bolts or nuts are blown, we
recommend that you consult with
an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
When replacing a blown fuse or
relay, make sure the new fuse or
relay fits tightly into the clips. Fail
-
ure to tightly install the fuse or
relay may cause damage to the wir
-
ing and electric systems.
CAUTION
Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into fuse/
relay terminals such as a screw
-
driver or wiring. It may cause con
-
tact failure and system
malfunction.
Do not plug in screwdrivers or
afterm
arket wiring into the ter
-
minal originally designed for fuse
and relays only. The electrical
system and wiring of the vehicle
interior may be damaged or
burned due to contact failure.
If
you directly connect the wire on
the
taillight or replace the bulb
which is over the regulated capac
-
ity to install trailers etc., the inner
junction block can get burned.
WARNING
Electrical wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be per
-
formed by authorized Kia dealer
-
ships using approved Kia parts.
Using other wiring components,
especially when retrofitting multi
-
media or theft alarm system, car
phone or radio may cause vehicle
damage and increase the risk of a
vehicle fire.
47
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
NOTICE
Remodeling Prohibited
Do not rewire your vehicle in any
way as doing so may affect the per
-
formance of several safety features
in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehicle
may also void your warranty and
cause you to be responsible for any
subsequent vehicle damage which
may result.
Replacing inner panel fuse
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the OFF positio and all
other switches off.
2.Open the fuse panel cover.
3.Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the r
emoval tool pro
-
vided on the engine fuse panel
cover.
4.Check the removed fuse; replace it
if
i
t is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
en
gine compartment fuse panel.
5.Push in a new fuse of the same
ra
ting, and make sure it fits
tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the
same rating from a cir
-
cuit you may not need for operating
the vehicle, such as the power outlet
fuse.
If the head lamp, tur
n
signal lamp,
stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail
lamp, High Mounted Stop Lamp
(HMSL) do not work and the fuses
are OK, check the fuse panel in the
engine compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced.
OON078018NR
OON078064NR
Maintenance
487
Fuses
NOTICE
If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig
-
nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction
even without any problem to the
lamps, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer for assis
-
tance.
Replacing engine compartment
fuse
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the OFF positio and all
other switches off.
2.Remove the fuse panel cover by
pr
essing
the tab and pulling the
cover up.
3.Check the removed fuse; replace it
if i
t is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4.Push in a new fuse of the same
r
a
ting, and make sure it fits
tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely,
consult an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Always securely install the fuse
panel cover in the engine compart
-
ment to protect against electrical
failure which may occur from water
contact. Listen for the audible click
-
ing sound to ensure fuse panel cover
is securely fastened.
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button
to the OFF
positio and all
other switches off.
2.Disconnect the negative battery
ca
ble
.
3.Remove the nuts shown in the
pict
ure above.
4.Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5.Reverse these steps to reinstall
the
multi fuse.
OON078020NR
OON078021NR
49
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
NOTICE
Do not disassemble nor assemble
the multi fuse when it is secured
with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or
partial assembly torque may cause
a fire. Have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Main fuse
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button
to the OFF
positio and all
other switches off.
2.Disconnect the negative battery
ca
ble
.
3.Remove the nuts shown in the
pict
ure above.
4.Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5.Reverse these steps to reinstall
the
multi fuse.
NOTICE
The electronic system may not
function correctly even when the
engine compartment and internal
fuse box's individual fuses are not
disconnected. In such case the cause
of the problem may be disconnec
-
tion of the main fuse (BFT type),
which is located inside the positive
battery terminal (+) cap.
Since the main fuse is designed
more
intricately than other parts,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Do not disassemble nor assemble
the multi fuse when it is secured
with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or
partial assembly torque may cause
a fire. Have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
OON078022NR
Maintenance
507
Fuses
Battery fuse
If the battery fuse is blown, it must
be removed as follows:
1.Disconnect the negative battery
ca
bl
e.
2.Remove the nuts shown in the
pictu
re below.
3.Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
4.Reinstall in the reverse order of
rem
oval.
NOTICE
If the battery fuse is blown, have
the vehicle checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap to
ensure it is securely closed. If the
battery cap is not securely closed,
moisture may enter the system and
damage the electrical components.
Fuse/relay panel description
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
OON078023NR
51
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
Driver's side fuse panel
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle. It is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse
panel in your vehicle, refer to the
fuse panel label on the inside of the
fuse cover. This diagram will provide
you with the specific information
for your vehicles.
OON078024NR
OON078025NR
Maintenance
527
Fuses
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
DescriptionFuse ratingProtected component
MODULE 47.5 A
ATM (Auto Transmission) Shift Lever Switch, Stop Lamp
Switch, Driver Door Module
AIR BAG 115 A
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module, Pas
-
senger Occupant Detection Sensor
BRAKE SWITCH7.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Stop Lamp Switch
MODULE 915 A
Front A/C Control Module, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio),
Power Tail Gate Module, Driver IMS Control Module, Driver
Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror,
MODULE 127.5 AHead-Up Display
MODULE 1010 A
Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Front A/C Control
Module, Rear A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror,
Data Link Connector
AIR BAG IND10 AFront A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster
IBU 17.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
MODULE 27.5 A
Surround View Monitor Unit, AC Inverter Outlet, AC Inverter
Unit, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat
Warmer Control Module,2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control
Module LH/RH,2ND Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH
MODULE 87.5 A
Hazard Switch, Rain Sensor, Driver/Passenger Smart Key
Outside Handle, Mood Lamp Control Unit, Driver/Passenger
Mood Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp, Rear Dooe
Mood Lamp LH/RH
S/HEATER (FRT)20 A
Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer
Control Module
AIR BAG 215 ASRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module
MODULE 57.5 A
Multifunction Camera Unit, Crash Pad Switch, IBU (Inte
-
grated Body Control Unit), Smart Cruise Control Radar, ATM
(Auto Transmission) Shift Lever Indicator, 4WD ECM (Engine
Control Module), Console Switch, Electric Parking Brake
Switch
IBU 215 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
SUNROOF 220 ARear Sunroof Controller
MODULE 17.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
P/WINDOW RH25 A
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety
Power Window Module RH
RR SEAT (LH)25 A
2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module LH, 2ND Seat
Warmer Control, Module LH, 2ND Seat LH Reclining Folding
Actuator
CLUSTER7.5 AInstrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
53
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
MDPS10 AMDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
A/C7.5 A
E/R Junction Block (Blower FRT Relay, Blower RR Relay, PTC
Heater 1/2 Relay), Front A/C Control Module, Rear A/C Con
-
trol Module
CHILD LOCK15 A
ICM (Integrated Circuit Module) Relay Box (Child Lock/Unlock
Relay)
DOOR LOCK20 A
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, T/Turn
Unlock Relay
SUNROOF 120 AFront Sunroof Controller
MODULE 1110 ARear Occupant Detection Sensor
P/WINDOW LH25 A
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power
Window Module LH
MODULE 37.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
MODULE 67.5 A
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Low DC-DC Converter
(Audio/AMP), Front A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic
Mirror, Center fascia Keyboard, Driver/Passenger Seat
Warmer Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer LIN Switch,
Driver IMS Control Module, Rear Power Window Switch LH/
RH, Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat
Warmer Control Module,2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control
Module LH/RH,2ND Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH
WASHER15 AMultifunction Switch
RR SEAT (RH)25 A
2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module RH, 2ND Seat
Warmer Control, Module RH, 2ND Seat RH Reclining Folding
Actuator
WIPER RR15 ARear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
AMP25 ALow DC-DC Converter (AMP)
ACC7.5 A
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Low DC-DC Converter
(Audio/AMP)
P/SEAT (PASS)30 APassenger Seat Manual Switch
P/SEAT (DRV)30 ADriver IMS Control Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch
DescriptionFuse ratingProtected component
Maintenance
547
Fuses
Engine compartment fuse panel
OON078027NR
OON078028NR
55
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected
MDPS80 AMDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
COOLING FAN80 ACooling Fan Controller
EPB60 AESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
B+250 A
ICU Junction Block (IPS 8/IPS 10/IPS 11/IPS 12/IPS 13/IPS
14/IPS 15)
B+350 A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, RR SEAT (LH), P/
SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS), MODULE 11)
B+450 A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE 8, S/HEATER (FRT), P/
WINDOW RH, AMP, SUNROOF 1)
ESC 140 AESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
ESC 240 AESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
PTC HEATER 150 APTC Heater 1 Relay
PTC HEATER 250 APTC Heater 2 Relay
ECU 615 AECM (Engine Control Module)
TCU 115 ATCM (Transmission Control Module)
TCU 315 ATCM (Transmission Control Module)
B+550 A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - DOOR LOCK, IBU (Integrated Body
Control Unit) 1, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) 2, BRAKE
SWITCH, CHILD LOCK, RR SEAT (RH), SUNROOF 2)
BLOWER FRT 140 ABlower FRT Relay
OIL PUMP40 AElectric Oil Pump Inverter
REAR HEATED40 ARear Heated Relay
B+150 A
ICU Junction Block (IPS 1/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 6/IPS 7, Long/
Short Term Load Latch Relay)
BLOWER RR 140 ABlower RR Relay
4WD20 A4WD ECM (Engine Control Module)
AMS10 ABattery Sensor
H/LAMP HI15 AH/Lamp HI Relay
IG240 AStart Relay, PCB Block (IG2 Relay)
INVERTER30 AAC Inverter Unit
POWER TAIL GATE30 APower Tail Gate Module
TRAILER30 ATrailer Connector
HEATED MIRROR10 A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Front A/C Control
Module
BLOWER RR 210 ARear A/C Control Module
WIPER FRT 210 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
Maintenance
567
Fuses
BLOWER FRT 210 AFront A/C Control Module
WIPER FRT 130 AWiper FRT Relay
B/ALARM HORN15 AB/Alarm Horn Relay
FUEL PUMP20 AFuel Pump Relay
ACC 140 AACC 1 Relay
ACC 240 AACC 2 Relay
ECU 530 AEngine Control Relay
IG140 AIG1 Relay
A/C10 AA/C Relay
HORN15 AHorn Relay
POWER OUTLET 220 AFront Power Outlet
ACC 315 A
Rear USB Charger, Luggage USB Charger, Driver/Passenger
Seat Cushion USB Charger
ACC 410 AFront USB Charger, Rear USB Charger RH
ICU10 AICU Junction Block (Fuse - ACC)
SENSOR 110 AFuel Pump Relay
SENSOR 415 ACanister Close Valve, Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4
ESC 310 A
Data Link Connector, ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Mod
-
ule
TCU 210 A
TCM (Transmission Control Module), Transaxle Range
Switch
SENSOR 610 AElectric Oil Pump Inverter
ECU 410 AECM (Engine Control Module)
POWER OUTLET 120 ALuggage Power Outlet
POWER OUTLET 320 ARear Power Outlet
SENSOR 510 AOil Pump Solenoid
SENSOR 210 A
A/C Relay, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve
#1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/Exhaust), Variable Intake Solenoid
Valve #1/#2, Electronic Thermostat
SENSOR 320 ACooling Fan Controller
ECU 120 AECM (Engine Control Module)
ECU 220 AECM (Engine Control Module)
ECU 320 AECM (Engine Control Module)
IGN COIL20 AIgnition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6
Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected
57
7
7
MaintenanceFuses
Refer to the following table for the
relay type.
Relay NameType
Blower FRT RelayMINI
Rear Heated RelayMINI
Start RelayMICRO
PTC Heater 1 RelayMICRO
PTC Heater 2 RelayMICRO
H/LAMP HI RelayMICRO
Blower RR RelayMICRO
Wiper Lo RelayMICRO
Wiper Hi RelayMICRO
Wiper FRT RelayMICRO
FUEL PUMP RelayMICRO
Maintenance
587
Fuses
Battery terminal cover
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle. It is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse
panel in your vehicle, refer to the
fuse panel label.
OON078031NR
59
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
Light bulbs
Light bulbs are installed in various
parts of the vehicle to provide light
-
ing inside and outside the vehicle as
well as to alert other vehicles.
Bulb replacement precaution
Please keep extra bulbs on hand
with appropriate wattage ratings in
case of emergencies.
Refer to "Bulb wattage" on page 8-
4.
When changing lamps, first turn off
the v
e
hicle at a safe place, firmly
apply the parking brake and detach
the battery's negative (-) terminal.
WARNING
Working on the lights
Prior to working on the light, firmly
apply the parking brake, ensure that
the vehicle start/stop button is in
OFF position and turn off the lights
to avoid sudden movement of the
vehicle and burning your fingers or
receiving an electric shock.
Use only bulbs of the specified
wattage.
CAUTION
Light replacement
Be sure to replace the burned-out
bulb with one of the same wattage
rating. Otherwise, it may cause
damage to the fuse or electric wir
-
ing system.
Fully install light bulbs and any parts
used to secure
them. Failure to do
so may result in heat damage, fire,
or water entering the headlight unit.
This may damage the headlights or
cause condensation to build up on
the lens. To prevent damage or fire,
make sure bulbs are fully seated
and locked.
CAUTION
Headlamp Lens
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlamp lens with chemical sol
-
vents or strong detergents.
NOTICE
If the light bulb or lamp connector
is removed while the lamp is still
on, the fuse box's electronic sys
-
tem may log it as a malfunction.
Therefore, a lamp malfunction
incident may be recorded as a
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in
the fuse box.
It is normal for
a
n operating lamp
to flicker momentarily. This is due
to a stabilization function of the
vehicle's electronic control device.
If the lamp lights up normally
after momentarily blinking, then
it is functioning as normal.
Maintenance
607
Light bulbs
However, if the lamp continues to
flicker several times or turns off
completely, there may be an error
in the vehicle's electronic control
device. Please have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer immediately.
NOTICE
We recommend that the headlight
aiming be adjusted by an authorized
Kia dealer after an accident or after
the headlight assembly is rein
-
stalled.
NOTICE
After driving in heavy rain or wash
-
ing, headlamp and taillamp lenses
could appear frosty. This condition
is caused by the temperature dif
-
ference between the lamp inside
and outside. This is similar to the
condensation on your windows
inside your vehicle during the rain
and doesn't indicate a problem with
your vehicle. If the water leaks into
the lamp bulb circuitry, we recom
-
mend that you have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
If you don't have the necessary
tools, the correct bulbs and the
expertise, consult an authorized Kia
dealer. In many cases, it is difficult
to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle
must be removed before you can
get to the bulb. This is especially
true if you have to remove the
headlamp assembly to get to the
bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
ass
e
mbly can result in damage to
the vehicle. If non-genuine parts or
substandard bulbs are used, it may
lead to blowing a fuse or other wir
-
ing damages.
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to
the
vehicle. If additional lights are
installed, it may lead to lamp mal
-
functions and flickering. Addition
-
ally, the fuse box and other writing
may be damaged.
Light bulb position (Front)
Headlamp Type A
OON078033NR
61
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
Headlamp Type B
Fog lamp
1.Headlamp (Bulb Type) (Low/High)
2.Position lamp / Daytime running
lamp (L
ED Type)
3.Front turn signal lamp (Bulb Type)
4.Side marker (Bulb Type)
5.Headlamp (LED
T
ype) (Low)
6.Headlamp (LED Type) (Sub Low)
7.Headlamp (LED Type) (High)
8.Position lamp / Daytime running
la
mp / T
urn signal lamp (LED
Type)
9.Side marker (LED Type)
10.Front fog lamp (LED Type)
Light bulb position (Rear)
Rear combination lamp - Type A
Rear combination lamp - Type B
Rear turn signal lamp
OON078035NR
OON078037NR
OON078040NR
OON078042NR
OON078044NR
Maintenance
627
Light bulbs
High Mounted Stop Lamp (HMSL)
License plate lamp
1.Tail lamp (Bulb Type)
2.Stop lamp (Bulb Type)
3.Back up lamp (Bulb Type)
4.Side marker (B
ul
b Type)
5.Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb Type)
6.Tail lamp / Stop lamp (LED Type)
7.Side marker (LED Type)
8.High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED
Ty
p
e)
9.License plate lamp (Bulb Type)
Light bulb position (Side)
1.Side repeater lamp (LED type)
Headlamp bulb
WARNING
Halogen bulbs
Handle halogen bulbs with care.
Halogen bulbs
contain pressurized
gas that will produce flying pieces
of glass if broken.
Al
ways handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches
and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact
with liquids. Never touch the glass
with bare hands. Residual oil may
OON078047NR
OON078049NR
OON078050NR
OSK3078081NR
63
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
cause the bulb to overheat and
burst when lit. A bulb should be
operated only when installed in a
headlamp.
If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
W
ear eye protection when chang
-
ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) /
Position lamp / Daytime running
lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED Type)
bulb (Headlamp Type B)
If the Headlamp (Low/High)/ Posi
-
tion lamp/Daytime running lamp/
Turn signal lamp (1) does not oper
-
ate, have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) /
Front turn signal lamp bulb (Head
-
lamp Type A)
1.Open the hood.
2.Remove the bulb socket-connec
-
tor by turning it counterclockwise.
3.Remove the bulb from the lamp
assembly.
4.Install a new bulb.
5.Connect the bulb s
ocket-c
onnec
-
tor.
Replacing Position lamp + DRL (LED
type) bulb (Headlamp Type A)
If the position lamp + DRL (LED) (1)
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OON078051NR
OON078052NR
OON078065NR
Maintenance
647
Light bulbs
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit. A
skilled technician should check or
repair the position lamp + DRL (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Replacing front fog lamp bulb (if
equipped)
If the front fog lamp (1) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Replacing side repeater lamp (LED
Type) bulb
If the side repeater lamp (LED), does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a
single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
r
e
pair the side repeater lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Replacing turn signal lamp (bulb
Type) bulb
If the rear turn signal lamp (Bulb
Type) does not operate, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
OON078038NR
OON078050NR
OON078057NR
65
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb
(Rear combination lamp Type A)
1.Open the liftgate.
2.Loosen the lamp assembly retain
-
ing screws with a screwdriver.
3.Remove the rear combination
lamp asse
mbly from the body of
the vehicle.
4.Remove the socket from the
asse
mbly
by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
5.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pr
e
ssing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket.
6.Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it
u
n
til it locks into place.
7.Install the socket in the assembly
by
a
ligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly and
turning the socket clockwise.
8.Reinstall the lamp assembly to
the
body
of the vehicle.
Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb
(Rear combination lamp Type B)
If the Stop and tail lamp (LED Type)
does not operate, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Replacing Back lamp bulb (Rear
combination lamp Type A/B)
If the Back lamp bulb (Bulb Type) (1)
does not operate, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OON078054NR
OON078053NR
OON078070NR
Maintenance
667
Light bulbs
Replacing High Mounted Stop Lamp
(LED type) bulb
If the High Mounted Stop Lamp
(LED) (1), does not operate, have
the vehicle checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as
a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
r
e
pair the High Mounted Stop Lamp
(LED), for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
Replacing license plate lamp bulb
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly
from interior.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
stra
ight out.
3.
Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Install the lamp assembly to inte
-
rior.
Replacing map lamp (bulb type)
bulb
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
stra
ight out.
3.
Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notche
s
and snap
the lens into place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous
-
ings.
OON078046NR
OON078066NR
OON078061NR
67
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
Replacing map lamp (LED type)
bulb
If the map lamp (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a
single component because they
are part of an integrated unit. The
LED lamps have to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
r
e
pair the map lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button
is depressed to avoid burning your
fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
If the map lamp (LED type) does not
operate, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
a
s
a single unit because it is an inte
-
grated unit. The LED lamps has to
be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
r
e
pair the map lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous
-
ings.
OON078058NR
OON078073NR
Maintenance
687
Light bulbs
Replacing room lamp (bulb type)
bulb
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
stra
ight out.
3.
Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Align the lens cover tabs with the
la
mp hou
sing notches and snap
the lens into place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous
-
ings.
Replacing room lamp (LED type)
bulb
If the Room lamp (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as
a
single component because they
are part of an integrated unit. The
LED lamps have to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
r
e
pair the Room lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Replacing personal lamp (LED Type)
bulb
If the personal lamp (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
OON078062NR
OON078059NR
OON078060NR
69
7
7
MaintenanceLight bulbs
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte
-
grated unit. The LED lamps has to
be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
r
e
pair the personal lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Replacing glove box lamp
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly
from interior.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
stra
ight out.
3.
Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Install the lamp assembly to inte
-
rior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous
-
ings.
Replacing luggage lamp bulb
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
stra
ig
ht out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp
h
ousing notches and snap
the lens into place.
Replacing luggage lamp (LED Type)
bulb
If the luggage lamp (LED) (1) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OON078069NR
OON078068NR
OON078067NR
Maintenance
707
Appearance care
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because they
are part of an integrated unit. The
LED lamps have to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
re
p
air the Liftgate room lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous
-
ings.
Appearance care
Use the information in the following
sections to keep the exterior and
interior of your vehicle clean.
Exterior care
Use the information in the following
sections to maintain the exterior of
your vehicle. Keeping the exterior
clean is not only aesthetically pleas
-
ing, but it also helps to prolong the
life of the vehicle.
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the
label directions when using any
chemical cleaner or polish. Read all
warning and caution statements
that appear on the label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicl
e
for off-road
driving, you should wash it after
each off-road trip. Pay special
attention to the removal of any
accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and
other foreign materials. Make sure
the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are
kept clear and clean.
71
7
7
MaintenanceAppearance care
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle's
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove
all these deposits. A mild soap, safe
for use on painted surfaces, may be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
thoroughly with luk
ewarm or cold
water. Do not allow soap to dry on
the finish.
After washing the v
e
hicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow for
-
ward speed.
CAUTION
Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do
not wash the vehicle in direct sun
-
light or when the body of the
vehicle is warm.
Be careful when washing the side
windows of your v
ehicle, espe
-
cially with high-pressure water.
Water may leak through the win
-
dows and wet the interior.
To prevent damage to the plastic
parts
and lamps, do not clean with
chemical solvents or strong
detergents.
High-pressure washing
When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient
distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pr
essu
re can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
Do not spray the camera, sensors or
i
t
s surrounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may
cause the device to not operate
normally.
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or pla
stic
covers) or
connectors as they may be dam
-
aged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow for
-
ward speed.
Maintenance
727
Appearance care
CAUTION
Wetting engine compartment
Water washing in the engine com
-
partment including high pressure
water washing may cause the
failure of electrical circuits located
in the engine compartment.
Ne
ver allow water or other liquids
to
come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
After the v
e
hicle has been
washed, brake carefully while
paying attention to the traffic
conditions until the braking effect
has been fully restored.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before
waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer's instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to
maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar mate
-
rials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be
sure to re-wax these areas even if
the rest of the vehicle does not yet
need waxing.
Be careful not to touch the lens
wh
en
waxing the lamps.
CAUTION
Drying vehicle
Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
D
o not use steel wool, abrasive
cl
eaners, acid detergents or
strong detergents containing high
alkaline or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized alumi
-
num parts. This may result in
damage to the protective coating
and cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
OON078063NR
73
7
7
MaintenanceAppearance care
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or
replacement, be sure the body shop
applies anti-corrosion materials to
the parts repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
To remove road tar and insects, use
a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
To protect the surfaces of bright
metal parts
from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preserva
-
tive and rub to a high luster.
During winter weather or in coastal
are
as, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chem
-
icals are used in cold weather states
to melt snow and prevent ice accu
-
mulation. If these chemicals are not
regularly removed, they will corrode
the vehicle underbody and, over
time, damage many parts: the fuel
lines, the fuel tank retention sys
-
tem, the vehicle's suspension, the
exhaust system, and even the body
frame.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Admini
stration has warned all vehi
-
cle owners of all brands of the need
to take the following steps:
W
ash the undercarriage of your
v
ehicle regularly during the winter
and whenever your vehicle has
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
Do a
thorough washing of the
un
dercarriage at the end of the
winter.
Us
e professional service techni
-
cians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for
corrosion.
Imme
diately seek an inspection of
you
r vehicle if you become visu
-
ally aware of corrosion flaking or
scaling or if you become aware of
a change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongy brakes,
fluids leaking, impairment of
directional control, suspension
noises or rattling metal straps.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
Do not use
a
ny abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum
wheels. They may scratch or
damage the finish.
Cl
ean the wheel when it has
c
ooled.
Maintenance
747
Appearance care
Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corro
-
sion.
Avoid washing the wheels with
hig
h speed vehicle wash brushes.
Do not use any alkaline or acid
deter
gents It may damage and
corrode the aluminum wheels
coated with a clear protective fin
-
ish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corro
-
sion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to com
-
bat corrosion, we produce vehicles
of the highest quality. However, this
is only part of the job. To achieve
the long-term corrosion resistance
your vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corro
-
sion on your vehicle are:
Road salt, dirt and mois
ture that
is allowed to accumulate under
-
neath the vehicle.
Removal of paint or protective
c
oatings by stones, gravel, abra
-
sion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your
vehicle is regularly exposed to cor
-
rosive materials, corrosion protec
-
tion is particularly important. Some
of the common causes of acceler
-
ated corrosion are road salts, dust
control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, par
-
ticularly when temperatures are
just above freezing. In such condi
-
tions, the corrosive material is kept
in contact with the vehicle's surface
by moisture that evaporates slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive
be
ca
use it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be
dry, it can still retain the moisture
and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also acceler
-
ate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these rea
-
sons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other
materials. This applies not only to
the visible surfaces but particularly
to the underside of the vehicle.
75
7
7
MaintenanceAppearance care
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
beginning by observing the follow
-
ing:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is par
-
ticularly important.
If you live in a high-corrosion area
wher
e road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollu
-
tion, acid rain, etc., you should
take extra care to prevent corrosion.
In winter, hose off the underside of
your vehicle at least once a month
and be sure to clean the underside
thoroughly when winter is over.
When cleaning underneath the vehi
-
cle, give particular attention to the
components under the fenders and
other areas that are hidden from
view. Do a thorough job; just damp
-
ening the accumulated mud rather
than washing it away will accelerate
corrosion rather than prevent it.
Water under high pressure and
steam are particularly effective in
removing accumulated mud and
corrosive materials.
When cleaning lower door panels,
r
o
cker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accel
-
erate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This cre
-
ates a favorable environment for
corrosion. This is particularly true if
you wash your vehicle in the garage
or drive it into the garage when it is
still wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can con
-
tribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condi
-
tion
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the
attention of a qualified body and
paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings: Bird droppings are
hi
gh
ly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause cor
-
rosion. Check under the mats peri
-
odically to be sure the carpeting is
dry. Use particular care if you carry
Maintenance
767
Appearance care
fertilizers, cleaning materials or
chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in
p
r
oper containers and any spills or
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed
with clean water and thoroughly
dried.
Interior care
Use the information in the following
sections to maintain the interior of
your vehicle.
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand
cleaner, and air freshener from con
-
tacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discolor
-
ation. If they do contact the interior
parts, wipe them off immediately. If
necessary, use a vinyl cleaner, see
product instructions for correct
usage.
CAUTION
Electrical components
Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electrical/elec
-
tronic components inside the vehicle
as this may damage them.
CAUTION
Leather
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol
content solutions. If you use high
alcohol content solutions or acid/
alkaline detergents, the color of the
leather may fade or the surface
may get stripped off.
Taking care of leather seats
Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the
seat. It will prevent abrasion or
damage of the leather and main
-
tain its quality.
Wipe the natural leather seat
c
over often with dry or soft cloth.
Sufficient use of a leather protec
-
tive may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the
color. Be sure to read the instruc
-
tions and consult a specialist
when using leather coating or
protective agents.
L
eather with bright colors (beige,
c
ream beige) is easily contami
-
nated and clear in appearance.
Clean the seats frequently.
Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It
may
cause the surface to crack.
77
7
7
MaintenanceAppearance care
Cleaning the leather seats
Remove all contaminations
instantly. Refer to instructions
below for removal of each contami
-
nant.
Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
fou
ndation, etc.)
-Apply cleansing cream on a
cloth and
wipe the contami
-
nated point. Wipe off the cream
with a wet cloth and remove
water with a dry cloth.
Be
verages (coffee,
soft drink,
etc.)
-Apply a small amount of neutral
deterg
ent and wipe until con
-
taminations do not smear.
Oil
-Remove oil instantly with
absorbab
le cloth and wipe with
stain remover for natural
leather only.
Chewing
gum
-
Harden the gum with ice and
rem
ove gradually.
Fabric seat cover (if equipped)
Please clean the fabric seats regu
-
larly with a vacuum cleaner in con
-
sideration of fabric material
characteristics. If they are heavily
soiled with beverage stains, etc., use
a suitable interior cleaner. To pre
-
vent damage to seat covers, wipe
off the seat covers down to the
seams with a large wiping motion
and moderate pressure using a soft
sponge or microfiber cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
obj
e
cts may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the
seats.
Make sure not to rub such objects
a
gai
nst the surface.
Cleaning the upholstery and inte
-
rior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from
fabric with a whisk broom or vac
-
uum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap
solution recommended for uphol
-
stery or carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive
immediate attention, the fabric can
be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant
properties can be reduced if the
material is not properly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
c
l
eaners and procedures may affect
the fabric's appearance and fire-
resistant properties.
Maintenance
787
Emission control system
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web
-
bing
Clean the belt webbing with any
mild soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Fol
-
low the instructions provided with
the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye
the webbing because this may
weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, cov
-
ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with a
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION
Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the inside
of the rear window. This may result
in damage of the rear window
defroster grid.
Emission control system
The emission control system of
your vehicle is covered by a written
limited warranty. Please see the
warranty information contained in
the Warranty & Consumer Informa
-
tion manual in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission c
ontrol system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
1.Crankcase emission control sys
-
tem
2.Evaporative emission control sys
-
tem
3.Exhaust emission control system
In orde
r to assure the proper func
-
tion of the emission control sys
-
tems, it is recommended that you
have your vehicle inspected and
maintained by an authorized Kia
dealer in accordance with the main
-
tenance schedule in this manual.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
To prevent the vehicle from mis
-
firing during dynamometer test
-
ing, turn the ESC off by pressing
the ESC switch.
After dynamometer t
esting is
completed, turn the ESC back on
by pressing the ESC switch again.
79
7
7
MaintenanceEmission control system
1. Crankcase emission control sys
-
tem
The Positive Crankcase Ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered
air to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)
valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control
(including Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery (ORVR)) system
The evaporative emission control
system is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the
atmosphere. (The ORVR system is
designed to allow the vapors from
the fuel tank to be loaded into a
canister while refueling at the gas
station, preventing the escape of
fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the
fuel tank are absorbed and stored in
the onboard canister. When the
engine is running, the fuel vapors
absorbed in the canister are drawn
into the surge tank through the
Purge Control Solenoid Valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV) is controlled by the Engine
Control Module (ECM); when the
engine coolant temperature is low
during idling, the PCSV closes so
that evaporated fuel is not taken
into the engine. After the engine
warms up during ordinary driving,
the PCSV opens to introduce evapo
-
rated fuel to the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control system
The exhaust emission control sys
-
tem is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle per
-
formance.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or
durability and may even violate gov
-
ernmental safety and emissions
regulations. In addition, damage or
performance problems resulting
from any modification may not be
covered under warranty.
If
you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle
to operate abnormally, wire dam
-
age, battery discharge and fire.
For your safety, do not use unau
-
thorized electronic devices.
Maintenance
807
Emission control system
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. There
-
fore, if you smell exhaust fumes
of any kind inside your vehicle,
have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired
immediately.
WARNING
Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain car
-
bon monoxide (CO). Though color
-
less and odorless, it is dangerous
and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow
the instructions on this page to
avoid CO poisoning.
Do not operate the engine in con
-
fined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in
or out of the area.
W
hen the vehicle is stopped in an
open
area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into
the vehicle.
Ne
ver sit in a parked or stopped
v
ehicle for any extended time
with the engine running.
When the engine stalls or fails to
start,
excessive attempts to
restart the engine may cause
damage to the emission control
system.
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters
WARNING
Catalytic converter
Keep away from the catalytic con
-
verter and exhaust system while
the vehicle is running or immedi
-
ately thereafter. The exhaust and
catalytic systems are very hot and
may burn you.
WARNING
Fire
Do not park, idle or drive the vehi
-
cle over or near flammable
objects, such as grass, vegetation,
paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust
system can ignite flammable
items under your vehicle.
Also, do not r
emov
e the heat sink
around the exhaust system, do
not seal the bottom of the vehicle
or do not coat the vehicle for cor
-
rosion control. It may present a
fire risk under certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a cata
-
lytic converter emission control
device.
81
7
7
MaintenanceCalifornia perchlorate notice
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
Do not operate the vehicle when
the
re are signs of engine mal
-
function, such as misfire or a
noticeable loss of performance.
Do not misuse or abuse the
e
ngine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
D
o not operate the engine at high
id
le speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
D
o not modify or tamper with any
par
t of the engine or emission
control system. All inspections
and adjustments must be made
by an authorized Kia dealer.
A
void driving with an extremely
low f
uel level. Running out of fuel
could cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
c
o
uld result in damage to the cata
-
lytic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
California perchlorate notice
Perchlorate Material-special han
-
dling may apply, See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Disman
-
tlers: Perchlorate containing mate
-
rials, such as air bag inflators,
seatbelt pre-tensioners and key
-
less remote entry batteries, must
be disposed of according to Title 22
California Code of Regulations Sec
-
tion 67384.10 (a).
8
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Specificat ions, Consumer information and Reporting safety de fects
Dimensions.................................................................................8-2
Engine.........................................................................................8-2
Gross Vehicle Weight................................................................8-2
Luggage volume........................................................................8-3
Air conditioning system...........................................................8-3
Bulb wattage.............................................................................8-4
Tires and wheels.......................................................................8-5
Recommended lubricants and capacities.............................8-6
Recommended SAE viscosity number................................8-7
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
.....................................8-8
Vehicle certification..................................................................8-8
Tire specification and pressure label.....................................8-9
Engine Number..........................................................................8-9
Refrigerant label.....................................................................8-10
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)..........................................8-10
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)...........................................8-13
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)..................................8-14
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)..................8-14
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
28
Dimensions
SPECIFICATIONS, CONSUMER INFORMATION AND REPORTING
SAFETY DEFECTS
Dimensions
Engine
Gross Vehicle Weight
lbs. (kg)
Item7 Seater8 Seater
Overall length196. 8 in (5,000 mm)←
Overall width78.3 in (1,990 mm)←
Overall height
Without Roof rack68.9 in (1,750 mm)←
With Roof rack70.9 in (1,800 mm)←
Tread
Front
245/60 R1867.2 in (1,708 mm)←
245/50 R2067.2 in (1,708 mm)←
Rear
245/60 R1867.6 in (1,716 mm)←
245/50 R2067.6 in (1,716 mm)←
Wheelbase114.1 in (2,900 mm)←
ItemLambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
Displacement: cu in (cc)230.55 (3,778)
Bore x Stroke: in (mm)3.78 X 3.43 (96 X 87)
Firing order1-2-3-4-5-6
No. of cylinders6, V-type
ITEM
FWDAWD
7 Seater8 Seater7 Seater8 Seater
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK5,776 (2,620)5,776 (2,620)5,917 (2,684)5,917 (2,684)
3
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Luggage volume
Luggage volume
cu ft (l)
Min: Behind 3rd row.
Max: Behind front seat to roof.
Air conditioning system
oz (g)
Contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
ITEM7 Seater8 Seater
SAE
MIN.21.2 (601)21.2 (601)
MAX.86.8 (2,457)86.8 (2,457)
ITEMWeight of volumeClassification
Refrigerant33.50.9 (95025)R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant7.40.35 (21010)FD46XG (IDEMITUS)
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
48
Bulb wattage
Bulb wattage
*: if equipped
Light BulbBulb TypeWattage (W)
Front
Headlamp
Bulb type
LowHB360
HighHB360
LED type
LowLEDLED
HighLEDLED
Turn signal lamp
Bulb type
27/8W
1157NA
27
LED typeLEDLED
Day time running lamp/Position lampLEDLED
Side marker
Bulb typeW5W5
LED typeLEDLED
Fog lamp*LEDLED
Side repeater lamp (outside mirror)LEDLED
Rear
Rear combination lamp
Bulb type
Stop lampP21/5W21/5
Tail lampP21/5W21/5
Side markerW5W5
LED type
Stop lampLEDLED
Tail lampLEDLED
Side markerLEDLED
Turn signal
lamp
LEDLED
Back up lampW16W16
Turn signal lamp28/8W LL28
High Mounted Stop LampLEDLED
License plate lampW5W5
Interior
Map lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON10
LED typeLEDLED
Room lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON10
LED typeLEDLED
Vanity mirror lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON5
LED typeLEDLED
Personal lamp*LEDLED
Glove box lamp*FESTOON5
Cargo lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON10
LED typeLEDLED
5
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
NOTICE
We recommend that when replac
-
ing tires, use the same originally
supplied with the vehicles.
If not, that affects driving perfor
-
mance.
When driving in high altitude
gr
ades, it is natural for the atmo
-
spheric pressure to decrease.
Therefore, please check the tire
pressur
e and add more air when
necessary.
Additionally required tire air pres
-
sure per km above sea level: 1.5
psi(10.5 kPa)/km
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same
size originally supplied with the
vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can
damage the related parts or make it
work irregularly.
Item
Tire
size
Whe
el
size
Supplier
Load
Capacity
Speed
capacity
Inflation pressure [psi (kPa)]Wheel lug nut
torque
lbfft (kgfm,
Nm)
Normal load
*1
*1.Normal load - Up to 3 persons
Maximum load
LI
*2
*2.Load Index
kg
SS
*3
*3.Speed Symbol
km/hFrontRearFrontRear
Full size
tire
245/60
R18
7.5JX
18
Michelin
105925H210
35
(240)
35
(240)
35
(240)
35
(240)
79 ~ 94
(11~13,
107 ~ 127)
Pirelli
245/50
R20
7.5JX
20
Michelin
102850V240
35
(240)
35
(240)
35
(240)
35
(240)
Pirelli
Compact
Spare tire
T155/
90 R18
4.0T
X18
Kumho113
1,15
0
M130
60
(420)
60
(420)
60
(420)
60
(420)
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
68
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended lubricants and capacities
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability,
use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help p
romote e
ngine efficiency that results in
improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehic
le
.
LubricantVolumeClassification
Engine oil
*1*2
(drain
and refill)
Recommends
*1.Refer to "Recommended SAE viscosity number" on page 8-7.
*2.Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. A
long with other additional benefits,
they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's
time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
Gasoline
Engine
Lambda II 3.8
GDI ATK
6.87 US qt. (6.5 l)
ACEA A5 or above
*3
*3.If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL, IL SAC
GF-3, ACEA A3.
Automatic transaxle
fluid
Gasoline
Engine
Lambda II 3.8
GDI ATK
7.4 US qt. (7.0 l)
ATF SP-IV
(Recommended SK, MICHANG)
Coolant
Gasoline
Engine
Lambda II 3.8
GDI ATK
Approx. 12.9 US. qt.
(12.2 l)
Mixture of antifreeze and dis
-
tilled water
(Ethylene glycol base coolant
for aluminum radiator)
Brake fluidGasoline Engine
0.490.02 US. qt.
(0.460.02 l)
FMVSS135 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Rear differential oil (AWD)0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5,
SAE 75W/85
(SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W/85
or equivalent)
Transfer case oil
(AWD)
Gasoline
Engine
Lambda II 3.8
GDI ATK
0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5,
SAE 75W/85
(Recommended: SK HCT-5
GEAR OIL 75W85 or equiva
-
lent)
Fuel75 US qt. (71 l)
Refer to "Fuel requirements"
on page 1-2
7
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended SAE viscosity num
-
ber
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscos
-
ity engine oils can provide better
fuel economy and cold weather per
-
formance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfac
-
tory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other
than those recommended could
result in engine damage. When
choosing an oil, consider the range
of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil
change. Proceed to select the rec
-
ommended oil viscosity from the
chart.
An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to the
international Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC).
It is re
commended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Cer
-
tification Mark.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
C
-30-20-1001020304050
(F)
-10020406080100120
Lambda II 3.8 GDI
ATK
*1
*1.For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W- 30
(ACEA A5). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using
the engine oil viscosity chart.
10W-30
5W-30
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
88
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN)
The Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN) is the number used in register
-
ing your vehicle and in all legal mat
-
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
Frame number
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat. To check
the number, open the cover.
VIN label (if equipped)
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
Vehicle certification
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver's (or front
passenger's) side center pillar gives
the Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN).
OON088004NR
OON088008NR
OON088002NR
9
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Tire specification and pressure label
Tire specification and pressure
label
The tires supplied on your new vehi
-
cle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pres
-
sures recommended for your vehi
-
cle.
Engine Number
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
Gasoline engine (Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK)
OON088003NR
OON088005NR
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
108
Refrigerant label
Refrigerant label
The refrigerant label is located on
the underside of the hood.
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Roadside Assistance is provided on
all new current model year Kia Vehi
-
cles from the date the vehicle is
delivered to the first retail buyer or
otherwise put into use (inservice
date), whichever is earlier, for a
period of 60 months or 60,000
miles, whichever is earlier, subject to
the terms, conditions and exclusions
set forth in the Kia Warranty and
Consumer Information Manual
applicable to your model year vehi
-
cle.
Kia Motors America (KMA) reserves
the right
to limit or deny services or
other benefits to any owner or
driver when, in KMA's judgment, the
claims and/or service requests are
excessive in frequency or type of
occurrence.
Toll free consumer assistance
from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Mon
-
day through Friday and is accessible
by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
For more information regarding
a
s
sistance available, please refer to
your Kia Warranty & Consumer
Information Manual.
Emergency roadside assistance
hours a day, 365 days a year and is
accessible by dialing 1-800-333-
4Kia (4542).
OON088006NR
11
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Please note that you must provide
your Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN) to verify coverage at the time
of your call. The VIN can be found on
the dash of your vehicle on the
driver's side, on the door jamb of the
driver's door, your vehicle's registra
-
tion or proof of insurance card.
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000
ro
adside assistance providers.
Should you accidentally run out of
fuel, require a battery jump, or need
help changing a tire, a Kia Roadside
Assistance Representative will dis
-
patch someone to deliver a small
quantity of gas, change a flat tire
with your inflated spare, or arrange
a battery jump to allow you to pro
-
ceed to your destination. We have
access to a network of over 10,000
locksmiths to help you should you
become locked out of your Kia.
In the event that mechanical diffi
-
culty renders your vehicle undrive
-
able due to a warranty-related
concern, Kia's Roadside Assistance
Representative will arrange to
transport your vehicle to the near
-
est Kia dealer or to an authorized
Kia alternative service location.
Your vehicle must be accessible to
ou
r disp
atch transport vehicle, as
determined by our driver, to receive
this service.
NOTICE
Roadside Assistance benefits are
not available for any Kia vehicle that
has ever been or should be issued a
"salvage" title or similar "branded"
title under any state's law or has
been declared a "total loss" or
equivalent by a financial institution
or insurance company.
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits
are provided in the event that a
warranty-related disablement
occurs more than 150 miles from
your home, and the repairs require
more than 24 hours to complete.
Reasonable reimbursement is
included for meals, lodging, or rental
vehicle expenses. Trip interruption
coverage is limited to $100 per day
subject to a three day maximum
limit per incident. You must contact
the Kia Roadside Assistance Center
to obtain pre-authorization of
expenses. Once the Kia Roadside
Assistance Center gives authoriza
-
tion for trip interruption benefits,
they will assist you in making the
necessary arrangements. Insurance
deductibles, expenses, and claims
paid by your insurance company or
other providers are not eligible for
reimbursement.
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
128
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Fleet vehicles are excluded from
reimbursement under Kia's Trip
Interruption Policy.
Registering your vehicle in a foreign
country
If you plan to register your vehicle in
a foreign country, you should con
-
firm that it conforms to the regula
-
tions in that country. Even if you
successfully register the vehicle in a
foreign country, you may experi
-
ence the following problems and
should therefore consider the possi
-
bility of having to deal with them:
1.The fuel specified for your vehicle
may be
unavailable. If other than
the specified fuel is used, it could
cause damage to the engine, the
fuel injection system, and other
fuel-related parts which may not
be covered under your New Vehi
-
cle Emissions Limited Warranty.
2.We must, therefore, clearly state
that
when you leave the country
in which you purchased your Kia
new and register it in another
country, problems arising from
the use of fuel other than the
specified fuel are not subject to
manufacturer's warranty.
Because vehicles like yours may
not be marketed in the new coun
-
try of registration, parts, servic
-
ing techniques and tools
necessary to maintain and repair
your vehicle may be unavailable.
Even if vehicles like yours are sold
ther
e
, mechanical specifications
required by the government may
vary enough from the country of
purchase to cause additional
problems.
3.There may not be an Authorized
Kia
D
ealer in the area in which you
plan to register your vehicle. You
may additionally experience diffi
-
culty in obtaining services in a
foreign country for any number
of reasons.
Further, we cannot assume any
r
e
sponsibility for problems that
result from unsatisfactory service
or lack of service outside of the
United States.
13
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
The electrical system of your vehicle
is designed to perform under all
reasonably expected operating con
-
ditions.
However, before any additional elec
-
trical equipment is installed in your
vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia
Dealer, in order to ensure that you
do not void your warranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the
wa
y i
n which it is installed, may
adversely affect the operation of
your vehicle, including such sys
-
tems as the engine control system,
the audio system and the electrical
charging system and thus poten
-
tially void all or part of your war
-
ranty.
We assume no responsibility for any
expe
nse you may incur or for any
malfunction of your vehicle or any
of its components or systems that
may result from the installation of
additional electrical equipment that
is not supplied, or recommended for
installation by, Kia.
Installation of a mobile two-way
radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is
installed improperly, or if an exces
-
sively powerful type of system is
used, other electronic systems may
be adversely affected. To avoid
damage to your vehicle, consult an
Authorized Kia Dealer concerning
the proper equipment and installa
-
tion.
Kia motor vehicles are designed and
manu
factured to meet or exceed all
applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we
strongly
ur
ge you to read and follow
all directions in this Owner's Manual,
particularly the information under
the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION"
and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you
hav
e
any questions regarding the
operation of your vehicle, safety
issues and defects please contact
your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assis
-
tance hot line as below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia Motors America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
148
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
only)
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition
to notifying Kia Motors America, Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar com
-
plaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect
exists in a group of vehicles, it may
order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become
involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or Kia
Motors America, Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-
888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile
application; or write to: Administrator,
NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE.,
Washington, DC 20590.
You can also obtain other informa
-
tion about motor vehicle safety
from http://www.safercar.gov.
Online factory authorized man
-
uals (U.S. only)
The following publications are avail
-
able on www.KiaTechinfo.com.
Service manual
This manual covers maintenance
and recommended procedures for
repair to engine and chassis compo
-
nents. It is written for the Journey
-
man mechanic, but is simple enough
for most mechanically inclined own
-
ers to understand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual
This manual complements the Ser
-
vice Manual by providing indepth
troubleshooting information for
each electrical circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual
This manual describes the overall
features and operating procedures
for the vehicle.
AAbbreviation
Abbreviation
Abbreviation
2A
ABBREVIATION
A/C
Air conditioning
ABS
Anti-lock Brake System
ADS
Auto Defogging System
AGM
Absorbent Glass Mat
AWD
All Wheel Drive
BCA
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist
BCW
Blind-Spot Collisi
on Warning
BVM
Bind-spot View Monitor
CRS
Child Restraint System
DAW
Driver Attention Warning
DRL
Daytime Running Light
EBD
Electronic Brake force Distribution
ECM
Electric Chromic Mirror
EDR
Event Data Recorder
EPB
Electronic Parking Brake
EPS
Electronic Power Steering
ESC
Electronic Stability Control
FCA
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist
FCC
Federal Communications Commis
-
sion
FMVSS
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards
FWD
Front Wheel Drive
GAW
Gross Axle Weight
GAWR
Gross Axle Weight Rating
GVW
Gross Vehicle Weight
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
HAC
Hill-start Assist Control
HBA
High Beam Assist
HDA
Highway Driving Assist
3A
Abbreviation
HUD
Head-Up Display
ISG
Idle Stop and Go
LATCH
Lower Anchors and Tether for
CHildren
LD
W
Lane Departure Warning
LFA
Lane Following Assist
LKA
Lane Keeping Assist
MIL
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
NHTSA
National Highway Tra
ffic Safety
Administration
ODS
Occupant Detection System
ORVR
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recov
-
ery
PCSV
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
RCCA
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist
RCCW
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warn
-
ing
ROA
Rear Occupant Alert
SCC
Smart Cruise Control
SEA
Safe Exit Assist
SRS
Supplemental Restraint System
SRSCM
SRS Control Module
SUV
Sports Utility V
ehicle
SVM
Surround View Monitoring
TIN
Tire Identification Number
TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
VSM
Vehicle Stability Management
IIndex
Index
2I
INDEX
A
ac inverter 4-163
adjusting steering wheel angle
and height
4-53
air bags 3-53
air bag collision sensors
3-71
air bag warning label 3-76
curtain air bag
3-69
inflation conditions 3-72
non-inflation conditions 3-74
occupant detection system (ODS)
3-59
side air bag 3-68
supplemental restraint system
(SRS) 3-75
air cleaner filter 7-23
air ventilation seat 4-158
all wheel drive (AWD) system
5-19
anti-lock brake system (ABS)
5-36
appearance care 7-70
exterior care
7-70
interior care 7-76
armed stage 4-13
assist mode 4-70
audio system 4-171
radio 4-172
shark fin antenna 4-171
USB port
4-172
auto defogging system (ADS)
4-152
auto hold 5-33
warning messages
5-35
auto light 4-111
automatic climate control
system
4-138
air conditioning
4-144
controlling air intake 4-143
controlling fan speed 4-144
controlling rear climate
4-145
heating and air conditioning
automatically 4-139
mode selection 4-141
temperature control
4-142
turning off the front air climate
control 4-145
automatic transmission 5-13
good driving practices 5-17
ignition key interlock system
5-17
moving up a steep grade from a
standing start 5-18
overriding the shift lock 5-16
shift lock system 5-16
transmission ranges 5-14
automatic ventilation 4-153
AWD
AWD mode 5-19
safe operation 5-21
B
battery 7-29
for best battery service 7-29
recharging the battery 7-30
reset items
7-31
battery saver function 4-109
before driving 5-7
blind-spot collision warning
(BCW)
5-112
limitations
5-121
setting and activating 5-114
blind-spot collision-avoidance
assist (BCA)
5-113
limitations
5-121
setting and activating 5-114
blind-spot view monitor
(BVM)
4-108
bonnet, see the hood 4-40
brake fluid 7-20
brake system 5-26
anti-lock brake system (ABS)
5-36
applying auto hold 5-33
applying the EPB
5-28
auto hold 5-33
automatic application of EPB 5-30
automatic release of EPB 5-29
3I
canceling auto hold 5-34
electronic parking brake (EPB) 5-28
electronic stability control (ESC) 5-38
emergency braking with the EPB
switch
5-33
EPB warning 5-30
good braking practices 5-44
hill-start assist contr
ol (HAC) 5-43
power brakes 5-26
releasing the EPB with EPB
switch 5-29
trailer stability assist (TSA)
5-43
vehicle stability management
(VSM) 5-41
bulb replacement precaution 7-59
C
center console storage 4-154
central door lock switch 4-18
check exhaust system 5-6
child restraint system (CRS) 3-42
climate control air filter 7-24
climate control system 4-124
air conditioning refrigerant label
4-128
checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant 4-127
climate control air filter 4-126
system operation
4-124
coat hook 4-167
combined instrument, see
instrument cluster
4-64
consumer assistance 8-10
cup holder 4-156
D
dashboard illumination, see
instrument cluster control
4-65
dashboard, see instrument
cluster
4-64
day/night rearview mirror 4-55
daytime running light 4-110
declaration of conformity
FCC 4-175
defogging (windshield) 4-149
defroster 4-123
defrosting (windshield) 4-149
disarmed stage 4-14
displays, see instrument
cluster
4-64
door locks 4-15
central door lock switch 4-18
from inside the vehicle
4-16
from outside the vehicle 4-15
sensing door 4-18
drinks holders, see cup
holders
4-156
drive mode 4-80
drive mode integrated control
system (AWD)
5-53
drive mode integrated control
system (FWD)
5-49
driver attention warning
(DAW)
5-109
malfunction
5-111
resetting 5-110
setting and activating 5-109
driving at night 5-141
driving in flooded areas 5-142
driving in the rain 5-142
driving info display 4-81
driving on unpaved roads 5-142
E
electric chromic mirror (ECM) 4-56
electric chromic mirror (ECM)
with HomeLink
4-56
electric power steering (EPS) 4-51
electrical equipment 8-13
electronic child safety lock
system
4-19
electronic parking brake (EPB)
5-28
4I
electronic stability control
(ESC)
5-38
emergency 6-3
engine will not start
6-5
hazard warning flasher 6-3
road warning 6-3
emergency starting 6-6
jump-starting 6-6
push-starting 6-7
emergency while driving 6-4
engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing
6-4
flat tire while driving 6-4
vehicle stalls while driving 6-4
emission control system 7-78
engine compartment 7-4
engine coolant 7-18
recommended coolant 7-18
engine coolant temperature
gauge
4-66
engine oil and filter 7-16
engine overheats 6-8
engine start/stop button 5-9
illuminated engine start/stop
button
5-9
position 5-9
starting the engine 5-11
starting the engine with smart
key
5-11
engine will not start 6-5
exterior features 4-170
roof rack
4-170
F
flat tire 6-15
changing tires 6-19
jack and tools
6-16
jack label 6-25
storing spare tire 6-18
use of compact spare tire
6-23
floor mat anchor(s) 4-168
fog light (front) 4-113
forward collision-avoidance assist
(FCA) sensor fusion type
5-57
brake operation
5-62
front radar/camera sensor 5-62
limitations 5-66
malfunction 5-64
prerequisite for activation
5-59
setting and activation 5-58
setting initial warning activation
time 5-59
warning message and brake
control
5-60
warning message and warning
light 5-64
fuel filler lid 4-42
fuel gauge 4-66
fuel requirements 1-2
fuses 7-45
fuse/relay panel description 7-50
replacing engine compartment
fuse
7-48
replacing inner panel fuse 7-47
G
gauges 4-65
glove box 4-154
glove box lamp 4-121
good braking practices 5-44
H
hazardous driving conditions
5-139
headlight position 4-110
head-up display (HUD) 4-96
heated steering wheel 4-54
heating and air conditioning
automatically
4-139
heating and air conditioning
manually
4-130, 4-140
high beam assist (HBA) 4-113
highway driving 5-142
highway driving assist (HAD) 5-96
5I
setting and activation 5-96
hill-start assist control (HAC) 5-43
HomeLink 4-57
canadian programming garage &
gate openers
4-60
operating 4-59
programming
4-57
programming rolling code 4-58
hood 4-40
closing the hood
4-41
hood open warning 4-41
opening the hood
4-40
horn 4-54
I
idle stop and go (ISG) 5-45
deactivating 5-48
illuminated engine start/stop
button
5-9
immobilizer system 4-12
indicator lights 4-92
inside rearview mirror 4-55
instrument cluster 4-64
gauges
4-65
instrument cluster control 4-65
interior features 4-156
ac inverter
4-163
air ventilation seat 4-158
coat hook 4-167
cup holder 4-156
floor mat anchor(s)
4-168
luggage net holder 4-169
power outlet 4-160
seat warmer 4-157
side curtain
4-167
sun visor 4-159
USB charger 4-161
wireless smart phone charging
system
4-164
interior light 4-119
automatic turn off function
4-119
glove box lamp 4-121
liftgate room lamp 4-120
map lamp 4-119
room lamp 4-120
vanity mirror lamp
4-121
J
jump-starting 6-6
L
lane following assist (LFA) 5-90
activating/deactivating
5-91
cautions for driver 5-94
limitations 5-94
lane keeping assist (LKA) 5-101
activating/deactivating
5-102
drivers attention 5-107
function change 5-108
LCD display 4-68
assist mode 4-70
LCD display control
4-68
LCD display modes 4-69
master warning mode 4-71
trip computer mode 4-70
turn by turn (TBT) mode
4-70
user settings mode 4-71
LCD display messages 4-82
LCD display modes 4-69
LCD displays 4-78
drive mode
4-80
driving info display 4-81
LCD display messages 4-82
service mode
4-81
trip information (trip computer) 4-78
leading vehicle departure
alert
5-89
setting
5-89
liftgate
closing the manual liftgate 4-24
closing the power liftgate 4-28
opening the manual liftgate
4-23
opening the manual liftgate in
emergency 4-25
6I
opening the power liftgate 4-27
power liftgate non-opening
conditions 4-29
resetting the power liftgate
4-31
setting the speed of opening/
closing 4-31
liftgate room lamp 4-120
light bulbs
bulb replacement precaution 7-59
lighting 4-109
auto light 4-111
battery saver function
4-109
daytime running light 4-110
headlight position 4-110
high beam assist (HBA) 4-113
one-touch lane change
4-112
operating front fog light 4-113
operating high beam 4-111
operating turn signals 4-112
position and tail lamp
4-110
lights bulbs 7-59
headlamp bulb
7-62
replacing bulbs 7-62
loss of the smart key 4-10
luggage box 4-155
luggage net holder 4-169
M
maintenance services 7-5
owner maintenance precautions
7-6
owners responsibility 7-5
manual climate control
system
4-129
heating and air conditioning
manually
4-130, 4-140
manual liftgate 4-23
map lamp 4-119
master warning mode 4-71
mirrors 4-55
adjusting the outside rearview
mirrors 4-61
day/night rearview mirror
4-55
electric chromic mirror (ECM)
4-56
electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink 4-56
folding the outside rearview
mirror
4-62
inside rearview mirror 4-55
outside rearview mirror 4-61
O
occupant detection system
(ODS)
3-59
odometer 4-67
online factory authorized
manuals
8-14
operating high beam 4-111
outside rearview mirror 4-61
outside temperature gauge 4-67
owner maintenance 7-7
P
parking distance warning 4-101
non-operational conditions
4-104
operation 4-102
self-diagnosis
4-105
parking distance warning-
reverse
4-98
non-operational conditions
4-99
operation 4-99
precautions 4-100
self-diagnosis 4-101
position and tail lamp 4-110
power brakes 5-26
power liftgate 4-26
power outlet 4-160
power window lock switch 4-39
push-starting 6-7
R
rear cross-traffic collision
avoidance assist (RCCA)
5-125
7I
limitations 5-132
setting and activating 5-126
rear cross-traffic collision
warning (RCCW)
5-125
limitations 5-132
setting and activating 5-126
rear occupant alert (ROA)
system
4-21
rear view monitor 4-106
reducing the risk of a rollover
5-139
replacing smart key battery 4-11
reporting safety defects 8-14
resetting the sunroof 4-50
risk of burns when parking or
stopping vehicle
1-5
rocking the vehicle 5-140
roof rack 4-170
room lamp 4-120
S
safe exit assist (SEA) system 4-20
safety precautions 3-3
scheduled maintenance items
7-13
air cleaner filter 7-14
air conditioning refrigerant 7-16
automatic transmission fluid
7-14
brake discs, pads, calipers and
rotors 7-15
brake fluid 7-15
brake hoses and lines
7-14
checking fluid levels 7-16
coolant 7-14
cooling system 7-14
drive belts
7-13
drive shafts and boots 7-16
engine oil and filter 7-13
exhaust pipe and muffler 7-15
fuel filter
7-13
fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections 7-13
parking brake 7-15
spark plugs
7-14
steering gear box, linkage and
boots/lower arm ball joint
7-16
suspension mounting bolts 7-15
vacuum crankcase ve
ntilation
hoses 7-13
valve clearance 7-14
vapor hose and fuel filler cap 7-13
scheduled maintenance
service
7-9
maintenance under severe usage
conditions
7-12
normal maintenance schedule 7-10
seat 3-5
adjustment 3-9
armrest 3-21
driver position memory
3-12
folding the rear seat 3-21
headrest 3-15
seat leather 3-9
seatback hook
3-18
seatback pocket 3-18
seat belts 3-27
3-point system 3-30
care of seat belts 3-41
child restraint system (CRS)
3-42
installing a CRS 3-46
precautions 3-39
pre-tensioner seat belt 3-37
seat belt warning
3-28
seat warmer 4-157
service mode 4-81
side curtain 4-167
sliding the sunroof for front
seat
4-48
smart cruise control (SCC) 5-72
limitations 5-84
setting
5-75
switch 5-73
turning smart cruise control off 5-79
smart key 4-7
battery replacement 4-11
immobilizer system
4-12
loss of the smart key 4-10
record your key number 4-7
8I
smart key function 4-7
smart key function 4-7
smart power liftgate 4-32
deactivating
4-34
detecting area 4-35
smooth cornering 5-141
snow tires 5-144
snowy or icy conditions 5-143
special driving conditions 5-139
driving at night
5-141
driving in flooded areas 5-142
driving in the rain
5-142
driving on unpaved roads 5-142
hazardous driving conditions 5-139
highway driving 5-142
reducing the risk of a rollover
5-139
rocking the vehicle 5-140
smooth cornering 5-141
specifications 8-2
bulb wattage 8-4
dimensions
8-2
engine 8-2
gross vehicle weight 8-2
lubricants 8-6
luggage volume
8-3
tire specification and pressure
label 8-9
tires and wheels 8-5
vehicle identification number
(VIN)
8-8
speedometer 4-65
starting difficulties, see vehicle
will not start
6-5
starting the engine 5-11
starting the engine with smart
key
5-11
steering wheel 4-51
adjusting steering wheel angle and
hei
ght 4-53
electric power steering (EPS) 4-51
heated steering wheel 4-54
horn
4-54
tilt and telescopic steering 4-53
storage compartment 4-154
center console storage
4-154
glove box 4-154
luggage box 4-155
sunglass holder 4-155
sun visor 4-159
sunglass holder 4-155
sunroof 4-46
dual sunroof 4-46
resetting the sunroof
4-50
sliding the sunroof for front seat
4-48
sunroof open warning 4-51
sunshade
4-49
tilting the sunroof for front seat 4-49
sunroof inside air
recirculation
4-153
sunroof open warning 4-51
sunshade 4-49
supplemental restraint system
(SRS)
3-75
surround view monitoring
(SVM)
4-107
T
tachometer 4-65
theft-alarm stage 4-14
theft-alarm system 4-13
armed stage
4-13
disarmed stage 4-14
theft-alarm stage 4-14
tilt and telescopic steering 4-53
tilting the sunroof for front
seat
4-49
tire chains 5-144
tire pressure indicator 6-10
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS)
6-9
malfunction indicator
6-12
tire pressure indicator 6-10
tire replacement with TPMS 6-13
tires and wheels 7-32
9I
recommended cold tire inflation
pressures 7-32
tire maintenance 7-36
tire pressure
7-33
tire replacement 7-35
tire sidewall labeling 7-36
tire terminology and definitions 7-39
wheel alignment and tire balance
7-34
wheel replacement 7-35
towing 6-26
towing service
6-26
without wheel dollies 6-27
trailer stability assist (TSA) 5-43
trailer towing 5-148
driving with a trailer 5-150
hitches
5-149
maintenance when trailer
towing 5-153
pull a trailer 5-153
safety chains
5-149
trailer brakes 5-149
transmission shift indicator 4-68
automatic transmission shift
indicator 4-68
trip computer mode 4-70
trip information
(trip computer)
4-78
turn by turn (TBT) mode 4-70
turn signals 4-112
U
USB charger 4-161
user settings mode 4-71
V
vanity mirror lamp 4-121
vehicle break-in process 1-4
vehicle capacity weight
determining correct load limit 5-157
vehicle data collection and
event data recorders
1-5
vehicle identification number
(VIN)
8-8
vehicle load limit 5-155
certification label
5-158
tire and loading information
label 5-155
vehicle stability management
(VSM)
5-41
vehicle weight 5-160
W
warning and indicator lights 4-86
indicator lights
4-92
warning lights 4-86
warning lights 4-86
washer fluid 7-21
welcome system 4-122
window opening and closing 4-38
windows 4-36
power window lock switch
4-39
window opening and closing 4-38
windshield defrosting and
defogging
4-149
auto defogging system (ADS)
4-152
defogging logic 4-151
windshield washers 4-116
winter driving 5-143
snow tires 5-144
snowy or icy conditions
5-143
tire chains 5-144
wiper blades 7-26
blade inspection 7-26
replacing wiper blade 7-27
wipers and washers 4-116
auto control
4-117
operating windshield washer 4-118
rear window wiper and washer 4-119
windshield washers 4-116
wireless smart phone charging
system
4-164
Owner's Manual
| 영어/미국
2019 KIA MOTORS AMERICA. INC.
